FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R Notebook Computer

 

LG EASY GUIDE NOTEBOOK 17Z90S Series www.lg.com Copyright 2023 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. E N G L S H I 2 Instruction/Safety Information Instruction/Safety Information Using LG Easy Guide, LG TroubleShooting LG Electronics Inc. provides LG Easy Guide (User's Guide) and LG TroubleShooting (TroubleShooting Guide) to users for their easy and convenient use of the product. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG PC Manuals]. 2 Select the [LG Easy Guide] or the [LG TroubleShooting]. Instruction/Safety Information 3 Information/Precautions Before Using Before reading LG Easy Guide, first check the following information. This LG Easy Guide has been written for the Windows 11 operating system. The screen and menu configurations may differ from this manual depending on the status of the Windows and software update. Representative images are used in LG Easy Guide. Product purchased may differ in appearance and E N G L S H I color. LG Easy Guide includes instruction about optional products. There may be information about products you did not purchase. The contents of LG Easy Guide are subject to change without prior notice. Use, duplication, or reproduction of any part of LG Easy Guide without prior permission from LG Electronics Inc. is strictly prohibited. LG Electronics Inc. does not provide warranty for data loss. In order to minimize damage from data loss, please make backup copies of important data. The optical disk drive (DVD, CD-ROM, etc.) is optional and may not be provided upon purchasing the product. Safety Precaution Notations The below symbols are to inform you of dangers and safety concerns that you must be aware of. Read the symbol-indicated instructions with caution to avoid any possible mishap. WARNING Appears in the case of noncompliance with the instruction that may cause serious physical damage or fatal injuries. CAUTION Appears in the case of noncompliance with the instruction that may cause minor damage to the body or the machine. Text Notations The symbols below are used to display information required to use the product. Familiarize yourself with the instructions marked by the symbols to ensure proper operation of the product. TIP Indicates that the following information is added to help the user utilize the machine more conveniently. 4 Instruction/Safety Information OPTION The Option symbol indicates that the concerned device is not included in the product package and thus has to be purchased separately, or the device may not be applied to the user's machine depending on model type. E N G L S H I Manufacturer and Copyright Manufacturer and Copyright represent the logo and trademark of the manufacturer, and bear no relationship to the functions supported by the product. Microsoft, MS, WinPE, and Windows are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. USB Type-C and USB-C are the trademarks of USB Implementers Forum. Intel and Intel logo, Intel Core, Thunderbolt and Thunderbolt logo, Intel Unison and Intel Unison logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel and/or subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. NVMe is a trademark of NVM Express, Inc Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance Corporation. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by LG Electronics is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Google, Android, Google Play, Google Play logo, and other marks are the trademarks of Google LLC. iPhone is the trademark of Apple Inc. registered in U.S.A. and other countries. App Store is the service mark of Apple Inc. DisplayPort and DisplayPort logo are trademarks owned by the Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) in the United States and other countries. LG logo is a registered trademark of LG Electronics Inc. microSD and the microSD logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. The terms HDMI, HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, HDMI Trade Dress and the HDMI Logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. Instruction/Safety Information 5 E N G L S H I LG Easy Guide may contain undetectable errors despite our dedicated efforts to provide users with reliable information. We ask for your understanding. The illustrated figures in LG Easy Guide may differ in appearance with the actual products. Unauthorized reproduction or duplication of any part of LG Easy Guide is strictly prohibited. LG Electronics Inc. reserves the right to modify any part of this manual for quality purposes, without prior notice. Copyright (C) 2023 LG Electronics Inc. Digitalmate Co., LTD Country of Origin China Manufacturer LG Electronics Inc. Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code that is contained in this product, under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses that have the obligation to disclose source code, and to access all referred license terms, copyright notices and other relevant documents please visit https://opensource.lge.com. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. System Protection Feature If the system becomes too hot, the system protection feature automatically stops recharging and switches the power mode to Hibernate or Off. The PC system has to cool down before it can be reactivated. Information on Hard Drive/Memory Capacity Information on Hard Drive (HDD, SSD, eMMC) Capacity The hard drive capacity shown by Windows is lower than that stated by the hard drive manufacturer due to a difference in calculation. 6 Instruction/Safety Information Manufacturer Hard drive manufacturers use a decimal definition of 1 KB = 1,000 Bytes. 100 GB Storage Device (HDD, SSD, eMMC): 100,000 MB / 1,000 Bytes = 100 GB Windows Windows use the binary definition of 1 KB = 1,024 Bytes. 100 GB Storage Device (HDD, SSD, eMMC): 100,000 MB / 1,024 Bytes =

97.6 GB E N G L S H I RAM Capacity RAM capacity shown by Windows may be lower than the actual capacity because the PC uses shared memory for BIOS and the integrated graphics card. Due to BIOS using shared memory, 1,024 MB RAM may be reported as 1,022 MB or slightly less. If the PC has integrated graphics card, 1,024 MB RAM may be reported as 1,022 MB or less than 1,000 MB. Symbols Refers to alternating current (AC). Refers to direct current (DC). Refers to class II equipment. Refers to stand-by. Refers to ON (power). Refers to dangerous voltage. Adjusting Volume (earphone/headphone and speakers) Before using the earphone/headphone and speakers, check if the volume is too high. CAUTION To prevent hearing damage, do not use in high volume for a long term. Instruction/Safety Information 7 Important Safety Precautions Please use the machine in the proper environment to extend the machine's lifespan. Use the machine in a safe and stable place. The warranty does not cover any damage resulting from reckless use or use in undesirable environments. E N G L S H I E N G L S H I 8 Instruction/Safety Information Product Installation/Usage Precautions CAUTION Place the machine in a safe place so it does not fall. If dropped, the machine may be damaged or cause an injury. Use the product in a clean, dust-free environment. Otherwise, the system may not function properly. Do not place any objects within 15 cm of the PC. Lack of ventilation may overheat the PC from inside and put users at risk of burn injuries. Do not store or use the PC near a magnetic object (i.e. a bag with a magnetic object, a diary, a wallet, a memo board, high-powered speakers, a bracelet, or etc.). Otherwise, the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) and the system may be damaged, and the system may fail to operate properly. Do not use the PC on a bag with magnetic objects attached to it. Otherwise, the storage device and the system may be damaged, and the system may fail to operate properly. Operate the product where there is no electromagnetic interference. Keep a proper distance between the PC and electronic appliances such as radios or speakers that generate strong magnetic fields. Otherwise, data may be lost from the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) or the LCD color may be damaged. Do not connect a key-phone line to a wired LAN port. A fire may occur or the product may get damaged. If the LCD screen is damaged, do not touch LCD with your hands. Contact the call center as it may cause an injury. Do not leave any objects such as a pen between the keypad and the LCD. You might break the LCD by unwittingly closing it with a foreign object remaining on the pad. Do not press or scratch the LCD with a sharp object. It may cause impairment. Instruction/Safety Information 9 Ensure the power is off before shutting the LCD. The product may catch fire, be broken or deformed due to temperature rise. Do not impose excessive force on the LCD screen or drop it. You may break the LCD glass panel. E N G L S H I Do not lean the LCD screen backward too much. Do not apply too much force to the LCD screen. The LCD screen or the moving parts may be damaged. To clean the LCD screen, use designated agents and soft cloth and rub the screen in one direction. Too much force may damage the LCD screen. When handling PC parts, follow the instructions in the manual. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Install a vaccine program on your PC and do not download illegal programs nor access any corruptive web site such as those pushing pornographic contents. The system may be infected and impaired. Do not insert devices other than designated ones in the ports. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Do not press the eject button while the optical disk drive (CD/DVD/Blu-ray) is running. An error may occur or the disc may be ejected, causing injury. Do not use a damaged optical disc (CD/DVD/Blu-ray). Otherwise, the product may get damaged or cause physical injury. Avoid using a wireless LAN connection within the 5 m radius of a microwave or plasma lamp. If you have to use wireless LAN and a plasma bulb within the range, do so between channels 11 and 13. The transmission rate may drop even if the connection is made. 10 Instruction/Safety Information Turn off the PC if you are not going to use it for an extended period of time. It may overheat the battery. E N G L S H I Make sure that the memory cover is securely closed before turning on the PC. Do not use the machine when the memory cover is open. It may damage the machine. Please use parts certified by LG Electronics Inc. Otherwise, a fire or product damage may occur. If there is a problem with peripheral devices, contact the call center. The product may get damaged. Handle devices and parts of the machine with care. The product may get damaged. Do not drop any part or device of the machine while disassembling it. If dropped, it may be damaged and cause an injury. Instruction/Safety Information 11 WARNING Dispose of the desiccating agent and plastic wrap properly. The desiccating agent and plastic wrap may cause suffocation. E N G L S H I Do not use the machine in damp places like a laundry room or bathroom. Moisture may cause a glitch or electric shock. Please use the machine within the appropriate temperature range (10 C to 35 C) and humidity range (20 % RH to 80 % RH). Clean the PC with a proper agent and dry it completely before using it again. If the PC is wet while used, an electric shock or fire may occur. When lightning flashes in your area, disconnect the power, wired LAN and other connections. An electric shock or fire may occur. Do not leave a cup or other containers filled with watery substance near the PC. In the case that liquid goes inside the PC, a fire or electric shock may occur. If you have dropped or damaged the PC, disconnect the power and contact the call center for a safety check. If a damaged PC is used continuously, an electric shock or fire may occur. Do not put a lit candle or live cigarette on the PC. A fire may occur. If you detect or smell smoke from the PC, stop use immediately and disconnect the power source before contacting the call center. A fire may occur. As the AC adapter can be hot, do not touch it with bare skin while using it. Extended period of exposure may cause burn. The bottom of the PC gets hot when the system is in operation. Do not touch or put it on your lap. Extended period of exposure may cause burn. Do not play PC games excessively. Playing a PC game for an extended period of time may cause a mental disorder. It may also inflict physical impairments on the elderly and children. E N G L S H I 12 Instruction/Safety Information Do not put your finger or an object into PC ports. An injury or electric shock may occur. Ask one of our engineers to run a safety check after your computer has been repaired. Otherwise, an electric shock or fire may occur. For minors, we recommend a program that blocks access to illegal or pornographic web sites. Minors' exposure to adult-only contents may inflict psychological instability or even trauma. Take extra precaution for your children if the whole family is using this machine. Keep the machine away from heat-emitting devices such as a heater. The product may get deformed or catch on fire. Prevent children from thrusting their finger into the optical disk drive (CD/

DVD/Blu-ray) tray. The finger may be stuck in the tray and injured. Do not block the ventilation hole with any object. Otherwise, an electric shock may occur. When upgrading your PC, turn off the power and disconnect the power cable, battery, and LAN. There is a risk of electric shock or fire and the product may be damaged. When you upgrade the PC, ensure that children will not swallow any parts including bolts. If a child swallows a nut, he or she may suffocate. In that case, seek emergency help immediately. Do not disassemble or modify the machine arbitrarily. There is a risk of electric shock and the product may be no longer covered by the warranty. Instruction/Safety Information 13 If you dissemble the PC, connect the power after reassembly is done. There is a risk of electric shock or product damage, if you touch the disassembled PC. Do not put in metal items such as coins, hair pin or other irons or inflammables such as paper or matches. Especially, ensure that children will not do so. There is a risk of product damage, fire, or electric shock. If any foreign substance gets in the product, unplug the product and contact the call center. E N G L S H I Product Storage/Transportation Precautions CAUTION Before carrying the machine, turn off the power and disconnect all the cables. Otherwise, you may trip over the wire, damaging the PC and sustaining an injury. Do not carry the machine with the LCD open. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Protect the machine from any shock while carrying it. System damage or an injury may result. Carry the product in a bag designed for it. Carrying it in another type of bag may result in product damage. Do not put any heavy object on the PC. There is the risk of malfunction. If the object were to fall, it may cause an injury or damage the machine. 14 Instruction/Safety Information WARNING E N G L S H I During air travel, follow the directions of flight attendants. Using the PC during flight may cause an aircraft accident. When leaving the machine in a car, avoid exposure to direct sunlight. The product may get deformed or catch on fire due to a temperature rise. Do not put any heavy object on the power cable and AC adapter, and avoid damage from impacts. A malfunction or fire may occur. Do not leave the powered-on PC in a space without enough ventilation (i.e. bags) for an extended or repeated time. The battery may overheat and cause a fire. Instruction/Safety Information 15 Battery and AC Adapter Precautions WARNING When the PC is not used for an extended period of time, keep the battery level at about 50 %. Do not leave the product with discharged battery for an extended period of time. It may damage the battery. Charge the battery only with the provided instrument. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged presenting a risk of fire. E N G L S H I Do not throw or disassemble the battery. The resulting damage may cause an injury, explosion, or fire. Use batteries certified and acknowledged by LG Electronics Inc. Otherwise, an explosion or fire may occur. Prevent the battery from being in contact with any metallic object like a car ignition key or a paper clip. Otherwise, this may cause damage to the battery, a fire or burn due to overheat in the battery. Keep the battery away from heat. Otherwise, an explosion or fire may occur. Do not short-circuit the battery. Otherwise, it may explode. Do not dispose of a spent or backup (standby) battery arbitrarily. 16 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I It may explode or cause a fire. Disposal methods may differ by country and region. Dispose of spent batteries in accordance with the laws and safety rules of the country and region you reside in. If you find leakage or smell bad odor from the battery, remove the battery and contact the call center. It may explode or cause a fire. Do not store in places with temperatures above 60 C and high humidity (in cars or saunas). It may explode or cause a fire. Keep the battery out of the reach of children or pets. If damaged, it may cause an injury. Keep the battery from being pierced by a sharp object or chewed by pets. It may explode or cause a fire. Do not put the battery in water. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged or explode. Do not use the PC on top of carpet, blanket or bed. Also, do not put the adapter under the blanket. This may cause a malfunction, fire or burn due to overheat in the PC and adapter. Read the battery usage precautions carefully before use. The battery should be stored indoors and used and stored in accordance with the usage method described in the user manual. Instruction/Safety Information 17 Connect the power plug properly by pushing it to the end. If a contact failure occurs, it may cause product damage or fire. E N G L S H I Do not bend the power cable for AC adapter too much or get stamped by a sharp object. The wires inside the cable may break and cause electric shock or fire. Do not use loose plugs or damaged power cords. An electric shock or fire may occur. Do not touch the power cord with your hands wet. Otherwise, an electric shock may occur. Pull the plug, not the cord, to disconnect the AC adapter and power jack. Otherwise, a fire or product damage may occur. Operate the product at the proper voltage. Excessive voltage may result in damage on the product, electric shock or fire. Use power outlets with an earth pin installed and proper supply of rated electricity. An electric leakage may cause an electric shock or fire. The shape of the power cord and outlet may differ by country and region. In the case of strange noise from the cord or plug, disconnect the power cord from the outlet immediately and contact the call center. A fire or electric shock may occur. Use the power supply/adapter provided with the product and never disassemble the product. Using a different product or disassembling it may cause an electric shock or fire. 18 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Always keep the AC adapter and power outlet clean. A fire may occur. Keep children and pets from damaging the power cord. It may cause a fire or an electric shock. Disconnect the PC completely before cleaning it. Otherwise, an electric shock or impairment may occur. If the power/AC adapter or the product is soaked, disconnect the battery, power/AC adapter, and all other lines before contacting the call center. An electric shock or fire may occur. Ensure that the battery pack is locked to the machine after installation. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged. Other Safety Precautions CAUTION Handle the machine with care to prevent loss of data from the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC). Since the storage device is fragile, you need to back up your important data frequently. The manufacturer is not responsible for any storage device data loss caused by a user's mistake. Damage to the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) and data loss may occur when:

Instruction/Safety Information 19 E N G L S H I External shocks are inflicted on the machine while disassembling or installing it. The machine is reset (i.e. restarted) or turned on again after a power outage while the storage device is operating. The PC is infected with a virus, tainting the data irrecoverably. Abrupt turning-off of the PC can damage the PC. If the product is moved, shaken or exposed to external shock while the storage device is running, file damage or bad sectors may occur. To minimize data loss resulting from storage device damage (HDD, SSD, eMMC), frequently back up important data. The manufacturer is not responsible for any data loss. We do not refund or replace a product that malfunctions due to the installation or use of an operating system other than the one provided by LG Electronics Inc. Some software applications may not work properly in other operating systems. Such malfunctions are not covered by the warranty. 20 Instruction/Safety Information ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR E N G L S H I ENERGY STAR Specifications LG Electronics Inc. participates in ENERGY STAR and the energy efficiency of this product complies with the specifications of ENERGY STAR. ENERGY STAR is a set of regulations that encourages manufacturers of electronic devices to create more energy efficient products. The energy consumption of this product was decreased along with the cost. Also, it helps preserve natural resources. The PC is set to switch to Modern Standby after 10 minutes of inactivity. To leave sleep mode, click a mouse button or press any key on the keyboard. Power Management Options The power management options of this PC is configured as follows. TIP The settings of the power management options may be changed upon Windows update. Turn off the display: Turns off the screen when you don't use the PC for a set period of time. Put the computer to sleep: Switches to the Sleep mode when you don't use the PC for a set period of time. Instruction/Safety Information 21 E N G L S H I 22 Instruction/Safety Information Regulatory Notices UK Notice E N G L S H I ENGLISH Hereby, LG Electronics declares that the radio equipment type PC is in compliance with the relevant statutory requirements. The full text of the UK declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

The use of the 5150-5350 MHz and 5945-6425 MHz band (if applicable) is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in the United Kingdom (UK). European Union Notice ENGLISH Hereby, LG Electronics declares that the radio equipment type PC is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

The use of the 5150-5350 MHz and 5945-6425 MHz band (if applicable) is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in Belgium (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Czech Republic (CZ), Denmark (DK), Germany

(DE), Estonia (EE), Ireland (IE), Greece (EL), Spain (ES), France (FR), Croatia (HR), Italy (IT), Cyprus

(CY), Latvia (LV), Lithuania (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Hungary (HU), Malta (MT), Netherlands (NL), Austria (AT), Poland (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Finland (FI), Sweden (SE), Northern Ireland (UK(NI)), Switzerland (CH), Iceland (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) and Norway

(NO). ESPAOL Instruction/Safety Information 23 Por la presente, LG Electronics declara que el tipo de equipo de radio ordenador cumple con la Directiva 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad con la legislacin de la Unin Europea est disponible en el siguiente sitio web:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Las bandas de 5150-5350 MHz y 5945-6425 MHz (si procede) solo pueden utilizarse en interiores. Esta restriccin existe en Blgica (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Repblica Checa (CZ), Dinamarca (DK), Alemania (DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Espaa (ES), Francia (FR), Croacia (HR), Italia

(IT), Chipre (CY), Letonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Luxemburgo (LU), Hungra (HU), Malta (MT), Pases Bajos

(NL), Austria (AT), Polonia (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumana (RO), Eslovenia (SI), Eslovaquia (SK), Finlandia

(FI), Suecia (SE), Irlanda del Norte (UK(NI)), Suiza (CH), Islandia (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) y Noruega

(NO). E N G L S H I PORTUGUS Pela presente, a LG Electronics declara que o computador tipo equipamento de rdio est em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da declarao de conformidade da UE est disponvel no seguinte endereo da Internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

A utilizao da banda de 5150-5350 MHz e 5945-6425 MHz (se aplicvel) est restrita utilizao em interiores. Esta restrio existe na Blgica (BE), Bulgria (BG), Republica Checa (CZ), Dinamarca (DK), Alemanha

(DE), Estnia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grcia (EL), Espanha (ES), Frana (FR), Crocia (HR), Itlia (IT), Chipre

(CY), Letnia (LV), Litunia (LT), Luxemburgo (LU), Hungria (HU), Malta (MT), Holanda (NL), ustria

(AT), Polnia (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Eslovnia (SI), Eslovquia (SK), Finlndia (FI), Sucia

(SE), Irlanda do Norte (UK(NI)), Sua (CH), Islndia (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) e Noruega (NO). POLSKI Niniejszym firma LG Electronics owiadcza, e komputer wykorzystujcy sprzt radiowy jest zgodny z dyrektyw 2014/53/UE. Peny tekst deklaracji zgodnoci UE jest dostpny pod nastpujcym adresem internetowym:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Pasmo 51505350 MHz i 59456425 MHz (jeli ma zastosowanie) jest ograniczone tylko do uytku wewntrz pomieszcze. Ograniczenie to wystpuje w Belgii (BE), Bugarii (BG), Republice Czeskiej (CZ), Danii (DK), Niemczech

(DE), Estonii (EE), Irlandii (IE), Grecji (EL), Hiszpanii (ES), Francji (FR), Chorwacji (HR), we Woszech

(IT), na Cyprze (CY), na otwie (LV), na Litwie (LT), w Luksemburgu (LU), na Wgrzech (HU), na Malcie (MT), w Holandii (NL), Austrii (AT), Polsce (PL), Portugalii (PT), Rumunii (RO), Sowenii (SI), Sowacji (SK), Finlandii (FI), Szwecji (SE), Irlandii Pnocnej (UK(NI)), Szwajcarii (CH), na Islandii (IS), w Liechtensteinie (LI) i Norwegii (NO). ITALIANO 24 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Con la presente, LG Electronics dichiara che lapparecchiatura radio tipo PC conforme con la Direttiva 2014/53/UE. Il testo completo della Dichiarazione di conformit UE disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Luso della banda 5.150-5.350 MHz e 5.945-6.425 MHz (se applicabile) limitata al solo uso in ambienti interni. La presente restrizione esiste in Belgio (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Repubblica Ceca (CZ), Danimarca (DK), Germania (DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Spagna (ES), Francia (FR), Croazia (HR), Italia

(IT), Cipro (CY), Lettonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Lussemburgo (LU), Ungheria (HU), Malta (MT), Paesi Bassi (NL), Austria (AT), Polonia (PL), Portogallo (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovacchia (SK), Finlandia (FI), Svezia (SE), Irlanda del Nord (UK(NI)), Svizzera (CH), Islanda (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) e Norvegia (NO). DEUTSCH Hiermit erklrt LG Electronics, dass das Funkgert vom Typ PC der EU-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht. Der vollstndige Text der EU-Konformittserklrung steht zur Verfgung unter folgender Internetadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Die Frequenzbnder im Bereich 5150 - 5350 MHz und 5945 - 6425 Mhz (soweit vorhanden) drfen nur im Innenbereich benutzt werden. Diese Einschrnkung besteht in Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tschechien (CZ), Dnemark (DK), Deutschland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Griechenland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankreich (FR), Kroatien

(HR), Italien (IT), Zypern (CY), Lettland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Niederlande (NL), sterreich (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slowenien (SI), Slowakei

(SK), Finnland (FI), Schweden (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) und Norwegen (NO). MAGYAR LG Electronics igazolja, hogy a PC tpus rdiberendezs megfelel a 2014/53/EU irnyelvnek. Az EU-megfelelsgi nyilatkozat teljes szvege elrhet a kvetkez internetes cmen:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Az 5150-5350 MHz s a 5945-6425 MHz sv hasznlata (ha alkalmazhat) csak beltri hasznlatra korltozdik. Ez a korltozs Belgiumban (BE), Bulgriban (BG), a Cseh Kztrsasgban (CZ), Dniban (DK), Nmetorszgban (DE), sztorszgban (EE), rorszgban (IE), Grgorszgban (EL), Spanyolorszgban (ES), Franciaorszgban (FR), Horvtorszgban (HR), Olaszorszgban (IT), Cipruson (CY), Lettorszgban (LV), Litvniban (LT), Luxemburgban (LU), Magyarorszgon (HU), Mltn (MT), Hollandiban (NL), Ausztriban (AT), Lengyelorszgban (PL), Portugliban (PT), Romniban (RO), Szlovniban (SI), Szlovkiban (SK), Finnorszgban (FI), Svdorszgban (SE), szak-rorszgban (UK(NI)), Svjcban (CH), Izlandon (IS), Liechtensteinban (LI) s Norvgiban (NO) rvnyes. NEDERLANDS E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 25 Hierbij verklaar ik, LG Electronics, dat het type radioapparatuur PC conform is met Richtlijn 2014/

53/EU. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd op het volgende internetadres:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

De 5150-5350 MHz- en 5945-6425 MHz-band kunnen (indien van toepassing) alleen binnenshuis worden gebruikt. Deze beperking geldt voor Belgi (BE), Bulgarije (BG), Tsjechi (CZ), Denemarken (DK), Duitsland

(DE), Estland (EE), Ierland (IE), Griekenland (EL), Spanje (ES), Frankrijk (FR), Kroati (HR), Itali (IT), Cyprus (CY), Letland (LV), Litouwen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Hongarije (HU), Malta (MT), Nederland

(NL), Oostenrijk (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Roemeni (RO), Sloveni (SI), Slowakije (SK), Finland

(FI), Zweden (SE), Noord-Ierland (UK(NI)), Zwitserland (CH), IJsland (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) en Noorwegen (NO). ROMN Prin prezenta, LG Electronics declar c tipul de echipamente radio al computerului personal (PC) este n conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE. Textul integral al declaraiei UE de conformitate este disponibil la urmtoarea adres internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Utilizarea benzii de 5150 - 5350 MHz i a celei de 5945 - 6425 MHz (dac este cazul) este restricionat doar la interior. Aceste restricii exist n: Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Republica Ceh (CZ), Danemarca (DK), Germania

(DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Spania (ES), Frana (FR), Croaia (HR), Italia (IT), Cipru

(CY), Letonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungasria (HU), Malta (MT), Olanda (NL), Austria

(AT), Polonia (PL), Portugalia (PT), Romnia (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovacia (SK), Finlanda (FI), Suedia

(SE), Irlanda de Nord (UK(NI)), Elveia (CH), Islanda (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) i Norvegia (NO). FRANAIS Par la prsente, LG Electronics dclare que lquipement radio de type PC est en conformit avec la Directive 2014/53/EU. Le texte intgral de la dclaration de conformit UE est disponible ladresse suivante:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Lutilisation des bandes de frquences 5 150 - 5 350 MHz et 5 945 - 6 425 MHz (le cas chant) est limite un usage en intrieur. Cette restriction existe en Belgique (BE), Bulgarie (BG), Rpublique Tchque (CZ), Danemark (DK), Allemagne (DE), Estonie (EE), Irlande (IE), Grce (EL), Espagne (ES), France (FR), Croatie (HR), Italie

(IT), Chypre (CY), Lettonie (LV), Lituanie (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Hongrie (HU), Malte (MT), Pays-Bas

(NL), Autriche (AT), Pologne (PL), Portugal (PT), Roumanie (RO), Slovnie (SI), Slovaquie (SK), Finlande (FI), Sude (SE), Irlande du Nord (UK(NI)), Suisse (CH), Islande (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) et Norvge (NO). DANSK 26 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Hermed erklrer LG Electronics, at radioudstyrstypen PC er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fulde tekst af EU-overensstemmelseserklringen er tilgngelig p flgende internetadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Brugen af 5150-5350 MHz- og 5945-6425 MHz-bndet er kun forbeholdt indendrs brug. Denne begrnsning glder i Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tjekkiet (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland

(DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Grkenland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankrig (FR), Kroatien (HR), Italien (IT), Cypern (CY), Letland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Holland (NL), strig (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slovenien (SI), Slovakiet (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) og Norge (NO). SUOMI Tten LG Electronics vakuuttaa, ett radiolaitetyyppi PC on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Tmn EU-yhdenmukaisuusjulistuksen koko teksti lytyy seuraavasta Internet-osoitteesta:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Taajuusalueen 5 150 5 350 MHz ja 5 945 6 425 MHz (jos sovellettavissa) kytt on sallittua vain sistiloissa. Tm rajoitus on havaittu Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Tekin tasavalta (CZ), Tanska (DK), Saksa (DE), Viro (EE), Irlanti (IE), Kreikka (EL), Espanja (ES), Ranska (FR), Kroatia (HR), Italia (IT), Kypros (CY), Latvia (LV), Liettua (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Unkari (HU), Malta (MT), Alankomaat (NL), Itvalta (AT), Puola (PL), Portugali (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Suomi (FI), Ruotsi (SE), Pohjois-

Irlanti (UK(NI)), Sveitsi (CH), Islanti (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) ja Norja (NO). NORSK LG Electronics erklrer herved at radioutstyret av typen PC er i samsvar med Direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fullstendige teksten til EU-samsvarserklringen er tilgjengelig hos flgende internettadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Bruken av 51505350 MHz og 59456425 MHz-bndet (hvis aktuelt) er begrenset til innendrs bruk. Denne begrensningen finnes i Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Tsjekkia (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Hellas (EL), Spania (ES), Frankrike (FR), Kroatia (HR), Italia (IT), Kypros (CY), Latvia (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Nederland (NL), sterrike (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nord-

Irland (UK(NI)), Sveits (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) og Norge (NO). SVENSKA Instruction/Safety Information 27 Hrmed intygar LG Electronics att radioutrustningstypen PC r i verensstmmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten av EU-frskran om verensstmmelse finns p fljande Internetadress:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

5 150 5 350 MHz- och 5 945 6 425 MHz-bandet fr bara anvndas inomhus. Denna begrnsning existerar i Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tjeckiska Republiken (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Grekland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankrike (FR), Kroatien (HR), Italien (IT), Cypern (CY), Lettland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungern (HU), Malta (MT), Nederlnderna (NL), sterrike (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slovenien (SI), Slovakien (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein

(LI) och Norge (NO). CE RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

Caution This equipment complies with European RF radiation exposure limits for SAR (Specific Absorption Rate). This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. E N G L S H I External Power Supply Information 1 Manufacturers name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address 2 Model identifier 3 Input voltage (V) Input AC frequency (Hz) Output voltage (V) Output current (A) Manufacturer; LG Electronics Inc. Commercial registration number; 107-86-

14075 Address; LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, 07336, Korea LP65WGC20P-EK, LP65WGC20S-EK 100-240 50-60 5.0 3.0 9.0 3.0 15.0 3.0 20.0 3.25 Output power (W) 15.0 27.0 45.0 65.0 Average active efficiency (%) 81.39 86.62 87.73 88.00 4 5 6 7 8 E N G L S H I 28 Instruction/Safety Information 9 Efficiency at low load (10 %) (%) 81.30 83.78 86.62 88.30 10 No-load power consumption (W) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.21 1 2 3 4 English: Manufacturers name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address Danish: Producentens navn eller varemrke, andelsregisternummer og adresse Dutch: Naam of handelsmerk van de fabrikant, handelsregisternummer en adres Finnish: Valmistajan nimi tai tavaramerkki, kaupparekisterinumero ja osoite French: Raison sociale ou marque dpose, numro denregistrement au registre du commerce et adresse du fabricant German: Name oder Handelsmarke des Herstellers, Handelsregisternummer und Anschrifte Hungarian: A gyrt neve vagy vdjegye, cgjegyzkszma s cme Italian: Nome o marchio del fabbricante, numero di iscrizione nel registro delle imprese e indirizzo del fabbricante Polish: Nazwa lub znak towarowy producenta, numer rejestru handlowego i adres Protuguese: Marca comercial ou nome, nmero de registo comercial e endereo do fabricante Romanian: Denumirea productorului sau marca comercial, numrul de nregistrare la Registrul Comerului i adresa Spanish: Nombre o marca, nmero del registro mercantil y direccin del fabricante Swedish: Tillverkarens namn eller varumrke, organisationsnummer och adress Norwegian: Produsentens navn, kommersielt registreringsnummer og adresse English: Model identifier Danish: Modellens identifikationskode Dutch: Typeaanduiding Finnish: Mallitunniste French: Rfrence du modle German: Modellkennung Hungarian: Modellazonost Italian: Identificativo del modello Polish: Identyfikator modelu Protuguese: Identificador do modelo Romanian: Identificator de model Spanish: Identificador del modelo Swedish: Modellbeteckning Norwegian: Modellidentifikator English: Input voltage Danish: Indgangsspnding Dutch: Voedingsspanning Finnish: Ottojnnite French: Tension dentre German: Eingangsspannung Hungarian: Bemen feszltsg Italian: Tensione di ingresso Polish: Napicie wejciowe Protuguese: Tenso de entrada Romanian: Tensiune de intrare Spanish: Tensin de entrada Swedish: Ingende spnning Norwegian: Inngangsspenning English: Input AC frequency Danish: Inputvekselstrmsfrekvens Dutch: Voedingsfrequentie Finnish: Tuloverkkotaajuus French: Frquence du CA dentre German: Eingangswechselstromfre-quenz Hungarian: Bemen vltram frekvencija Italian: Frequenza di ingresso CA Polish: Wejciowa czstotliwo prdu przemiennego Protuguese: Frequncia da alimentao de CA Romanian: Frecvena c.a. de intrare Spanish: Frecuencia de la CA de entrada Swedish: Ingende frekvens (vxelstrm) Norwegian: Vekselstrmfrekvens inngang Instruction/Safety Information 29 E N G L S H I 5 6 7 English: Output voltage Danish: Udgangsspnding Dutch: Uitgangsspanning Finnish: Antojnnite French: Tension de sortie German: Ausgangsspannung Hungarian: Kimen feszltsg Italian: Tensione di uscita Polish: Napicie wyjciowe Protuguese: Tenso de sada Romanian: Tensiune de ieire Spanish: Tensin de salida Swedish: Utgende spnning Norwegian: Utgangsspenning English: Output current Danish: Udgangsstrmsstyrke Dutch: Uitgangsstroom Finnish: Antovirta French: Courant de sortie German: Ausgangsstrom Hungarian: Kimen ramerssg Italian: Corrente di uscita Polish: Prd wyjciowy Protuguese: Corrente de sada Romanian: Curent de ieire Spanish: Intensidad de salida Swedish: Utgende strm Norwegian: Utgangsstrm English: Output power Danish: Udgangseffekt Dutch: Uitgangsvermogen Finnish: Antoteho French: Puissance de sortie German: Ausgangsleistung Hungarian: Kimen teljestmny Italian: Potenza di uscita Polish: Moc wyjciowa Protuguese: Potncia de sada Romanian: Putere de ieire Spanish: Potencia de salida Swedish: Utgende effekt Norwegian: Utgangseffekt 8 English: Average active efficiency 30 Instruction/Safety Information Danish: Gennemsnitlig effektivitet i aktiv tilstand Dutch: Gemiddelde actieve efficintie Finnish: Aktiivitilan keskimrinen hytysuhde French: Rendement moyen en mode actif German: Durchschnittliche Effizienz im Betrieb Hungarian: Aktv zemmdban mrt tlagos hatsfok Italian: Rendimento medio in modo attivo Polish: rednia sprawno podczas pracy Protuguese: Eficincia mdia no modo ativo Romanian: Randament mediu n mod activ Spanish: Eficiencia media en activo Swedish: Genomsnittlig verkningsgrad i aktivt lge Norwegian: Gjennomsnittlig aktiv effektivitet English: Efficiency at low load (10 %) Danish: Effektivitet ved lav belastning (10 %) Dutch: Efficintie bij lage belasting (10 %) Finnish: Hytysuhde alhaisella kuormituksella (10 %) French: Rendement faible charge (10 %) German: Effizienz bei geringer Last (10 %) Hungarian: Hatsfok alacsony (10 %-os) terhelsnl Italian: Rendimento a basso carico (10 %) Polish: Sprawno przy niskim obcieniu (10 %) Protuguese: Eficincia a carga baixa (10%) Romanian: Randamentul la sarcin redus (10 %) Spanish: Eficiencia a baja carga (10 %). Swedish: Verkningsgrad vid lg last (10 %) Norwegian: Effektivitet ved lav belastning (10 %) English: No-load power consumption Danish: Effektforbrug i nullast-tilstand Dutch: Energieverbruik in niet-belaste toestand Finnish: Kuormittamattoman tilan tehonkulutus French: Consommation lectrique hors charge German: Leistungsaufnahme bei Nulllast Hungarian: resjrsi zemmdban mrt energiafogyaszts Italian: Potenza assorbita nella condizione a vuoto Polish: Zuycie energii w stanie bez obcienia Protuguese: Consumo energtico em vazio Romanian: Puterea absorbit n regim fr sarcin Spanish: Consumo elctrico en vaco Swedish: Elfrbrukning vid noll-last Norwegian: Strmforbruk uten belastning E N G L S H I 9 10 USA FCC Notice (For USA) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 31 However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Any changes or modifications in construction of this device which are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. FCC Radio Frequency Interference Requirements (for UNII devices) High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. FCC/IC Radio Frequency Exposure The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using low power wireless devices. There is no proof, however, that these low power wireless devices are absolutely safe. Low power Wireless devices emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects might occur, but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. This device have been tested and found to comply with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency

(RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules(<1.6W/kg). 32 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I CANADA Industry Canada Statement (For Canada)

[For having wireless function (WLAN, Bluetooth,...)]

This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interference.

(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. FCC/IC Radio Frequency Exposure The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using low power wireless devices. There is no proof, however, that these low power wireless devices are absolutely safe. Low power Wireless devices emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects might occur, but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. This device have been tested and found to comply with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency

(RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules(<1.6W/kg). WARNING

[For product having the wireless function using 5 GHz frequency bands]

i. the device for operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

ii. for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit;

E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 33 iii. for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate;

and iv. [for devices operating in the band 5250-5350 MHz having an e.i.r.p. greater than 200 mW]

antenna type(s), antenna models(s), and worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in section 6.2.2.3 of RSS-247 shall be clearly indicated. Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avis dIndustrie Canada

[Pour la fonction sans fil (WLAN, Bluetooth, etc.)]

Lmetteur/rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

1) Lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

2) Lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. Exposition aux radiofrquences FCC/IC Selon les preuves scientifiques disponibles, aucun problme de sant nest associ lutilisation dappareils sans fil de faible puissance. Rien ne prouve cependant que ces appareils sont absolument sans danger. Lorsquils sont utiliss, les appareils sans fil de faible puissance mettent de faibles niveaux dnergie radiofrquence (RF) dans la gamme des hyperfrquences. Bien que les niveaux levs de radiofrquence puissent avoir un effet sur la sant (rchauffement des tissus), lexposition de faibles niveaux nayant pas deffet thermique na aucun impact ngatif connu sur la sant. De nombreuses tudes sur lexposition aux radiofrquences de faible niveau nont rvl aucun effet biologique. Certaines dentre elles ont sous-entendu quil pourrait y avoir de tels effets, mais leurs rsultats nont pas t confirms par des recherches supplmentaires. Les modles suivants ont t tests et se sont avrs conformes aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements dfinies par la FCC et IC pour lenvironnement non contrl; ils rpondent aux rgles sur lexposition aux rayonnements RF

(radiofrquence) de la FCC et celles de la norme RSS-102 dIC. AVERTISSEMENTS

[Pour les produits ayant la fonction sans fil utilisant des bandes de frquences de 5 GHz]

i. les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 150 5 250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

ii. pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5 250 5 350 MHz et de 5 470 5 725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e;

iii. pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5 725 5 850 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e. spcifie, selon le cas;

34 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I iv. [pour des dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 250 5 350 MHz ayant une p.i.r.e. de plus de 200 mW] , les types dantennes (sil y en a plusieurs), les numros de modle de lantenne et les pires angles dinclinaison ncessaires pour rester conforme lexigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque dlvation, nonce la CNR-247 section 6.2.2.3, doivent tre clairement indiqus. Les utilisateurs doivent galement savoir que les radars de grande puissance sont attribus en tant quutilisateurs principaux (cest--dire les utilisateurs prioritaires) des bandes de 5250 5350 MHz et de 5650 5850 MHz et que ces radars peuvent causer des interfrences avec les appareils LE-LAN et/ou les endommager. Australia/New Zealand Notice Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information This product has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health The equipment complies with the RF Exposure Requirement 1999/519/EC, Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields from 0 Hz to 300 GHz. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

(ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model on the body is less than 2W/kg (10g) RF Radiation Exposure Statement The use of the 5,150 - 5,350 MHz and 5,945 - 6,425 MHz band (if applicable) is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in the countries Australia (AU) and New Zealand (NZ). (For Wi-Fi/

Bluetooth built-in model or Wi-Fi built-in model) Brazil Notice Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. Para mais informaes, consulte o site da Anatel: https://www.gov.br/anatel/pt-br Instruction/Safety Information 35 E N G L S H I China CMIIT ID Taiwan 3010 221

: 3476

(02) 2627-2788 36 Instruction/Safety Information Japan 5.2 GHzW52 5.2 GHz5.3 GHzW52/W53 6 GHzLPI E N G L S H I 1 Wi-Fi 2.4 GHzDS-SS OFDM40 m 2 For Motion remoteBluetooth 2.4 GHz FH-SS10 m 1 2 3 PHS LG Electronics Japan 0120-407-722 050-3188-3900 IP TEL03-5675-7323 Instruction/Safety Information 37 FAX03-5675-7335 09:00~18:00 V C C I - B E N G L S H I RF Intel AX211D2W http://www.jbrc.com UKRAINE only

. Ukraine Restriction of Hazardous Substances The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. 38 Instruction/Safety Information PACKING INFORMATION (CUSTOMS UNION)

. E N G L S H I EPEAT EPEAT registered where applicable/supported. EPEAT registration varies by country - see www.epeat.netfor registration status by country. GREEN MARK (for Japan) JIS C0950:2008 J Moss J-Moss PBBPBDE Web Web http://www.lg.com/jp/eco/eco-

product#jMoss SAFETY REGULATION NOTICE Battery ENGLISH Risk of fire or explosion if the battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Replacement of a battery with an incorrect type that can defeat a safeguard (for example, in the case of some lithium battery types). Disposal of a battery into fire or a hot oven, or mechanically crushing or cutting of a battery, that can result in an explosion. Instruction/Safety Information 39 Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment that can result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure that may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Do not store or transport at pressures lower than 11.6 kPa (1.68 psi) and at above 15 000 m E N G L S H I

(49212.5 feet) altitude. DANSK Risiko for brand eller eksplosion, hvis batteriet udskiftes med en forkert type. Udskiftning af et batteri med en forkert type, der kan omg en sikring (f.eks. i tilflde af nogle lithiumbatterityper). Bortskaffelse af et batteri ved ild eller en varm ovn, eller mekanisk knusning eller skring i et batteri, dette kan resultere i en eksplosion. At efterlade et batteri i omgivelser med ekstrem hj temperatur, det kan resultere i en eksplosion eller lkage af brndbar vske eller gas. Et batteri udsat for ekstremt lavt lufttryk, det kan resultere i en eksplosion eller lkage af brndbar vske eller gas. M ikke opbevares eller transporteres ved tryk lavere end 11,6 kPa og over 15.000 meters hjde. SUOMI Tulen ja rjhdyksen mahdollisuus, jos akku vaihdetaan vrnlaiseen akkuun. Vrnlaisen akun asennus voi ohittaa turvamekanismit (esimerkiksi joissain litium-akuissa). Akun hvittminen tuleen tai kuumaan uuniin, tai akun mekaaninen tuhoaminen tai leikkaaminen, voivat johtaa rjhdykseen. Akun jttminen rimmisen korkean lmptilan ympristn voi johtaa rjhdykseen tai helposti syttyvn nesteen tai kaasun vuotoon. rimmisen matalalle ilmanpaineelle altistettu akku voi johtaa rjhdykseen tai helposti syttyvn nesteen tai kaasun vuotoon. l sil tai siirr alle 11,6 kPa ilmanpaineissa tai yli 15 000 m korkeudessa. NORSK Det er fare for brann eller eksplosjon i tilfelle batteriet byttes ut med en feil type. Utskifting av et batteri med en feil type som kan beseire en sikring (for eksempel nr det gjelder noen typer litiumbatterier). Avhending av et batteri i brann eller en varm ovn, eller mekanisk knusing eller kutting av et batteri, som kan fre til en eksplosjon. etterlate et batteri i omgivelser med ekstremt hy temperatur som kan resultere i en eksplosjon eller lekkasje av brennbar vske eller gass. Et batteri som er utsatt for ekstremt lavt lufttrykk kan resultere i en eksplosjon eller lekkasje av brennbar vske eller gass. E N G L S H I 40 Instruction/Safety Information Produktet m aldri oppbevares eller transporteres ved trykk lavere enn 11,6 kPa og over 15000 m hyde. SVENSKA Risk fr brand eller explosion om batteriet byts ut mot fel typ. Byte av ett batteri mot en felaktig typ som kan motverka ett skydd (till exempel fr vissa litiumbatterityper). Kassering av ett batteri i eld eller en het ugn, eller att krossa eller klippa snder ett batteri mekaniskt, kan leda till en explosion. Att lmna ett batteri i en omgivning med extremt hg temperatur som kan leda till en explosion, eller lckage av brandfarlig vtska eller gas. Ett batteri som utstts fr extremt lgt lufttryck kan leda till en explosion eller lckage av brandfarlig vtska eller gas. Frvara eller transportera inte vid tryck under 11,6 kPa och p ver 15 000 m hjd. ESPAOL Existe riesgo de explosin si se cambia la batera por una de un tipo incorrecto. Sustitucin de la batera por un tipo de batera incorrecto que puede anular los mecanismos de seguridad (por ejemplo, en el caso de algunos tipo de batera de litio). Colocacin de una batera en el fuego o un horno caliente, o aplastamiento o corte mecnicos de una batera, que pueden provocar una explosin. Colocacin de una batera en un entorno con una temperatura extremadamente alta que puede provocar una explosin o la fuga de lquido o gas inflamable. Una batera sometida a una presin del aire extremadamente baja que puede provocar una explosin o la fuga de lquido o gas inflamable. No almacenar ni transportar a una presin inferior a 11,6 kPa ni a una altitud superior a 15 000 m. PORTUGUS Risco de incndio ou exploso se a bateria for substituda por uma do tipo incorreto. A substituio da bateria por uma do tipo incorreto pode desativar um sistema de segurana (por exemplo, no caso de algumas baterias de ltio). A eliminao de uma bateria no fogo ou num forno quente ou o esmagamento ou corte mecnico de uma bateria pode resultar numa exploso. Deixar uma bateria num ambiente de temperatura extremamente alta pode resultar numa exploso ou na fuga de lquidos ou gases inflamveis. Uma bateria sujeita a presso de ar extremamente baixa poder resultar numa exploso ou na fuga de lquidos ou gases inflamveis. No armazene nem transporte a presses inferiores a 11,6 kPa e acima de 15.000 m de altitude. POLSKI Ryzyko poaru lub wybuchu w przypadku wymiany baterii na niewaciwy typ. Instruction/Safety Information 41 Wymiana baterii na niewaciwy typ moe spowodowa ominicie zabezpiecze (np. w przypadku niektrych typw baterii litowych). Wrzucenie baterii do ognia lub gorcego piekarnika lub mechaniczne zmiadenie albo przecicie baterii moe spowodowa wybuch. Pozostawienie baterii w rodowisku o bardzo wysokiej temperaturze moe spowodowa wybuch lub wyciek atwopalnej cieczy lub gazu. Naraenie baterii na bardzo niskie cinienie powietrza moe spowodowa wybuch lub wyciek E N G L S H I atwopalnej cieczy lub gazu. Nie przechowywa ani transportowa przy cinieniu niszym ni 11,6 kPa lub na wysokoci powyej 15.000 m. ITALIANO Rischio di incendio o esplosione se la batteria viene sostituita con una di tipo non corretto. La sostituzione della batteria con una di tipo non corretto pu compromettere la sicurezza (ad esempio nel caso di alcune batterie al litio). Lo smaltimento delle batterie nel fuoco o in un forno caldo, o lo schiacciamento meccanico o il taglio delle batterie pu provocare unesplosione. Lesposizione delle batterie ad ambienti circostanti con temperature estremamente alte pu causare unesplosione o la fuoriuscita di liquidi o gas infiammabili. Lesposizione delle batterie a pressioni dellaria estremamente basse pu causare unesplosione o la fuoriuscita di liquidi o gas infiammabili. Non conservare o trasportare a pressioni inferiori a 11,6 kPa e ad altitudini superiori a 15.000 m. DEUTSCH Wird die Batterie durch einen anderen, falschen Typ ersetzt, besteht Explosions- und Brandgefahr. Wird die Batterie durch eine anderen, falschen Typ ersetzt, kann mglicherweise die Sicherung deaktiviert werden (das ist zum Beispiel bei einigen Lithium-Batterien der Fall). Wird eine Batterie entsorgt, indem Sie in einen Ofen geworfen wird oder mechanisch zerstrt oder zerschnitten wird, besteht Explosionsgefahr. Wird die Batterie in einer Umgebung unter extrem heier Temperatur belassen, besteht Explosionsgefahr oder es kann entflammbare Flssigkeit oder entflammbares Gas austreten. Wird die Batterie extrem niedrigem Luftdruck ausgesetzt, besteht Explosionsgefahr oder es kann entflammbare Flssigkeit oder entflammbares Gas austreten. Nicht bei einem Druck tiefer als 11,6 kPa oder in ber 15 000 m Hhe ber dem Meeresspiegel lagern oder transportieren. MAGYAR Tz- vagy robbansveszly, ha az akkumultort nem megfelel tpusra cserlik. Az akkumultor cserje nem megfelel tpusra, amely vdelmet jelenthet (pldul nhny ltium elemtpus esetben). 42 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Az elemek tzben vagy forr stben val megsemmistse, vagy az elemek mechanikus sszetrse vagy elvgsa robbanst okozhat. Ha akkumultort rendkvl magas hmrsklet krnyezetben hagyja, az robbanst vagy gylkony folyadk vagy gz szivrgst okozhatja. Ha az akkumultor rendkvl alacsony lgnyomsnak van kitve, az robbanst vagy gylkony folyadk vagy gz szivrgst okozhatja. Ne trolja s ne szlltsa 11,6 kPa-nl alacsonyabb nyomson s 15 000 m magassg felett. NEDERLANDS Brand- of explosiegevaar als de batterij wordt vervangen door een onjuist type. Het vervangen van de batterij door een batterij van het foute type, kan een veiligheid uitschakelen

(bijvoorbeeld bij enkele types van lithiumbatterijen). Een batterij in een vuur of een hete oven werpen of een batterij verpletteren of snijden, kan leiden tot een explosie. Een batterij achterlaten in een omgeving met een extreem hoge temperatuur, kan leiden tot een explosie of het lekken van brandbare vloeistof of gas. Een batterij blootstellen aan een extreem lage luchtdruk, kan leiden tot een explosie of het lekken van brandbare vloeistof of gas. Niet bewaren of vervoeren bij een druk lager dan 11,6 kPa en een hoogte van meer dan 15.000 m. ROMN Risc de explozie dac bateria este nlocuit cu un tip incorect. nlocuirea unei baterii cu un tip incorect care poate depi o protecie (de exemplu, n cazul unor tipuri de baterii litiu). Eliminarea unei baterii n foc sau cuptor ncins, prin zdrobire mecanic sau tiere poate conduce la o explozie. Lsarea unei baterii ntr-un mediu nconjurtor cu o temperatur extrem de ridicat poate conduce la o explozie sau la scurgere de lichid sau gaz inflamabil. O baterie supus unei presiuni a aerului extrem de sczut poate rezulta n scurgere de lichid sau gaz inflamabil. Nu stocai i nu transportai la presiuni mai mici de 11,6 kPa i la mai mult de 15000 m altitudine. FRANAIS Risque dincendie ou dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par une batterie dun type incorrect. Le remplacement par une batterie dun type incorrect peut annuler un dispositif de scurit (par exemple, dans le cas de certaines batteries au lithium). liminer une batterie dans le feu ou un four chaud, lcraser mcaniquement ou la couper peut provoquer une explosion. Laisser une batterie dans un environnement trs haute temprature peut provoquer une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Instruction/Safety Information 43 Laisser une batterie une pression extrmement basse peut provoquer une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Ne pas stocker ni transporter des pressions infrieures 11,6 kPa et une altitude suprieure 15 000 m. FRANAIS (CANADA) E N G L S H I Risque dincendie ou dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par un type incorrect. Remplacement dune batterie par un type incorrect qui peut faire chouer un dispositif de protection (par exemple, dans le cas de certains types de batteries au lithium). limination dune batterie dans un feu ou un four chaud, ou crasement ou dcoupe mcanique dune batterie qui peuvent entraner une explosion. Laisser une batterie dans un environnement extrmement chaud qui peut entraner une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Une batterie soumise une pression dair extrmement basse qui peut entraner une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Ne pas stocker ni transporter des pressions infrieures 11,6 kPa et plus de 15 000 m daltitude.

Australia Notice ENGLISH

. 11.6 15000

. The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young Children should be supervised to ensure that do not play with appliance If the appliance is supplied from a cord extension set or an electrical portable outlet device. The cord extension set on electrical portable outlet device must be positioned so that it is not subject to splashing or ingress of moisture 44 Instruction/Safety Information WEEE E N G L S H I ENGLISH (UK, Ireland) Disposal of your old appliance 1 This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products

(WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 2 Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3 You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Bulgaria) 1 ,

. 2

. 3 ,

- , , : www.lg.com/

global/recycling HRVATSKI (Croatia) Zbrinjavanje starog ureaja Instruction/Safety Information 45 1 Ovaj simbol prekriene kante za smee na kotaiima oznaava kako se otpadni elektrini i elektrini proizvodi (WEEE) moraju zbrinjavati odvojeno od komunalnog otpada. 2 Dotrajali elektrini proizvodi mogu sadravati opasne tvari stoga e ispravno zbrinjavanje vaih dotrajalih ureaja pomoi u sprjeavanju potencijalnih negativnih posljedica na okoli i ljudsko zdravlje. Va dotrajao ureaj moe sadravati dijelove koji se mogu ponovo iskoristiti za popravak drugih proizvoda te druge vrijedne materijale koji se mogu reciklirati i tako sauvati ograniene resurse. 3 Ovisno o razini smetnje / tete i dobi stavke, stari proizvodi mogu se popraviti za vie radnog ivota koji e sprijeiti izbjei otpada. Proizvodi koji nisu prikladni za ponovnu uporabu moe se reciklirati da se oporavim vrijedne resurse i pomoi da se smanji globalno potronju novih sirovina. 4 Ureaj moete odnijeti u trgovinu u kojoj ste kupili proizvod ili moete kontaktirati ured za zbrinjavanje otpada kod vaih mjesnih nadlenih tijela te od njih saznati vie informacija o najbliem ovlatenom WEEE sabirnom centru. Za najnovije informacije iz svoje drave pogledajte internetske stranice www.lg.com/global/recycling E N G L S H I ESKY (Czech) Likvidace starho pstroje 1 Tento symbol pekrtnutho koe zna, e odpad z elektrickch a elektronickch vrobk (WEEE) je nutn likvidovat oddlen od linky komunlnho odpadu. 2 Star elektrick vrobky mohou obsahovat nebezpen ltky, take sprvn likvidace starch pstroj pome zabrnit potencilnm negativnm dsledkm pro ivotn prosted a lidsk zdrav. Star pstroje mohou obsahovat znovu pouiteln dly, kter lze pout k oprav dalch vrobk a dal cenn materily, kter lze recyklovat a etit tak omezen zdroje. 3 Spotebi mete zanst bu do obchodu, kde jste ho zakoupili nebo se obrtit na mstn sprvu komunlnch odpad, kde zskte podrobn informace o autorizovanm sbrnm mst WEEE. Pro posledn aktuln informace z va zem si prosm prostudujte web www.lg.com/global/recycling DANSK (Denmark) Bortskaffelse af dit gamle apparat 1 Dette symbol med en affaldsspand med kryds over angiver at elektrisk og elektronisk affald

(WEEE) skal bortskaffes og genbruges korrekt, adskilt fra kommunens husholdningsaffald. 2 Gamle elektriske produkter kan indeholde farlige stoffer, s nr du bortskaffer dit gamle apparat p korrekt vis, hjlper du med at forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser for milj og mennesker. Dit gamle apparat kan indeholde dele som kan genbruges, fx til at reparere andre produkter, eller vrdifulde materialer som kan genbruges og derved begrnse spild af vrdifulde ressourcer. 3 Du kan enten tage apparatet til den butik hvor du kbte det, eller kontakte dit lokale affaldskontor angende oplysninger om det nrmeste, autoriserede WEEE-samlepunkt. Find de sidste nye oplysninger for dit land p www.lg.com/global/recycling SUOMI (Finland) Vanhan laitteesi hvittminen 46 Instruction/Safety Information 1 Tm ylirastitettu jteastian merkki ilmaisee, ett shk- ja elektronikkalaitteiden jtteet (WEEE) tulee pit erilln kotitalousjtteest ja vied kunnalliseen kierrtyskeskukseen. 2 Vanhat shktuotteet voivat pit sislln vaarallisia aineita, joten loppuun kytetyn laitteen oikea hvittminen ehkisee ymprist- ja terveyshaittoja. Vanha laitteesi saattaa pit sislln uudelleen kytettvi osia, joita voidaan kytt korjaamaan muita tuotteita, sek arvokkaita materiaaleja, joita voidaan kierrtt rajoitettujen resurssien sstmiseksi. E N G L S H I 3 Voit vied laitteesi joko liikkeeseen, josta hankit tuotteen, tai ottaa yhteytt paikallishallintosi ympristtoimistoon koskien lhint valtuutettua WEEE -keryspistett. Kaikkein viimeisimmt tiedot koskien maatasi, ks. osoitteessa www.lg.com/global/recycling FRANAIS (France) Recyclage de votre ancien appareil 1 Ce symbole de poubelle barre dune croix indique que votre quipement lectrique et lectronique

(EEE) ne doit pas tre jet avec les ordures mnagres. Il doit faire lobjet dun tri et dune collecte slective spare. 2 Les quipements lectriques que vous jetez peuvent contenir des substances dangereuses. Il est donc important de les jeter de faon approprie afin dviter des impacts ngatifs sur lenvironnement et la sant humaine. Lquipement que vous jetez peut galement contenir des pices rutilisables pour la rparation dautres produits ainsi que des matriaux prcieux pouvant tre recycls pour prserver les ressources de la plante. 3 Vous pouvez rapporter votre appareil au commerant qui vous la vendu ou contacter votre collectivit locale pour connaitre les points de collecte de votre EEE. Vous trouverez galement des informations jour concernant votre pays en allant sur www.quefairedemesdechets.fr NEDERLANDS (Netherlands) Verwijdering van uw oude apparaat 1 Dit symbool van de doorgekruiste vuilnisbak geeft aan dat afgedankte elektrische en elektronische producten (WEEE) afzonderlijk van het huishoudelijke afval moeten worden verwijderd. 2 Oude elektrische producten kunnen gevaarlijke stoffen bevatten, dus een juiste verwijdering van uw oude apparaat helpt bij het voorkomen van mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de volksgezondheid. Uw oude apparaat kan herbruikbare onderdelen bevatten die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het repareren van andere producten, en andere waardevolle materialen die kunnen worden gerecycled voor het behoud van beperkte grondstoffen. 3 U kunt uw apparaat meenemen naar de winkel waar u het product heeft gekocht, of u kunt contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke afvalverwerking instantie voor de gegevens van uw dichtstbijzijnde geautoriseerde WEEE-verzamelpunt. Voor de meest recente informatie voor uw land verwijzen wij u naar www.lg.com/global/recycling DEUTSCH (Germany) Entsorgung Ihrer Altgerte 1 Das durchgestrichene Symbol eines fahrbaren Abfallbehlters weist darauf hin, dass Elektro- und Elektronik- Produkte (WEEE) getrennt vom Hausmll entsorgt werden mssen. Bitte entsorgen Sie Altgerte getrennt von anderem Abfall und bringen Sie diese zu einer ausgewiesenen Instruction/Safety Information 47 Sammelstelle fr das Recycling von elektrischen und elektronischen Gerten. Falls die Gerte Batterien oder Lampen enthalten, die vom Endverbraucher ohne Beschdigung leicht entnommen werden knnen, trennen Sie diese bitte vor der Entsorgung von den Hauptgerten, es sei denn, Sie mchten, dass die alten Gerte wiederverwendet werden (alte Batterien und Lampen werden getrennt gesammelt). Bitte beachten Sie auch, dass Sie persnlich dafr verantwortlich sind, personenbezogene Daten auf dem Gert zu lschen, bevor Sie Ihre Gerte entsorgen. E N G L S H I 2 Alte elektrische Produkte knnen gefhrliche Substanzen enthalten, die eine korrekte Entsorgung dieser Altgerte erforderlich machen, um schdliche Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit zu vermeiden. Ihre ausgedienten Gerte knnen wiederverwendbare Teile enthalten, mit denen mglicherweise andere Produkte repariert werden knnen, aber auch sonstige wertvolle Materialien enthalten, die zur Schonung knapper Ressourcen recycelt werden knnen. 3 Sie knnen Ihr Gert entweder in den Laden zurckbringen, in dem Sie das Produkt ursprnglich erworben haben oder Sie kontaktieren Ihre Gemeindeabfallstelle fr Informationen ber die nchstgelegene autorisierte WEEE Sammelstelle. Bitte beachten Sie, dass einige* Vertreiber verpflichtet sind :

bei der Abgabe eines neuen Elektro- oder Elektronikgertes an einen Endnutzer ein Altgert des Endnutzers der gleichen Gerteart unentgeltlich zurckzunehmen, und Altgerte, die in keiner ueren Abmessung grer als 25 Zentimeter sind, im Einzelhandelsgeschft oder in unmittelbarer Nhe hierzu unentgeltlich zurckzunehmen;

Wenn Offline oder Online Hndler Neugerte an Privathaushalte liefern, sind sie verpflichtet, Altgerte direkt bei diesen abzuholen oder Rckgabemglichkeiten in zumutbarer Entfernung anzubieten. Daher empfehlen wir Ihnen sich fr weitere Informationen an Ihren Hndler zu wenden. 4 LG Electronic Deutschland GmbH ist ordnungsgem als Hersteller in Deutschland registriert. Damit trgt LG deutschlandweit zur Sammlung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgerten bei, die Sie in kommunalen Getrenntsammelstellen abgeben. Die aktuellsten Informationen finden Sie unter:

www.lg.com/global/recycling oder https://www.lg.com/de/support/altgeraete-rueckgabe.

* Vertreiber mit einer Verkaufsflche fr Elektro- und Elektronikgerte von mindestens 400 Quadratmetern sowie Vertreiber von Lebensmitteln mit einer Gesamtverkaufsflche von mindestens 800 Quatratmetern, die Elektro- und Elektronikgerte anbieten

(Greece) 1

. 2

. 48 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 3 ,

). www.lg.com/global/recycling MAGYAR (Hungary) A rgi kszlk rtalmatlantsa 1 A leselejtezett elektromos s elektronikai termkeket a hztartsi hulladktl elklntve kell begyjteni, a jogszablyok ltal kijellt mdon s helyen. 2 Rgi kszlkeinek megfelel leselejtezse segthet megelzni az esetleges egszsgre vagy krnyezetre rtalmas hatsokat. 3 Ha tovbbi informcira van szksge rgi kszlkeinek leselejtezsvel kapcsolatban, lpjen kapcsolatba velnk a szelektalok.hu oldalon ahol tjkoztatjuk nt visszavteli, tvteli, gyjtsi s kezelsi ktelezettsgeinkrl. ITALIANO (Italy) Smaltimento delle apparecchiature obsolete 1 Tutte le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche, contrassegnate da questo simbolo (bidone della spazzatura barrato da una croce), devono essere raccolte e smaltite separatamente rispetto agli altri rifiuti urbani misti mediante impianti di raccolta specifici installati da enti pubblici o dalle autorit locali. Si ricorda che gli utenti finali domestici possono consegnare gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche a fine vita presso il punto vendita allatto dellacquisto di una nuova apparecchiatura equivalente. Gli utenti finali domestici possono inoltre consegnare gratuitamente apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche di piccolissime dimensioni (non eccedenti i 25 cm) a fine vita direttamente presso un punto vendita a ci abilitato, senza obbligo di acquistare una apparecchiatura nuova di tipo equivalente. Si prega di informarsi previamente presso il punto vendita prescelto circa tale ultima modalit di conferimento dellapparecchiatura a fine vita. 2 Il corretto smaltimento dell'unit obsoleta contribuisce a prevenire possibili conseguenze negative sulla salute degli individui e sull'ambiente. Una gestione responsabile del fine vita delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche da parte degli utenti contribuisce al riutilizzo, al riciclaggio ed al recupero sostenibile dei prodotti obsoleti e dei relativi materiali. 3 Per informazioni pi dettagliate sullo smaltimento delle apparecchiature obsolete, contattare l'ufficio del comune di residenza, il servizio di smaltimento rifiuti o il punto vendita in cui stato acquistato il prodotto. (www.lg.com/global/recycling) NORSK (Norway) Avhending av gamle apparater 1 Dette symbolet av en utkrysset avfallsdunk indikerer at kassert elektronikk og elektroniske produkter (WEEE) skal kastes separat fra husholdningsavfall og leveres til den kommunale resirkuleringen. 2 Gamle elektriske produkter kan inneholde farlige stoffer, s korrekt avfallshndtering av det gamle apparatet bidrar til hindre potensielt negative konsekvenser for miljet og andres helse. Gamle Instruction/Safety Information 49 apparater kan inneholde gjenbrukbare deler som kan brukes til reparere andre produkter og andre verdifulle materialer som kan resirkuleres for bevare begrensede ressurser. 3 Du kan bringe apparatet enten til butikken der du kjpte produktet, eller ta kontakt med den lokale myndighetens avfallskontor for informasjon om nrmeste autoriserte innsamlingspunkt for el-

avfall (WEEE-avfall). For den mest oppdaterte informasjonen for ditt land, g til www.lg.com/global/

recycling. E N G L S H I POLSKI (Poland) Utylizacja starego urzdzenia 1 Symbol przekrelonego pojemnika na odpady na kkach oznacza, e produkty elektryczne lub elektroniczne (WEEE) naley zutylizowa poza obiegiem odpadw komunalnych. 2 Stare produkty elektroniczne mog zawiera niebezpieczne substancje. Waciwa utylizacja starego urzdzenia pozwoli unikn potencjalnych negatywnych skutkw dla rodowiska i zdrowia. Stare urzdzenie moe zawiera czci wielokrotnego uytku, ktre mog zosta wykorzystane do naprawy innych produktw lub inne wartociowe materiay, ktre mona przetworzy, aby oszczdza zasoby naturalne. 3 Urzdzenie mona odda do sklepu, w ktrym zostao kupione lub skontaktowa si z lokalnym urzdem gospodarki odpadami, aby uzyska informacje o najbliszym punkcie zbirki WEEE. Aby uzyska aktualne informacje z zakresu gospodarki odpadami obowizujcej w danym kraju, naley odwiedzi stron http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe (plik PDF : For more information about how to recycle LG products in your country. PORTUGUS (Portugal) Eliminao do seu aparelho usado 1 Este smbolo de um caixote do lixo com rodas e linhas cruzadas sobrepostas indica que os resduos de produtos eltricos e eletrnicos (REEE) devem ser eliminados separadamente do lixo domstico. 2 Os produtos eltricos usados podem conter substncias perigosas, pelo que, a eliminao correta do seu aparelho usado pode contribuir para evitar potenciais consequncias negativas para o ambiente e sade humana. O seu aparelho usado pode conter peas reutilizveis que podem ser usadas para reparar outros produtos e outros materiais teis que podem ser reciclados para preservar os recursos limitados. 3 Pode levar o seu aparelho loja onde o adquiriu, ou contactar a sua entidade local de recolha e tratamento de resduos para obter mais informaes relativas ao ponto de recolha de REEE autorizado mais prximo. Para obter informaes mais atualizadas relativas ao seu pas, visite www. lg.com/global/recycling ROMN (Romania) Eliminarea aparatului vechi 1 Simbolul de pubel indic faptul c deeurile de echipamente electrice i electronice (DEEE) trebuie eliminate separat de celelalte deeuri. 2 Produsele electrice i electronice vechi conin substane periculoase. Astfel, prin eliminarea corespunztoare vei contribui la prevenirea deteriorrii mediului nconjurtor i al sntii umane. 50 Instruction/Safety Information Este posibil ca dispozitivul dvs. vechi s conin piese componente care pot fi folosite pentru repararea altor produse sau materiale importante ce pot fi reciclate n scopul economisirii resurselor limitate. 3 Dispozitivul vechi poate fi returnat magazinului de unde a fost achiziionat sau putei contacta firma responsabil pentru eliminarea deeurilor n scopul aflrii locaiei unitii autorizate pentru reciclarea deeurilor electrice i electronice (WEEE). Pentru informaii mereu actualizate i referitoare la ara dvs. v rugm s vizitai pagina web www.lg.com/global/recycling. E N G L S H I SRPSKI (Serbia) Odlaganje starog aparata 1 vaj simbol precrtana kanta za smee pokazuje da elektrini i elektronski otpad (WEEE) treba da se odlae odvojeno od obinog komunalnog otpada. 2 Stari elektrini aparati mogu da sadre otrovne supstance, tako da e pravilno odlaganje Vaeg starog aparata pomoi spreavanju pojave negativnih posledica po ivotnu sredinu i zdravlje ljudi. Va stari aparat moe da sadri delove za viekratnu upotrebu koji se mogu koristiti za zamenu drugih proizvoda i druge vredne materijale koji se mogu reciklirati radi ouvanja ogranienih resursa. 3 Va aparat moete da odnesete u radnju gde ste ga kupili ili da kontaktirate lokalnu vladinu kancelariju za otpad kako biste dobili informaciju o najblioj autorizovanoj WEEE stanici za odlaganje ovog otpada. Za najnovije informacije za Vau zemlju, molimo Vas da pogledate web stranicu www.lg.com/global/recycling. SLOVENINA (Slovakia) Znekodnenie starho spotrebia 1 Tento symbol preiarknutho odpadkovho koa na kolieskach znamen, e odpad z elektrickch a elektronickch zariaden (WEEE) mus by znekodnen samostatne od komunlneho odpadu. 2 Star elektrick produkty mu obsahova nebezpen latky, preto sprvne znekodnenie vho starho spotrebia pome zabrni potencilnym negatvnym dopadom na prostredie a udsk zdravie. V star spotrebi me obsahova diely, ktor mono optovne poui na opravu inch produktov, a in cenn materily, ktor mono recyklova s cieom chrni obmedzen zdroje. 3 Svoj spotrebi mete zanies do predajne, kde ste produkt zakpili, alebo sa mete obrti na oddelenie odpadov miestnej samosprvy a poiada o informcie o najbliom zbernom mieste odpadu z elektrickch a elektronickch zariaden (WEEE). Najnovie informcie platn pre vau krajinu njdete na strnke www.lg.com/global/recycling SLOVENINA (Slovenia) Odstranjevanje vae stare naprave 1 Prertan simbol smetnjaka opozarja, da je treba odpadne elektrine in elektronske izdelke (OEEI) odstranjevati loeno od ostalih komunalnih odpadkov. 2 Odpadni elektrini izdelki lahko vsebujejo nevarne snovi, zato s pravilnim odstranjevanjem stare naprave prispevate k prepreevanju morebitnih negativnih vplivov na okolje in zdravje ljudi. Vaa stara naprava lahko vsebuje dele, ki jih je mogoe uporabiti za popravilo drugih izdelkov, in druge dragocene materiale, ki jih je mogoe reciklirati in s tem ohraniti omejene vire. Instruction/Safety Information 51 3 Svojo napravo lahko odnesete v trgovino, kjer ste jo kupili, ali pa se glede podrobnosti o najblijem pooblaenem zbirnem mestu za odpadno elektrino in elektronsko opremo obrnite na lokalno komunalno podjetje. Za najnoveje informacije za svojo dravo si oglejte www.lg.com/global/

recycling. ESPAOL (Spain) Smbolo para marcar AEE E N G L S H I 1 El smbolo del contenedor de basura tachado con un aspa indica que la recogida separada de aparatos elctricos y electrnicos (AEE) debe realizarse de manera separada. 2 Los productos elctricos antiguos pueden contener sustancias peligrosas de modo que la correcta eliminacin del antiguo aparato ayudar a evitar posibles consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente y para la salud humana. El antiguo aparato puede contener piezas reutilizables que podran utilizarse para reparar otros productos y otros materiales valiosos que pueden reciclarse para conservar los recursos limitados. 3 Este producto contiene pilas y/o acumuladores. Siempre que no sea necesaria la intervencin de un profesional cualificado para ello, y antes del depsito final del producto en las instalaciones de recogida selectiva, usted debe extraer las pilas y acumuladores de forma segura y separadamente para su adecuada gestin. 4 Puede llevar el aparato a cualquiera de los centros autorizados para su recogida. Para obtener la informacin ms actualizada para su pas por favor visite www.lg.com/global/recycling SVENSKA (Sweden) Bortskaffning av den gamla produkten 1 Den verkorsade soptunnesymbolen indikerar att elektroniskt och elektriskt avfall (WEEE) ska sorteras separat frn hushllsavfallet och lmnas in till en av kommunen anvisad plats fr tervinning. 2 Kasserade elektroniska och elektriska produkter kan innehlla farliga substanser, korrekt avfallshantering av produkten frhindrar negativa konsekvenser fr miljn och den mnskliga hlsan. Din gamla produkt kan ven innehlla teranvndningsbara delar som kan anvndas fr att reparera andra produkter samt innehlla vrdefulla mnen som kan tervinnas fr att spara jordens resurser. 3 Du kan ta din gamla produkt till butiken dr du kpte den eller kontakta din kommun fr information om nrmaste WEEE-uppsamlingsstlle. Fr att f den senaste informationen fr ditt land, g till www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Russia) 1 ,

(WEEE)

. 2 ,

. 52 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I

, . 3 , ,

(WEEE).

: www.lg.com/global/recycling TRKE (Trkiye) Eski cihaznzn atlmas 1 Tm elektrikli ve elektronik atklar, devlet ya da yerel yetkililer tarafndan belirlenen toplama merkezlerinde ayr olarak imha edilmelidir. Atk eletrikli ve elektronik aletler belediyeler tarafndan kurulan toplama noktalarna teslim edilmeli veya aldnz yeni rn satcnz adresinize teslim ederken, satcnzdan atk elektrikli ve elektronik aletinizi teslim almasn istemelisiniz. 2 Atk rnn doru imhas evre ve insan sal zerindeki potansiyel olumsuz sonularn engellenmesine yardmc olacaktr. 3 Bu iareti ieren rnler tehlikeli madde ierebilir. rnler ierisindeki tehlikeli maddeler evre kirlenmesine veya yaralanma/lme sebebiyet verebilir. 4 AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. 5 Eski rnnzn imhas hakknda daha fazla bilgi iin ltfen belediyeniz ya da rn aldnz maaza ile iletiime geiniz. (www.lg.com/global/recycling)

(Ukraine) 1 ,

(WEEE) . 2 ,

. 3 , ,

(WEEE). ,

: www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Kazakhstan) Instruction/Safety Information 53 1 , (WEEE )

. 2 ,

. 3 WEEE-

. www.lg.com/global/recycling . E N G L S H I EESTI (Estonian) Vana seadme hvitamine 1 Lbikriipsutatud ristiga prgikasti smbol thendab, et elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete (WEEE) jtmed tuleb krvaldada olmeprgist eraldi. 2 Vanad elektriseadmed vivad sisaldada ohtlikke koostisosi, seega aitab prgi nuetekohane hvitamine vltida vimalikku negatiivset mju loodusele ja inimeste tervisele. Teie kasutatud seade vib sisaldada taaskasutatavaid osi, millega saab parandada teisi seadmeid ning muid vrtuslikke materjale, mida saab taaskasutada, et silitada piiratud ressursse. 3 Saate viia oma seadme kas kauplusse, kust see on ostetud vi vtta hendust kohaliku prgiveo ettevttega, et saada lisainfot oma lhima WEEE jtmete kogumiskoha kohta. Kige ajakohasemat infot oma riigi kohta vaadake www.lg.com/global/recycling LATVIEU (Latvian) Jsu vecs ierces likvidana 1 is simbols prsvtrota atkritumu tvertne uz riteiem norda, ka elektrisko un elektronisko iekrtu atkritumi (EEIA) jutiliz atsevii no sadzves atkritumu plsmas. 2 Veci elektriskie izstrdjumi var saturt bstamas vielas, td jsu vecs ierces pareiza utilizcija paldzs novrst iespjams negatvs sekas videi un cilvka veselbai. Jsu vec ierce var saturt vairkkrt izmantojamas detaas, kuras var izmantot citu izstrdjumu remontam, un citus vrtgus materilus, kurus var prstrdt, tdjdi saglabjot ierobeotus resursus. 3 Js varat aiznest ierci vai nu uz veikalu, kur o izstrdjumu iegdjieties, vai sazinties ar vietjs pavaldbas atkritumu savkanas iestdi un uzzint skku informciju par tuvko oficilo EEIA savkanas punktu. Jaunko informciju par savu valsti skatiet vietn www.lg.com/global/recycling. LIETUVI K. (Lithuanian) Seno prietaiso utilizavimas 1 Ibrauktos iukli ds simbolis rodo, kad elektros ir elektronikos rangos atliekas (EEA) reikt utilizuoti atskirai nuo buitini atliek. 54 Instruction/Safety Information 2 Senoje elektrinje rangoje gali bti pavojing mediag, taigi tinkamas seno prietaiso utilizavimas pads apsisaugoti nuo galim neigiam pasekmi aplinkai ir moni sveikatai. Js sename prietaise gali bti dali, kurias galima panaudoti dar kart taisant kit rang, ir kit verting mediag, kurias galima perdirbti siekiant tausoti ribotus iteklius. 3 Savo prietais galite nugabenti parduotuv, kurioje j sigijote, arba kreipkits vietos valdios atliek tarnyb ir suinokite, kur yra artimiausia EEA surinkimo vieta. Nordami gauti daugiau informacijos apie savo alies reikalavimus, apsilankykite www.lg.com/global/recycling. E N G L S H I LG Take-back & Recycling Policy (For USA) LG Electronics offers a customized e-waste take-back & recycling service that meets local needs and requirements in the countries where e-waste regulations are in place, and also provides product take-

back & recycling service voluntarily in some regions. LG Electronics evaluates products recyclability at the design step selectively, with the goal of improving recyclability where practicable. Through these activities, LG Electronics seeks to contribute to conserving natural resources and protecting the environment. For more information, please visit our global site at https://www.lg.com/global/recycling Battery take-back information 1) US In case rechargeable battery is included in this product, the entire device should be recycled in compliance with rechargeable battery recycling standards because of the internal battery. To dispose of properly, call (800) 822-8837 or visit www.call2recycle.org. 2) Canada ENGLISH In case rechargeable battery is included in this product, the rechargeable battery should be recycled in compliance with rechargeable battery recycling standards. To dispose of properly, call 1.800.822.8837 or visit www.call2recycle.ca. FRANAIS Si le produit inculu une batterie rechargeable, celle-ci devrait tre recycle conformment aux normes de recyclage des batteries rechargeable. Pour vous en dbarasser correctement, appelez 1.800.822.8837 ou visitez www.appelarecycler.ca. INDIA ONLY Environmental information Instruction/Safety Information 55 E N G L S H I Disposal of your old appliance (as per e-waste Rules) 1 When this crossed out wheeled bin symbol is depicted on the product and its operators manual, it means the product is covered by E-Waste Management Rules India published by MoEF & CC, Govt. of India and are meant to be recycled, dismantled, refurbished or disposed off. 2 Dos :

a. The product is required to be handed over only to the authorized recycler for disposal. b. Keep the product in isolated area, after it becomes non-functional/unrepairable so as to prevent its accidental breakage. Donts :

a. The product should not be opened by the user himself/herself, but only by authorized service personnel. b. The product is not meant for re-sale to any unauthorized agencies/scrap dealer/kabariwalah. c. The product is not meant for mixing into household waste stream. d. Do not keep any replaced spare part(s) from the product in exposed area. 3 Any disposal through unauthorized agencies/person will attract action under Environment

(Protection) Act 1986. 4 This product is complied with the requirement of Hazardous Substances as specified under E-

Waste Management Rules India published by MoEF & CC, Govt. of India. 5 To locate a nearest collection centre or call for pick-up (limited area only) for disposal of this appliance, please contact No. 08069379999, Toll Free No. 1800-315-9999 for details. All collection centre and pick up facilities are done by third parties with LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd. Merely as a facilitator. For more detailed information, please visit : http://www.lg.com/in. Battery 56 Instruction/Safety Information 1 This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury(Hg), cadmium(Cd) or lead(Pb) if the battery Contains more that 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2 All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3 The correct disposal of Your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative E N G L S H I consequences for the environment, animal and human health. Instruction/Safety Information 57 E N G L S H I 58 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I BRAZIL ONLY Produto, Pilhas e Baterias:

1 No recomendvel o descarte do produto, assim como pilhas, baterias, acessrios em lixo comum. 2 Aps o uso, estes itens devem ser descartados de forma ambientalmente adequada, sob o risco de ocasionarem danos ao meio ambiente e sade humana (Resoluo Conama 401/2008) 3 No fim de sua vida til, descarte o produto de forma ambientalmente adequada, sob pena de ocasionar danos ao meio ambiente e sade humana. Programa Coleta Inteligente 1 A LG criou o Programa Coleta Inteligente, para facilitar e viabilizar o descarte ambientalmente adequado de produtos, pilhas e baterias. 2 Atravs do Programa Coleta Inteligente, a LG disponibiliza pontos de coleta em localidades diversas, incluindo assistncias tcnicas autorizadas da LG Electronics. Para mais informaes visite o site Instruction/Safety Information 59 www.lg.com/br/suporte/coleta-seletiva ou contate nosso SAC atravs do nmero 4004-5400

(Capitais e Regies metropolitanas) ou 0800-707- 5454 (demais localidades). SAUDI ARABIA ONLY 1 All batteries should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 2 The correct disposal of your old batteries will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 3 For more detail information about disposal of your old batteries, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Also You can contact our LG Support Representative Call center from below Link https://www.lg. com/sa_en/support/contact/telephone E N G L S H I 1 2 3

. https://www.lg.com/sa_en/support/contact/telephone LG

. BATTERY ENGLISH 1 This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury(Hg), cadmium(Cd) or lead(Pb) if the battery Contains more that 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2 All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3 The correct disposal of Your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 60 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 4 For more detailed information about disposal of Your old batteries/accumulators, please contact Your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where You purchased the product. (http://www. lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) FRANAIS 1 Ce symbole peut tre associ au symbole chimique du mercure (Hg), du cadmium (Cd) ou du plomb (Pb) si la batterie contient plus de 0,0005% de mercure, 0,002% de cadmium ou 0,004%

de plomb. 2 Toutes les piles et batteries doivent tre collectes sparment et emportes par les services de voierie municipaux vers des intallations spcifiques de collecte des dchets, identifies en consquence par le gouvernement ou par les autorits locales. 3 Le traitement correct de vos piles ou batteries usages contribue protger lenvironnement et la sant des personnes et des animaux. 4 Pour plus dinformations sur le traitement de vos piles ou batteries usages, merci de bien vouloir vous adresser votre mairie, au service de la voierie ou au magasin o vous avez achet le produit.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ITALIANO 1 Questo simbolo pu essere combinato con i simboli di mercurio (Hg), cadmio (Cd) o piombo (Pb) se la batteria contiene pi di 0,0005% di mercurio, 0,002% di cadmio 0,004% di piombo. 2 Tutte le batterie/accumulatori devono essere smaltiti separatamente dai rifiuti domestici e nei punti di raccolta designati dal governo o dalle autorit locali. 3 II corretto smaltimento delle vecchie batterie/accumulatori consente di evitare conseguenze potenziali negative per lambiente e la salute umana. 4 Per informazioni pi dettagliate relative allo smaltimento di vecchie batterie/accumulatori rivolgersi alla propria azienda di servizi ambientali o al servizio di smaltimento del negozio in cui avete acquistato il prodotto. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) SVENSKA 1 Denna symbol kan kombineras med de kemiska symbolerna fr kvicksilver(Hg), kadmium(Cd) eller bly (Pb) om batteriet innehller mer n, 0,0005% kvicksilver, 0,002% kadmium eller 0,004% bly. 2 Alla batterier/ackumulatorer skall hanteras tskiljda frn vanligt hushllsavfall och fras till fr ndamlet avsedda uppsamlingsplatser utsedda av myndigheterna. 3 Rtt hantering av dina gamla batterier/ackumulatorer medverkar till att frhindra negativa konsekvenser fr miljn, och fr djurs och mnniskors hlsa. 4 Fr mer detaljerad information om hanteringen av dina gamla batterier/ackumulatorer ber vi dig ta kontakt med myndigheterna dr du bor, eller med affren dr du kpt din apparat. (http://www.lg. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) NEDERLANDS Instruction/Safety Information 61 1 Dit symbool kan samen met de chemische symbolen voor kwik (Hg), cadmium (Cd) en lood (Pb) worden gebruikt als de batterij of de accu meer dan 0,0005% kwik, 0,002% cadmium of 0,004%

lood bevat. 2 Batterijen en accus moeten altijd gescheiden van het normale huisvuil worden afgevoerd via door de overheid aangewezen inzamelpunten. 3 Door lege batterijen en accus op de juiste manier af te voeren, helpt u mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de gezondheid van mens en dier te voorkomen. 4 Bel voor meer informatie over het afvoeren van lege batterijen en accus de afdeling Milieudienst van het gemeentehuis van uw woonplaats, het dichtstbijzijnde erkende inleveradres of de winkel waar u het product hebt gekocht. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-

recycling/global-network-europe) E N G L S H I SUOMI 1 Mikli paristo tai akku sislt yli 0,0005% elohopeaa, 0,002% kadmiumia tai yli 0,004% lyijy, voi tm symboli sislt niden kemiallisten aineiden lyhenteet kuten elohopea (Hg), kadmium (Cd) tai lyijy (Pb). 2 Kaikki paristot/akut tulisi hvitt erikseen kotitalousjtteest, ja ne tulisi toimittaa hvitettvksi valtion tai paikallisten viranomaisten osoittamaan keryspisteeseen. 3 Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen oikea hvitystapa auttaa estmn mahdollisia negatiivisia vaikutuksia ympristlle, elin- ja ihmisterveydelle. 4 Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen hvityksest saat listietoja ottamalla yhteytt paikallisiin viranomaisiin, jtteenksittely-yhtin tai tuotteen hankintapaikkaan. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) DEUTSCH 1 Dieses Symbol kann mit chmeischen Symbolen fr Quecksilber (Hg), Kadmium (Cd) oder Blei kombiniert sein, wenn die Batterie mehr als 0,0005 % Quecksilber, 0,002 % Kadmium oder 0,004

% Blei enthlt. 2 Alle Batterien/Akkus sollten getrennt vom Hausmll ber die ausgewiesenen Sammelstellen entsorgt werden, die von staatlichen oder regionalen Behrden dazu bestimmt wurden. 3 Die ordnungsgeme Entsorgung Ihrer alten Batterien/Akkus hilft bei der Vermeidung mglicher negativer Folgen fr Mensch, Tier und Umwelt. 4 Beim Wunsch nach ausfhrlicheren Informationen ber die Entsorgung Ihrer alten Batterien/Akkus wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihre Stadt-/ oder Gemeindeverwaltung, die fr Sie zustndige Abfallbehrde oder das Geschft, in dem Sie das Produkt gekauft haben. (http://www.lg.com/

global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) DANSK 1 Symbolet kan vre kombineret med de kemiske symboler for kvikslv (Hg), kadmium (Cd) eller bly

(Pb), hvis batteriet indeholer mere end 0,0005% kvikslv, 0,002%kadmium eller 0,004% bly. 2 Alle batterier/akkumulatorer br bortskaffes p separat vis, og ikke som husholdningsaffald, men via specielle opsamlingssteder, der er udpeget af de offentlige eller lokale myndigheder. 62 Instruction/Safety Information 3 Nr du bortskaffer dine gamle batterier/akkumulatorer p korrekt vis, hjlper du med til at forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser p miljet samt p dyrs og menneskers sundhed. E N G L S H I 4 nsker du yderligere oplysninger om bortskaffelse af dine gamle batterier/akkumulatorer, skal du kontakte de offentlige myndigheder, genbrugspladsen eller butikken, hvor du kbte produktet.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) 1 (Hg),

(Cd) (b) 0,0005%

, 0,002% 0,004% . 2 /

3 /

, . 4 /

. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ESPAOL 1 Este smbolo puede aparecer junto con smbolos qumicos de mercurio (Hg), cadmio (Cd) o plomo

(Pb) si la batera contiene ms de un 0,0005% de mercurio, un 0,002% de cadmio o un 0,004% de plomo. 2 Las bateras o acumuladores no debern tirarse junto con la basura convencional, sino a travs de los puntos de recogida designados por el gobierno o las autoridades locales. 3 La correcta recogida y tratamiento de las bateras o acumuladores antiguos contribuye a evitar las potenciales consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente, los animales y la salud pblica. 4 Para ms informacin sobre la eliminacin de bateras o acumuladores antiguos, pngase en contacto con su ayuntamiento, el servicio de recogida de basuras o el comercio en el que adquiri el producto. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) PORTUGUS 1 Este smbolo pode ser combinado com smbolos qumicos para mercrio (Hg), cdmio (Cd) ou chumbo (Pb) se a bateria contiver mais de 0,0005% de mercrio, 0,002% de cdmio ou 0,004%

de chumbo. 2 Todos as baterias/acumuladores devem ser eliminados em separado do lixo municipal atravs dos servios de recolha designados pelas autoridades locais ou nacionais. 3 A eliminao correcta das baterias/acumuladores usadas ajuda a prevenir consequncias negativas potenciais para o ambiente e para a sade humana e animal. E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 63 4 Para informaes mais detalhadas sobre a eliminao das suas baterias/acumuladores, contacte por favor os servios de reciclagem locais, ou o local onde adquiriu o produto. (http://www.lg.com/

global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) SLOVENINA 1 Tento symbol me by kombinovan s chemickmi symbolmi pre ortu (Hg), kadmium (Cd) alebo olovo (Pb) v prpade, ak batria obsahuje viac ako 0,0005 % ortuti, 0,002 % kadmia alebo 0,004 %

olova. 2 Vetky batrie/akumultory by sa mali likvidova oddelene od komunlneho odpadu prostrednctvom urench zbernch zariaden ustanovench ttnymi alebo miestnymi radmi. 3 Sprvna likvidcia vaich starch batri/akumultorov pome zabrni negatvnym nsledkom na ivotn prostredie, zdravotn stav ud a zvierat. 4 Viac informci o likvidcii vaich starch batri/akumultorov vm poskytne v mestsk rad, firma na likvidciu odpadu alebo obchod, kde ste si vrobok kpili. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ESKY 1 Tento symbol me bt kombinovn s chemickou znakou rtuti (Hg), kadmia (Cd) nebo olova (Pb), pokud baterie obsahuje vce ne 0,0005 % rtuti, 0,002 % kadmia nebo 0,004 % olova. 2 Vechny baterie/akumultory je nutno likvidovat oddlen od bnho domovnho odpadu, vyuijte k tomu uren sbrn msta dle pokyn nrodnch nebo mstnch ad. 3 Sprvn likvidace starch bateri/akumultor pome zabrnit monm negativnm dopadm na ivotn prosted a zdrav lid a zvat. 4 Podrobnj informace o likvidaci starch bateri/akumultor vm sdl v mstn ad, zpracovatel odpadu nebo obchod, kde jste produkt zakoupili. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) HRVATSKI 1 Taj simbol moe se pojaviti u kombinaciji s kemijskim simbolom za ivu (Hg), kadmij (Cd) ili olovo

(Pb) ako baterija sadri vie od 0,0005% ive, 0,002% kadmija ili 0,004% olova. 2 Sve baterije/akumulatore treba odvojiti od kuanskog otpada i odloiti ih na mjesto koje je za otpad odredila vlada ili lokalna uprava. 3 Ispravnim odlaganjem starih baterija/akumulatora sprjeavate negativan utjecaj na okoli, zdravlje ivotinja i ljudi. 4 Dodatne informacije o odlaganju starih baterija/akumulatora zatraite od gradske uprave, komunalne slube ili trgovine u kojoj ste kupili proizvod. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) MAGYAR 1 Ez a szimblum a higany (Hg), a kadmium (Cd), illetve az lom (Pb) vegyjelvel is lehet kombinlva, ha az adott elem 0,0005%-nl tbb higanyt, 0,002%-nl tbb kadmiumot, illetve 0,004%-nl tbb lmot tartalmaz. 64 Instruction/Safety Information 2 Minden elemet/akkumultort a hztartsi hulladktl elklntve kell kezelni, a kormny, illetve a helyi hatsgok ltal kijellt gyjtltestmnyeken. E N G L S H I 3 A rgi elemek/akkumultorok megfelel hulladkkezelse segt megelzni a krnyezetre, illetve llatok s emberek egszsgre gyakorolt lehetsges negatv kvetkezmnyeket. 4 A rgi elemek/akkumultorok hulladkkezelsvel kapcsolatos rszletes tjkoztatsrt forduljon az nkormnyzat irodjhoz, a hulladkkezel szolglathoz, illetve ahhoz az zlethez, ahol a termket vsrolta. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) POLSKI 1 Symbol ten moe znajdowa si w obecnoci chemicznych oznacze rtci (Hg), kadmu (Cd) lub oowiu (Pb), jeeli bateria zawiera ponad 0,0005% rtci, 0,002% kadmu lub 0,004% oowiu. 2 Wszystkie baterie/akumulatory powinny by utylizowane w oddzieleniu od innych odpadw komunalnych przez jednostki wyznaczone do tego celu przez wadze rzdowe lub lokalne. 3 Poprawna utylizacja zuytych baterii/akumulatorw pomoe zapobiec moliwym negatywnym wpywom na rodowisko, zwierzta i ludzkie zdrowie. 4 W celu uzyskania wicej informacji na temat utylizacji zuytych baterii/akumulatorw naley skontaktowa si z lokalnym urzdem miasta, zakadem usug komunalnych lub sklepem, w ktrym produkt zosta zakupiony. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-

recycling/global-network-europe) EESTI 1 Seda smbolit vbeda (Hg), kaadmiumi (Cd) vi plii (Pb) keemiline this, kui patarei/aku sisaldab le 0,0005% elavhbedat, le 0,002% kaadmiumi vi le 0,004% pliid. 2 Kigi patareide/akude kitlemine peab toimuma olmeprgiveost eraldi, riiklikult vi kohaliku omavalitsuse poolt mratud spetsiaalsete kogumispunktide kaudu. 3 Teie vanade patareide/akude nuetekohane kitlemine aitab ra hoida vimalikke negatiivseid tagajrgi keskkonnale ja inimeste tervisele. 4 Tpsema teabe saamiseks oma vanade patareide/akude kitlemise kohta prduge palun kohaliku omavalitsuse/jtmekitlusettevtte poole vi kauplusse, kust te antud toote ostsite. (http://www. lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) LATVIEU 1 o simbolu var papildint dzvsudraba (Hg), kadmija (Cd) vai svina (Pb) misko elementu simboli, ja akumulators satur vairk k 0,0005% dzvsudraba, 0,002% kadmija vai 0,004% svina. 2 Visas baterijas/akumulatori ir jlikvid valsts vai pavaldbas nozmts specils atkritumu savkanas viets, atsevii no mjsaimniecbas atkritumiem. 3 Pareizi atbrvojoties no vecajm baterijm/akumulatoriem, tiks novrstas iespjami nelabvlgs sekas uz apkrtjo vidi un cilvku veselbu. 4 Lai saemtu skku informciju par atbrvoanos no vecajm baterijm/akumulatoriem, ldzu, sazinieties ar savas pavaldbas biroju, atkritumu izncinanas dienestu vai veikalu, kur nopirkt o E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 65 izstrdjumu. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) LIETUVI K. 1 Jeigu maitinimo elemente yra daugiau nei 0,0005 % gyvsidabrio, kadmio (Cd) arba 0,004 % vino, is enklas gali bti naudojamas kartu su cheminiais gyvsidabrio (Hg), 0,002% kadmio arba vino

(Pb) enklais. 2 Visi maitinimo elementai/akumuliatoriaus turi bti imetami atskirai, ne su buitinmis atliekomis;

juos reikia atiduoti tam skirtus surinkimo punktus, kuriuos rengia vyriausyb arba vietos valdios institucijos. 3 Tinkamai imet senus maitinimo elementus/akumuliatorius, padsite apsaugoti aplink, gyvn ir moni sveikat nuo galim neigiam padarini. 4 Isamesns informacijos apie sen maitinimo element/akumuliatori imetim teiraukits savo miesto savivaldybs administracijoje, atliek tvarkymo tarnyboje arba parduotuvje, kurioje sigijote gamin. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) TRKE 1 Bu sembol pillerin %0,0005 orannda civa, %0,002 orannda kadmiyum veya %0,004 orannda kurun iermesi durumunda cva (Hg), kadmiyum (Cd) veya kurun (Pb) kimyasal sembolleri ile bir arada bulunabilir. 2 Tm piller ve akmlatrler, normal atlan plerden ayr olarak, hkmet veya yerel idareler tarafndan belirlenmi olan toplama merkezlerinde atlmaldr. 3 Bu tip kullanlm pillerin/akmlatrlerin doru olarak atlmas hem evreye hem de hayvan ve insan salna verilebilecek potansiyel olumsuz sonular nleyecektir. 4 Kullanlm pillerinizin/akmlatrlerinizin atlmas ile ilgili olarak, bulunduunuz yerdeki belediye, p atm hizmeti veren kurululara veya rn satn aldnz yerlere bavurabilirsiniz. (http://www.lg. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) SLOVENINA 1 Simbolu so lahko dodane tudi kemine oznake za ivo srebro (Hg), kadmij (Cd) ali svinec (Pb), e baterija vsebuje ve kot 0,0005 % ivega srebra, 0,002 % kadmija ali 0,004 % svinca. 2 Vse baterije/akumulatorje odstranjujte loeno od obiajnih komunalnih odpadkov na namenskih zbirnih mestih, ki jih doloijo vlada ali krajevne oblasti. 3 S pravilnim odlaganjem starih baterij/akumulatorjev pomagate prepreevati negativne posledice za okolje ter zdravje ljudi in ivali. 4 Podrobneje informacije o odstranjevanju starih baterij/akumulatorjev poiite pri mestnem uradu, komunalni slubi ali prodajalni, kjer ste izdelke kupili. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) 66 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 1 0,0005% , 0,002% 0,004% ,

, (Hg),

(Cd) (Pb). 2 /

. 3 /

. 4 - /

, . (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ROMN 1 Acest simbol poate fi asociat cu simboluri de elemente chimice pentru mercur(Hg), cadmiu(Cd) sau plumb(Pb) dac bateria conine o cantitate mai mare de 0,0005% de mercur, 0,002% de cadmiu sau 0,004% de plumb. 2 Toate bateriile/acumulatoarele trebuie eliminate separat de deeurile menajere municipale prin uniti de colectare dedicate, desemnate de guvern sau de autoritile locale. 3 Eliminarea corect a vechilor dvs. baterii/acumulatoare va ajuta la prevenirea potenialelor consecine negative asupra mediului nconjurtor i sntii oamenilor. 4 Pentru informaii mai detaliate despre eliminarea vechilor dvs. baterii/acumulatoare, contactai biroul local, serviciul de eliminare a deeurilor sau magazinul de la care ai achiziionat produsul.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) NORSK 1 Dette symbolet kan vre kombinert med de kjemiske tegnene for kvikkslv (Hg), kadmium (Cd) eller bly (Pb) hvis batteriene inneholder mer enn 0,0005 % kvikkslv, 0,002 % kadmium eller 0,004 % bly. 2 Alle batterier/akkumulatorer skal kastes atskilt fra restavfall og leveres ved offentlige spesialavfallsstasjoner. 3 Riktig hndtering av brukte batterier/akkumulatorer som avfall bidrar til forhindre skader p miljet og dyrs og menneskers helse. 4 Hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du br hndtere brukte batterier/akkumulatorer som avfall, kan du ta kontakt med lokale myndigheter, renovasjonstjenesten p stedet eller butikken der du kjpte produktet. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) SRPSKI 1 Simbol moe biti kombinovan sa hemijskim simbolima za ivu (Hg), kadmijum (Cd) ili olovo (Pb) ako baterija sadri vie od 0,0005% ive, 0,002% kadmijuma ili 0,004% olova. Instruction/Safety Information 67 2 Sve baterije/akumulatore treba odloiti odvojeno od opteg gradskog otpada, i to preko namenskih taaka za prikupljanje, ustanovljenih od strane vlade ili lokalne uprave. 3 Ispravnim odlaganjem starih baterija/akumulatora spreavate potencijalne negativne efekte na okolinu, zdravlje ivotinja i ljudi. 4 Dodatne informacije o odlaganju starih baterija/akumulatora zatraite od gradske uprave, komunalnog preduzea ili prodavnice u kojoj ste kupili proizvod. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) E N G L S H I 1 :

(Hg), (Cd) (Pb), 0,0005% , 0,002% 0,004% . 2 ,

. 3

. 4

, . (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) AKEOHCK 1 (Hg),

(Cd) (Pb) 0,0005% , 0,002%

0,004% . 2 / ,

. 3 /

. 4 /

. (http://

www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) Removal of waste batteries and accumulators (Product with embedded battery ONLY) ENGLISH 68 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Removal of waste batteries and accumulators (Product with embedded battery ONLY) In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling DEUTSCH Entfernen von Abfallbatterien und -Akkus (Nur fr Produkte mit integrierter Batterie) Falls dieses Produkt eine im Produkt eingearbeitete Batterie/Akku enthlt, die nicht ohne weiteres durch den Endbenutzer entfernt werden kann, empfiehlt LG, dass nur qualifizierte Fachkrfte Batterie oder Akku entfernen, die/der entweder wegen einer Ersatzlieferung oder fr ein Recycling am Ende der Lebensdauer dieses Produkts ausgetauscht werden muss. Um Schden am Produkt zu vermeiden, und fr ihre eigene Sicherheit, sollten Benutzer nicht versuchen, Batterie oder Akku zu entfernen und diesbezglich die LG-Beratungsstelle oder einen anderen unabhngigen Dienstleister zwecks Beratung kontaktieren. Eine Entfernung der Batterie umfasst die Demontage des Produktgehuses, das Trennen der elektrischen Kabel/Kontakte und eine vorsichtige Entnahme der Batteriezelle. Wenn Sie die Anweisungen fr qualifizierte Fachkrfte bentigen, wie man Batterie/Akku sicher entfernen kann, besuchen Sie bitte http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling FRANAIS Retrait de batteries et daccumulateurs mettre au rebut (produit avec batterie intgre UNIQUEMENT) Dans le cas o ce produit contiendrait une batterie intgre impossible retirer facilement par les utilisateurs finaux, LG recommande de confier exclusivement des professionnels qualifis le soin de retirer la batterie, que ce soit pour la remplacer ou pour la recycler lorsque le produit est arrive en fin de vie. Pour viter dendommager le produit et pour leur propre scurit, les utilisateurs ne doivent pas tenter de retirer la batterie et ils doivent demander conseil laide en ligne de LG Service ou dautres prestataires de services indpendants. Le retrait de la batterie implique le dmontage du botier du produit, la dconnexion des cbles/

contacts lectriques et l'extraction minutieuse de la cellule de la batterie. En allant sur http://www. lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling, vous trouverez des instructions destines aux professionnels qualifis sur les procdures employer pour retirer la batterie en toute scurit. ITALIANO Instruction/Safety Information 69 Rimozione di batterie e accumulatori (SOLO prodotti con batteria incorporata) Nel caso in cui il prodotto contenga una batteria incorporata nel prodotto che non pu essere facilmente rimossa dallutente finale, LG raccomanda che la batteria venga rimossa solo da professionisti qualificati, sia per la sostituzione sia per il riciclaggio al termine della vita del prodotto. Per evitare danni al prodotto, e per la propria sicurezza, gli utenti non devono tentare di rimuovere la batteria, ma contattare il Servizio clienti di LG o altri fornitori di servizi indipendenti per ottenere consiglio. Per rimuovere la batteria, necessario smontare la custodia del prodotto, scollegare i cavi/contatti elettrici ed estrarre delicatamente la batteria a bottone. In caso di bisogno di istruzioni per professionisti qualificati su come rimuovere la batteria in modo sicuro, si prega di visitare http://

www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I ESPAOL Eliminacin de las bateras y acumuladores usados (SOLO para productos con batera integrada) En caso de que este producto contenga una batera incorporada que los usuarios finales no pueda retirar fcilmente, LG recomienda que slo profesionales cualificados retiren la batera, ya sea para su sustitucin que para reciclar la batera al final de la vida til del producto. Para evitar daos en el producto, y por su propia seguridad, el usuario no debe intentar retirar la batera, debe ponerse en contacto con la Lnea de Ayuda de Servicios de LG, o con otros proveedores de servicios independientes para su asesoramiento. La extraccin de la batera implicar el desmontaje de la carcasa del producto, la desconexin de los cables/contactos elctricos y la extraccin cuidadosa de la celda de la batera. Si necesita instrucciones de profesionales cualificados sobre cmo retirar la batera de manera segura, por favor visite http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling PORTUGUS Remoo de resduos de pilhas e acumuladores (APENAS produtos com bateria incorporada) No caso de este produto conter uma bateria incorporada que no possa ser removida prontamente pelos utilizadores finais, seja para substituio ou reciclagem no fim da vida til deste produto, a LG recomenda que a sua remoo seja efetuada apenas por tcnicos qualificados. Para evitar danificar o produto e para sua prpria segurana, os utilizadores no devero tentar remover a bateria, devendo contactar o Servio de Assistncia LG ou outros fornecedores de servios independentes. A remoo da bateria implica desmontar a caixa do produto, desligar os contactos/cabos eltricos e uma extrair cuidadosamente a clula da bateria. Se pretender obter instrues de tcnicos qualificados sobre o modo de remoo seguro da bateria, visite http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling NEDERLANDS 70 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Verwijdering van afgedankte batterijen en accus (ALLEEN product ingebedde batterij) In het geval dat dit product een binnen het product opgenomen batterij bevat, die niet gemakkelijk kan worden verwijderd door eindgebruikers, raadt LG aan om de batterij alleen door gekwalificeerde professionals te laten verwijderen, zijnde voor vervanging of voor recycling aan het einde van de levensduur van dit product. Om schade aan het product te voorkomen, en voor hun eigen veiligheid, moeten gebruikers niet proberen om de batterij te verwijderen en moeten contact opnemen met de LG-servicehulplijn of andere onafhankelijke serviceproviders voor advies. Om de batterij te verwijderen, moet de productbehuizing worden verwijderd, moeten de elektrische kabels/contacten worden losgekoppeld en moet de batterijcel voorzichtig worden uitgenomen. Als u de instructies voor gekwalificeerde professionals nodig hebt betreffende het veilig verwijderen van de batterij, gaat u naar http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling

, LG

, . LG, .

, http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling MAGYAR Elhasznldott elemek s akkumultorok eltvoltsa (KIZRLAG begyazott elemmel rendelkez termkek esetben) Ha a termk olyan begyazott elemet tartalmaz, amelyet a termkbl a vgfelhasznl nem tud knnyedn eltvoltani, az LG azt javasolja, hogy elemcserhez vagy a termk lettartamnak vgn az jrahasznostshoz azt csak szakemberrel tvolttassk el. A termk srlsnek megakadlyozsa s a sajt biztonsga rdekben a felhasznlk ne ksreljk meg az elem eltvoltst, s tancsadsrt vegyk fel a kapcsolatot az LG Service seglyvonalval vagy ms fggetlen szolgltatval. Az akkumultor eltvoltsa magban foglalja a termk hznak sztszerelst, az elektromos kbelek/rintkezk levlasztst s az akkumultorcella gondos kihzst. Ha szakember tancsra van szksge ahhoz, hogy biztonsgosan tvoltsa el az elemet, ltogasson el a kvetkez webhelyre: http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling POLSKI Instruction/Safety Information 71 Usuwanie zuytych baterii i akumulatorw (Dotyczy TYLKO produktw z wbudowan bateri) Jeli ten produkt ma wbudowan bateri, ktrej konsument nie powinien usuwa samodzielnie, LG zaleca, aby usunicie baterii (w celu jej wymiany lub recyklingu po zakoczeniu cyklu ycia produktu) zleci osobie wykwalifikowanej. Aby unikn uszkodzenia produktu i ewentualnego niebezpieczestwa, uytkownik nie powinien prbowa usuwa baterii. Zamiast tego, powinien skontaktowa si z LG Service Helpline lub innym niezalenym dostawc usug w celu uzyskania porady. Wyjcie baterii zakada demonta obudowy produktu, odczenie kabli/stykw elektrycznych i ostrone wyjcie ogniwa akumulatora. Jeli potrzebujesz instrukcji bezpiecznego usuwania baterii przeznaczonej dla wykwalifikowanych pracownikw, odwied stron http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I ESKY Vyjmut starch bateri a akumultor (POUZE pro vrobek s integrovanou bateri) V ppad, e tento vrobek obsahuje v produktu integrovanou baterii, kterou koncov uivatel neme snadno odstranit, je doporueno spolenost LG, aby bu pi vmn, nebo za elem recyklace na konci ivotnosti tohoto produktu, bylo vyjmut baterie ponechno pouze kvalifikovanm odbornkm. Aby nedolo k pokozen vrobku, nebo kvli vlastn bezpenosti by se uivatel nemli pokouet vyjmout baterii, ale naopak se obrtit o radu na servisn linku LG, nebo na jin nezvisl poskytovatele slueb. Vyjmut baterie bude zahrnovat demont pouzdra produktu, odpojen elektrickch kabel/kontakt a peliv vyjmut baterie. Potebujete-li pokyny pro kvalifikovan odbornky o tom, jak bezpen vyjmout baterii, navtivte prosm webov strnky http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling SLOVENINA Vybratie odpadovch batri a akumultorov (LEN produkt so vstavanou batriou) V prpade, ak tento produkt obsahuje batriu vstavan v produkte, ktor nedoke koncov pouvate jednoducho vybra, spolonos LG odpora, aby batriu na el vmeny alebo recyklovania po skonen prevdzkovej ivotnosti tohto produktu vybrali kvalifikovan odbornci. S cieom zabrni pokodeniu produktu a kvli vlastnej bezpenosti sa pouvatelia nesm poka vybera batriu a o pomoc musia poiada linku pomoci servisu LG alebo inch nezvislch poskytovateov servisu. Vybratie batrie bude zaha demont krytu vrobku, odpojenie elektrickch kblov/kontaktov a opatrn vybratie lnku batrie. Ak potrebujete pokyny o spsobe bezpenho vybratia batrie uren pre kvalifikovanch odbornkov, navtvte http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling ROMN 72 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Eliminarea bateriilor uzate i acumulatorilor uzai (DOAR n cazul produselor cu baterie ncorporat) n cazul n care bateria este ncorporat n produs i nu poate fi ndeprtat de utilizatorul final, LG recomand ca bateria s fie ndeprtat doar de ctre un personal calificat; bateria astfel ndeprtat trebuie nlocuit i reciclat la sfritul duratei de via a produsului. Pentru a preveni deteriorarea produsului i producerea oricrui accident, utilizatorilor li se recomand s nu ndeprteze bateria, i s contacteze Serviciul de Asisten LG, sau orice alt unitate service individual. nlturarea bateriei presupune demontarea carcasei produsului, deconectarea cablurilor/contactelor electrice i extragerea cu atenie a celulei bateriei. Pentru instruciunile de ndeprtare n condiii de siguran a bateriei, destinate personalului calificat, v rugm accesai http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling

, LG

, LG Service ,

, , : http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SVENSKA Kassering av frbrukade batterier och ackumulatorer (Endast produkt med inbyggt batteri) Om den hr produkten innehller ett batteri som sitter inbyggt i produkten och inte enkelt kan tas bort av anvndarna rekommenderar LG att endast behriga personer tar ur batteriet, antingen fr byte eller tervinning i slutet av produktens livslngd. Fr att frhindra skada p produkten och av skerhetsskl fr anvndarna inte frska ta ur batteriet och ska kontakta LG Service Helpline, eller en annan oberoende tjnsteleverantr fr att f hjlp. Fr att ta ut batteriet mste produktens chassi avlgsnas, elkablarna och kontakterna frnkopplas, varefter battericellen varsamt tas ut. Vid behov av instruktioner frn behriga fackmn kring hur batteriet avlgsnas p ett skert stt, besk sidan http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling NORSK Instruction/Safety Information 73 Fjerning av brukte batterier og akkumulatorer (KUN produkt med integrert batteri) I tilfelle dette produktet inneholder et batteri innlemmet i produktet som ikke enkelt kan fjernes av sluttbrukere, anbefaler LG at kun kvalifisert fagpersonale fjerner batteriet, enten for bytte eller for resikr ved slutten av dette produktets brukstid. For unng skade p produktet, og for deres egen sikkerhet, br brukere ikke prve fjerne batteriet, og br kontakte LG Service Helpline, eller andre uavhengige serviceleverandrer for rd. For ta ut batteriet m produktkabinettet demonteres, de elektriske kablene/kontaktene m kobles fra og battericellen m tas forsiktig ut. Hvis du trenger instruksjonene for kvalifisert fagpersonale om hvordan batteriet fjernes trygt, g til http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I DANSK Fjernelse af opbrugte batterier og akkumulatorer (KUN produkter med integreret batteri) Hvis produktet har et indbygget batteri, som ikke nemt kan fjernes af slutbrugere, anbefaler LG, at batteriet kun bliver fjernet af kvalificerede teknikere, bde hvis det er til udskiftning eller genbrug i slutning af produktets levetid. Med henblik p at forhindre skade p produktet og af hensyn til brugernes sikkerhed m sidstnvnte ikke selv forsge at fjerne batteriet, og de br kontakte LG Service Helpline eller en anden uafhngig serviceleverandr angende rd herom. Nr batteriet skal fjernes, bliver produktets kabinet afmonteret, de elektriske kabler/kontakter bliver afbrudt og battericellen omhyggeligt udtaget. Hvis du har brug for vejledningen for kvalificerede teknikere om, hvordan batteriet sikkert skal fjernes, kan du besge http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SUOMI Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen poisto (Tuote VAIN kiintell akulla) Tss tapauksessa tuote pit sislln akun joka on liitetty kiintesti tuotteeseen ja jota ei voida vlittmsti poistaa loppukyttjien toimesta, LG suosittelee ett vain ptevitetyt ammattilaiset poistavat akun, joko vaihtoa varten tai kierrtettvksi tmn tuotteen kyttin ptytty. Estkseen tuotteelle tapahtuvaa vahinkoa ja taatakseen oman turvallisuutensa, kyttjien ei pid yritt irrottaa akkua vaan ottaa yhteytt LG-palvelulinjaan tai muuhun itseniseen palvelutoimittajaan saadakseen ohjeistusta. Akun poisto ksitt tuotteen kotelon purkamisen, shkjohtojen/-kontaktien irtikytkemisen sek akkukennon huolellisen poistamisen. Jos tarvitset ohjeita ptevitettyj ammattilaisia varten koskien akun turvallista irrotusta, vieraile osoitteessa http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling EESTI 74 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Kasutatud patareide ja akude eemaldamine (AINULT kaetud akudega toote korral) Juhul, kui tootel on toote sisemuses asuv aku, mida lppkasutaja ei saa lihtsalt eemaldada, soovitab LG aku eemaldamiseks, nii vahetamise kui toote kasutusea lppedes hvitamiseks, kasutada ainult kvalifitseeritud personali abi. Selleks, et vltida toote kahjustusi ning tagada enda ohutus, ei tohi kasutaja akut ise eemaldada ning abi saamiseks tuleb hendust vtta LG teenuste kasutajatoega vi mistahes muu edasimjaga Aku eemaldamine hlmab toote korpuse lahtivtmist, elektrikaablite/kontaktide lahtihendamist ja akuelemendi hoolikat eemaldamist. Kui vajate aku ohutuks eemaldamiseks professionaalset abiinfot, klastage veebilehte http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling LIETUVI K. Baterij ir akumuliatori atliek paalinimas (TIK produktams su integruotu akumuliatoriumi) Jei iame produkte montuotas akumuliatorius, kurio tiesioginis naudotojas lengvai paalinti negali, LG rekomenduoja kad akumuliatori, jo keitimo atveju arba perdirbimo produkto tarnavimo laiko pabaigoje, paalint tik kvalifikuoti specialistai. Siekiant apsaugoti rengin nuo apgadinimo ir js pai saugumui, naudotojai neturt bandyti patys paalinti akumuliatoriaus ir nordami gauti patarim turt susisiekti su LG Paslaug pagalbos linija ar kitais nepriklausomais paslaug tiekjais. Iimant baterij reikia iardyti gaminio korpus, atjungti elektros kabelius / kontaktus ir atsargiai iimti baterijos element. Jei jums reikia kvalifikuotiems specialistams skirt instrukcij kaip saugiai paalinti akumuliatori, praome apsilankyti http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling LATVIEU Nedergo bateriju un akumulatoru izemana (TIKAI produktiem ar iebvtu akumulatoru) Ja im produktam ir akumulators, kas iebvts produkt t, ka gala lietotjs to nevar vienkri izemt, LG iesaka akumulatora izemanu nomaias vai prstrdes nolkos produkta dzves cikla beigs uztict tikai kvalifictiem specilistiem. Lai nenodartu kaitjumu produktam un pasargtu sevi, lietotjiem nevajadztu mint izemt akumulatoru un vajadztu konsultties ar LG paldzbas dienestu vai kdu neatkargu pakalpojumu sniedzju. Izemot akumulatoru, nepiecieams demontt produkta prsegu, atvienot elektriskos kabeus/

savienojumus un uzmangi izemt akumulatora elementu. Ja jums nepiecieamas kvalifictiem specilistiem paredzts nordes par akumulatora drou izemanu, dodieties uz http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SLOVENINA Instruction/Safety Information 75 Odstranjevanje odpadnih baterij in akumulatorjev (SAMO izdelki z vgrajeno baterijo) e izdelek vsebuje v izdelek vgrajene baterije in jih konni uporabnik ne more zlahka odstraniti, vam LG priporoa, da poiete pomo usposobljenega strokovnjaka, bodisi za zamenjavo baterije ali za recikliranje ob koncu delovne dobe tega izdelka. Za prepreevanje pokodb na izdelku in varnost uporabnika, ne odstranjujte baterij sami, ampak si poiite pomo servisa LG Service Helpline, ali drugega neodvisnega servisa, ki nudi takne storitve. Odstranitev baterije bo vkljuevala razstavljanje ohija izdelka, odklop elektrinih kablov/kontaktov in previdno odstranitev baterijske celice. e potrebujete navodila za kvalificirane strokovnjake o tem, kako varno odstraniti baterijo, obiite spletno stran http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I SRPSKI Uklanjanje starih istroenih baterija i akumulatora (JEDINO proizvod sa ugraenom baterijom) U sluaju da ovaj proizvod sadri bateriju koju krajnji korisnik ne moe jednostavno da izvadi, LG preporuuje da to uradi samo kvalifikovana osoba, bilo da se radi o zameni ili recikliranju baterije nakon to se istroi. Kako bi se spreio nastanak bilo kakvog oteenja na proizvodu, a i zbog svoje line sigurnosti, korisnici nikako ne treba da pokuavaju da sami izvade bateriju, ve treba da pozovu LG pomoni servis ili nekog drugog nezavisnog provajdera za savet. Uklanjanje baterije e ukljuivati rastavljanje kuita proizvoda, odspajanje elektrinih kablova/

kontakta i paljivo vaenje baterijske elije. Ako Vam je potrebna pomo kvalifikovane osobe da biste videli kako se to radi, molimo Vas da pogledate veb stranicu http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling HRVATSKI Uklanjanje potroenih baterija/akumulatora (SAMO ureaji s ugraenim baterijama/

akumulatorima) U sluaju kada ureaj sadri ugraenu bateriju/akumulator unutar proizvoda koju ne moe izvaditi krajni korisnik, LG preprouuje neka bateriju/akumulator izvadi samo kvalificirano osoblje, bilo radi zamjene ili recikliranja na kraju vijeka trajanja proizvoda. Radi sprjeavanja oteenja proizvoda i radi vlastite sigurnosti, korisnici ne smiju pokuavati izvaditi bateriju/akumulator i trebaju kontaktirati telefonsku liniju za pomo LG servisa ili druge nezavisne pruatelje servisa i zatraiti savjet. Uklanjanje baterije ukljuuje rastavljanje kuita proizvoda, odspajanje elektrinih kabela/prikljuaka i paljivo izvlaenje baterijske elije. Ako trebate upute kvalificiranih profesionalaca kako izvaditi bateriju na siguran nain, molimo posjetite http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling AKEOHCK 76 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I

, LG

, LG .

, - http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 77 Product Specifications PC Specifications Display CPU GPU 43.18 cm IPS LCD or Touch LCD The display resolution may differ by model. IntelCore i7 / i5 / i3 processor The CPU differs depending on model type and cannot be replaced by the user. IntelArc Graphics When processing large graphic data, it utilizes dynamically allocated system memory. The size of the allocated memory depends on the system memory size. The GPU differs depending on model type and cannot be replaced by the user. System Memory LPDDR5x Onboard Memory Memory of 3 GB or more is supported only in a 64-bit O/S. Memory size may differ depending on the model. The user must not arbitrarily replace or add the memory. Storage Device NVMe-type SSD (M.2 2280) Storage device format and capacity may differ depending on the model. Bluetooth Bluetooth 5.3 If you connect to Bluetooth device and wireless LAN at the same time, the system may become slow. In order to use Bluetooth 5.3, the device you want to connect to should support Bluetooth 5.3. Wireless LAN Intel AX211D2W Wireless function S/W Webcam LAN Version 22 or Version 23 (Europe Only) FHD IR Webcam 10/100 Megabit or Gigabit To use a wired LAN, you need to have a LAN adapter installed separately. The performance of the provided adapter depends on the model. Product Weight Approx. 1350 g (Non-Touch model, including battery) / Approx. 1415 g

(Touch model, including battery) Weight varies by configuration and manufacturing process. The product dimensions and specifications differ by model type and cannot be replaced by the user. 78 Instruction/Safety Information Wireless LAN Specifications (Europe Only) E N G L S H I Frequency Range

(2400 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n/ax mode Output Power (Max) 20 dBm EIRP max (100 mW)

(5150 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac/ax mode

(5745 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac/ax mode

(5925 6425 MHz) Wi-Fi 6E mode

(2400 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth Power Supply and Environments AC Adapter (Free Voltage) Battery 23 dBm EIRP max (200 mW) The Low band 5.15-5.35 GHz is for in-door use only. 13.98 dBm EIRP max (25 mW) 23 dBm EIRP max (200 mW) 13 dBm EIRP max (20 mW) Power Rating: Up to 65.0 W Input: AC 100 V to 240 V, 1.6 A 50 / 60 Hz Output: DC 5.0 V, 3.0 A / 9.0 V, 3.0 A / 15.0 V, 3.0 A / 20.0 V, 3.25 A Lithium Ion battery Charging Hours: 3.0 hours Charging hours may be longer if the battery is not used for a long time or the system is on. When temperature is outside the operating temperature specification, the battery may not be charged or charging hours may be longer. Operating temperature may be different from the actual room temperature. Operating and Storage Conditions Operating Temperature: 10 C to 35 C Operating Humidity: 20 % RH to 80 % RH Storage Temperature: - 5 C to 40 C Storage Humidity: 5 % RH to 90 % RH Instruction/Safety Information 79 Power Consumption Power consumption of this product during operation standby, sleep mode, and manual off modes may differ depending on the product specifications and the adapter type. Even when the system is turned off, it consumes a minute amount of power, if supplied. To cut off the power supply completely, disconnect the power cord from the power outlet. To deactivate the Wireless network connection(ports) completely, shut down the system (select the Start button [

button), it connects to the Wireless network connection(ports) again. Networked Standby: 2.0 W (Europe Only)

] > [Power] > [Shut down]). When you turn on the system (by pressing the power E N G L S H I 80 Using Windows 11 Using Windows 11 Starting E N G L S H I Windows 11 Screen Layout The taskbar in Windows 11 has been changed so you can use Windows quickly and easily. 1 Widget: It displays weather and news in the form of widgets. 2 Start Button: It can run apps installed on your PC or use user accounts, power menu, etc. 3 Search: It can use apps, documents, and web search functions. 4 Task View: It can show and switch running apps or add/switch a new desktop. 5 Chat: You can use functions such as chat, call, and contact synchronization. 6 File Explorer: File Explorer will run. 7 Microsoft Edge: Microsoft Edge will run. 8 Microsoft Store: Microsoft Store will run. 9 Quick Settings: It displays network, sound, and battery status, and enables you to easily change PC settings. 10 Notifications: It allows you to check notifications related to time or calendar, as well as system, and set Do Not Disturb and Focus sessions. Using Windows 11 81 Start Screen If you select the Start button [

] on the taskbar, the Start screen will appear. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 1 All apps: It shows all the apps installed on your PC. 2 Apps pinned on the Start screen: It shows the apps pinned on the Start screen. 3 Recommended: It displays the recommended apps. 4 User Account: Displays the current user's information. You can use functions such as Change Account Settings, Lock or Sign out. 5 Power: Sign-in options, Sleep, Shut down, and Restart menus are available. TIP Press [

] + [X] keys, and then the pop-up menu of the Start button [

] appears. You can use the pop-up menu to easily access the shortcuts such as Windows Explorer, Search, System Shutdown, and Desktop. 82 Using Windows 11 Desktop Apps and Windows Apps The Desktop apps remain unchanged from the previous Windows apps, but Windows apps have been changed to include various functions. The Windows apps provide easy-to-use menus according to the window size and a variety of convenient functions such as Update and Alarm. E N G L S H I Using Windows 11 83 Using Apps Running and Exiting Apps Run apps that were not pinned to the Start screen or apps that were installed on the system using the following method. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 84 Using Windows 11 2 Select and run an app. E N G L S H I 3 To close the app, select the Close button [

] at the top of the app screen. Deleting Apps It can delete apps pinned to the Start Screen or delete desired apps in [All apps]. TIP The basic Windows apps that are required may not be deleted. If you are deleting a desktop app, the [Programs and Features] window appears. Right-click the app you want to delete and select [Uninstall/Change] to delete the app. Using Windows 11 85 1 Select the Start button [

] and right-click the app you want to delete from the Start screen or

[All apps] to select [Uninstall]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 2 When prompted to confirm the deletion, select [Uninstall] to delete the app. Adding Apps to Start Screen/Taskbar You can add frequently used apps on the Start screen and taskbar for easy and quick access. 86 Using Windows 11 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 2 Right-click the app you want to add and then click [Pin to Start] or [More] > [Pin to taskbar]. 3 The app is added to the Start Screen or taskbar. Using Windows 11 87 E N G L S H I 88 Using Windows 11 Toggling and Adding Apps/Desktops E N G L S H I In Windows 11, you can toggle the running apps easily and quickly, and add desktops to use them like multiple PCs. TIP For an app that does not allow multitasking, you may be switched to the desktop where the app was executed, or you may have an error message. 1 If you select [

] on the taskbar, running apps and desktops are displayed as previews. TIP If you select the Close button [

] of the app displayed as preview, you can close the app. Using Windows 11 89 2 Select [New desktop] to create [Desktop 2]. TIP In the desktop preview, press the Close button [

running apps to another desktop.

] to delete the desktop and move E N G L S H I 3 Select an app in the preview or desktop. 90 Using Windows 11 4 The screen is toggled to the selected app or desktop. E N G L S H I Using Shortcut Keys Use the shortcut keys to quickly toggle between apps and desktops. Shortcut Keys Description

[Alt] + [Tab]

Hold down the [Alt] key and press the [Tab] key to view the running apps in the preview. Press [Tab] repeatedly to select the app you wish to switch to and then release the [Alt] key.

[Alt] + [Ctrl] + [Tab]

The running apps on the screen are displayed in the preview. Select and switch to an app.

] + [Tab]

If the desktop toggling screen appears, select an app or desktop you wish to switch to. Using Windows 11 91 Using the Store You can purchase a variety of apps or get free apps from Microsoft Store. TIP If a local account is being used, a window to switch to a Microsoft account appears while using Windows Store. Follow the instructions on the screen to switch the local account to a Microsoft account. You can also switch to Microsoft account by selecting Start button [

[Change account settings]. If you switch to a Microsoft account, your PC settings (background, user settings, etc.) may be changed to the previous settings.

] > [User Account] >

E N G L S H I 1 Select [

] on the taskbar to run [Microsoft Store]. 2 Select the app or use the search function on the store screen to install the desired app when the

[Microsoft Store] screen appears. 92 Using Windows 11 Unlocking the Screen E N G L S H I If the PC is not used for an extended period, it goes into a locked state. When the PC is used again, a lock screen appears for security purposes and may be unlocked by using the following method. 1 Press any key in the keyboard or left-click the mouse on the lock screen. 2 If the login screen appears, enter the password.

(If no password is set, the screen will be released when you select the login.) Setting the PC Windows 11 supports various functions so that the user can change the PC setting easily and quickly. Using Windows 11 93 Using the Setting Menu 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. E N G L S H I 94 Using Windows 11 2 When the Settings screen appears, select and change the settings as needed. E N G L S H I Using the Quick Settings Quick Settings allows users to change the PC settings quickly and easily. 1 Select [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar. 2 Select the desired setting from [Quick Settings] and change. Using Windows 11 95 E N G L S H I TIP Selecting the [

] icon allows you to add/remove the Quick Settings menu. Select the [

] icon to run the [Settings] menu. 96 Using Windows 11 Windows Shutdown Option E N G L S H I In Windows 11, you can use the Windows shutdown option by following these steps:

1 Select the Start button [

] > [Power] and select the desired Windows shutdown option. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. TIP On the Desktop screen, press [Alt] + [F4] to use the Windows shutdown option.

(Pressing [Alt] + [F4] on a running app may end the app.) Using the PC 97 Using the PC Product Tour The actual product may differ in shape and color from the product images included in this LG Easy Guide. Front E N G L S H I 1 IR LED 2 Webcam 3 Webcam Operation Status Lamp 4 Built-in Microphone 5 Keyboard 6 Touchpad 7 Power Button [

98 Using the PC Left E N G L S H I Right 1 HDMI Port 2 USB-C Port (USB 4.0 Gen 3x2/Thunderbolt/Can connect to a LAN adapter/Power Port) 3 Headphone Port (4-pole Ear Microphone Port) 4 Built-in Speakers 5 microSD Card Slot 6 USB Port (USB 3.2 Gen 2x1) 7 Security Keyhole (Kensington Security Slot) Using the PC 99 TIP Depending on the specifications of the device connected to the USB-C port, it acts as a USB or Thunderbolt port. The USB-C port provides Quick Charging and Always-On Charging functions for devices that support USB PD (Power Delivery). Devices that are not authorized with USB may not operate normally when connected to the USB port. The transmission speed of a USB port may differ depending on the type of storage device

(NVMe, SSD, HDD, etc.) in the system and the connected USB device. The name of the USB version has been changed from USB 3.1 (or USB 3.1 Gen 2) to USB 3.2 Gen 2x1. The 4-pole ear microphone port supports US type 4-pole standards and the European 4-

pole ear microphone may not work properly. When using ear microphone (or Bluetooth headset), audio input and output are directed to the connected device and the microphone and speaker on PC do not work. The 4-pole ear microphone port does not support external microphone. E N G L S H I E N G L S H I 100 Using the PC Using an AC Adapter and a Battery Connect the AC adapter to power and charge the product. TIP The power cable and the AC adapter type may differ per model type and country and there is no difference in functionality. This product has a built-in battery pack. After purchasing your PC, be sure to charge the battery pack completely before using it for the first time. The internal battery should not be arbitrarily disassembled or replaced. Arbitrarily disassembling the product may void the warranty. If you need to disassemble or replace the battery, please contact the designated Call Center. We charge a fee for removing or replacing the battery. Using an AC Adapter The AC Adapter can be used from 100 V to 240 V. 1 Connect the power cable to the AC adapter main body, and connect the AC adapter to the power outlet. 2 Connect the power cable to the USB-C port of the PC. 3 Adjust the PC to the most comfortable angle. 4 Press the PC's power button to turn on the system. CAUTION Do not leave a liquid container on the PC. The system may be short-circuited and damaged. Using the PC 101 E N G L S H I WARNING Please use an AC adapter certified by LG Electronics Inc. Uncertified batteries may explode. When you use an AC adapter, follow the below directions. 60 C or more high-humidity spaces, for example, inside cars or saunas, should be avoided It may cause a problem in battery charging or system operation. when you use or store it. Do not disassemble or modify the AC adapter. Do not twist the AC adapter plug. When you connect the AC adapter, do not forcefully push the plug. Checking the Battery State Connect the AC adapter to the USB-C port of the PC and check the AC adapter lamp. On: When the AC adapter is connected and charging is complete Blinking: When the AC adapter is connected and is charging Off: When the AC adapter is not connected If you try to turn on the system that has entered the Hibernate mode or been turned off after a low-battery alarm, the system will not be turned on but the lamp will blink three times. If this is the case, connect the AC adapter and charge the battery sufficiently before using it. 102 Using the PC E N G L S H I CAUTION Use batteries certified and acknowledged by LG Electronics Inc. Uncertified batteries may explode. Using the PC 103 E N G L S H I WARNING The battery may explode due to excessive heat, causing fire. For a safe and efficient use of battery, follow the below directions. Do not short-circuit the battery. Keep the battery out of reach of children. A visible swelling of the battery pack indicates a possible danger. When this occurs, contact your local vendor or call center immediately. Use only a certified and designated recharger. Keep the battery pack away from heat. (Never put it in a microwave.) Do not leave inside a car under the summer heat. Do not leave or use at a hot and humid place like a sauna. Do not use the machine placed on a heating blanket or other heat reserving materials. Do not leave the machine turned on inside a closed space. Make sure that the battery ports are not touched by any metallic objects like a key, coin, necklace, and watch. Use only a lithium secondary battery certified and guaranteed by mobile device manufactures. Do not disassemble or modify the battery. Do not compress or pierce the battery. Do not apply shock to the battery. For example, do not drop the battery from a high place. Keep the room temperature between -5 C and 40 C. Do not expose the PC to heat hotter than 60 C. Keep the machine dry. Do not discard the battery arbitrarily as you are requested to follow the local procedure for discarding the battery. Before using this machine, read this guide carefully. 104 Using the PC TIP E N G L S H I When the PC is not to be used for a long period of time, refer to the following:

Check the battery charge level on a regular basis and keep it at 50 %. This allows you to extend the battery life. If the battery is left fully charged for an extended period of time, the battery capacity and battery running time may be reduced. If the battery is left fully discharged for an extended period of time, it may become over-

discharged and cannot be charged again. For more efficient use of the battery, read the following carefully. The battery runs low naturally even if it is kept unused. To increase battery lifespan, use the battery for a while before charging it rather than keeping the battery completely charged. If you don't use the product for a long time with the battery completely discharged, the battery lifespan may decrease. The battery capacity may change due to chemical reactions during charge and discharge. LG Notebook frequently checks the charge level of its battery based on usage conditions, and then calculates and correctly indicates the actual remaining level of the battery. The battery is wearable goods and thus the life span may become shorter with use. The battery running time may also become shorter accordingly. When the battery is fully charged, the machine stops recharging. It resumes recharging when the battery charge rate drops below 95 %. This feature secures the safe and efficient use of the battery. When the temperature of the battery drops below 10 C, it is charged in a low current to protect the battery cells. In this case, charging time may stretch to up to 32 hours. If you use the system at a low temperature, refer to the following:

The battery capacity may be reduced depending on the chemical characteristics of the battery and the system may not be turned on after it freezes or it is turned off. If the system freezes or if it is not turned on, connect the AC adapter to the system and charge the battery fully before use. If there is any error in the indication of the battery capacity, charge and discharge the battery two or three times at room temperature to return to the normal operation. Operation Status Lamps Using the PC 105 E N G L S H I 1 AC Adapter Lamp On: When the AC adapter is connected and charging is complete Blinking: When the AC adapter is connected and is charging Off: When the AC adapter is not connected If you try to turn on the system that has entered the Hibernate mode or been turned off after a low-battery alarm, the system will not be turned on but the lamp will blink three times. If this is the case, connect the AC adapter and charge the battery sufficiently before using it. 2 Caps Lock Lamp On: When the Caps Lock is activated Off: When the Caps Lock is deactivated 3 Power Lamp On: When the system is on and running by the AC adapter or battery Off: When the system is turned off or in Hibernate mode Blinking: When the system is in the standby mode 4 Webcam Operation Status Lamp On: When the webcam is operating Off: When the webcam is not operating 106 Using the PC Keyboard E N G L S H I The keyboard allows the user to input data or give commands. The keyboard may differ in appearance and color depending on your country. CAUTION Spilling a watery substance like coffee or juice on the keyboard may cause a fault, malfunction, or electric shock. Some of the keys may not work properly when you use several keys at the same time while playing a PC game. Please change the key combination settings according to the combinations necessary for the game play or use an external keyboard dedicated for gameplay. Using Hot Keys Hot Keys are shortcut keys that can run some functions and software of the PC, and using them allows you to use the PC more easily. Fn + F1 Fn + F2 Fn + F3 Fn + F4 Fn + F5 Fn + F6 Fn + F7 Fn + F8 Executes LG Smart Assistant. Adjusts screen brightness (brightness decreases in 11 levels). Adjusts screen brightness (brightness increases in 11 levels). Executes Windows Security Switches to using the Touchpad Mode Each time you press the [Fn] + [F5] keys, the mode switches between Touchpad Off (touchpad disabled) and Touchpad On (touchpad enabled). To set Touchpad Auto (disables automatic use of touchpad when inserting an external USB mouse), select the Start button [

devices] > [Touchpad] and uncheck [Leave touchpad on when a mouse is connected] in [Touchpad]. Each time you press the [Fn] + [F5] keys, the mode switches between Touchpad Off and Touchpad Auto. Since it takes about 1 to 2 seconds to initialize after switching to the touchpad function, we recommend you to use the device after initialization is completed.

] > [Settings] > [Bluetooth &

Airplane Mode ON/OFF (Wireless LAN and Bluetooth OFF/ON) Switches to the monitor (projector). Switch to the Keyboard Backlight Mode. Fn + F9 Fn + F10 Fn + F11 Switches to the Reader Mode. Mute Adjust the volume (lower) Fn + F12 Adjust the volume (louder) Fn + Prt Sc Works as the Scroll Lock [Scr Lk] key. Fn + PgUp Works as the [Home] key. Fn + PgDn Works as the [End] key. Using the PC 107 E N G L S H I Fn + Q Fn + W Fn + A Fn + S Switches to Cooling Mode Each time you press [Fn] + [Q] , the mode switches between High Performance Mode, Auto Mode, No Noise Mode, Low Noise Mode, and Normal Mode. Switches to Monitoring Mode Executes Capture Tool Switches to the Sleep Mode (runs in the mode set in Windows. (Example: Sleep Mode, Hibernate Mode)). Fn + L Switches to PC Cleaning Mode Fn + Ctrl Works as the [Pop-up Window] key. 108 Using the PC TIP While pressing and holding the [Fn] key or [

screen. You can press each key and use the function immediately. Fn Key Shortcut Guide

] key, the shortcut guide is displayed on the E N G L S H I Key Shortcut Guide Using the PC 109 Keyboard Backlight You can set the Keyboard Backlight function to use the product in a dark environment. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. OPTION This only applies to the products that have the Keyboard Backlight function. E N G L S H I Configuring Keyboard Backlight TIP You can use hot keys to use the Keyboard Backlight function more conveniently. Each time you press the [Fn] + [F8] keys, the status changes to KBD Backlight Off, KBD Backlight Low, and then KBD Backlight High in the specified order. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 2 Select [Keyboard Setting] and set the keyboard lighting and its off time. 110 Using the PC Adjusting Screen Brightness and Volume E N G L S H I LG PC allows you to use the hot keys to easily adjust the screen brightness and volume. TIP According to the model type, a button for volume control (mute, volume up/down, Dolby, etc.) may be available. Function Hot Keys Description

[Fn] + [F2], [F3]

Screen Bright-

ness Press the [Fn] + [F2] keys to darken the screen and the [Fn]

+ [F3] keys to brighten the screen. The screen brightness adjustment bar in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar allows you to adjust the system brightness. Volume

[Fn] + [F11], [F12]

Press the [Fn] + [F11] to lower the volume and [Fn] + [F12]

to increase the volume. The volume adjustment bar in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar allows you to adjust the volume. Mute

[Fn] + [F10]

Whenever you press [Fn] + [F10], it operates as mute/

unmute. If you select the [

] icon in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar, you can enable or disable the mute function. Using the PC 111 Hearing Protection Feature The product is equipped with a hearing protection feature to protect your ears from pressurized sound while using earphones or headphones. The feature is set to off by default and can be manually turned on as follows:

E N G L S H I TIP The hearing protection feature is supported to an earphone/headphone connected to the headphone port only. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] > [Realtek Audio Console]. 2 Connect an earphone or headphone and select the [Headphones] menu. 112 Using the PC 3 Set [Ear Protection] to [On] to activate the hearing protection feature. TIP A warning message will be displayed if the volume is high while this feature is on. E N G L S H I Using the Touchpad The built-in touchpad provides the same functionality as an external mouse. You can use the touchpad and USB mouse simultaneously. E N G L S H I Using the PC 113 1 Touchpad Moves the cursor. 2 Left button Use to select or execute programs. 3 Right button Functions as the right button of a mouse in most cases. However, the usage may differ depending on programs. 114 Using the PC TIP E N G L S H I The scroll function is provided as a gesture. Please refer to the Touchpad Gesture section of this document. Precautions for Using the Touchpad If you are using a touchpad, use the area marked with a red line shown below. Touching an edge or border of the touchpad may not work. (The functioning touch area may differ depending on the product.) Moving the Cursor (Pointer) on the Screen Place a finger on the touchpad and glide the finger. Click (Select) Press and release the left button swiftly with a finger. (Or tap the touchpad once.) Do this, for example, to select a menu or icon and to place the cursor to type on a word processor file. Using the PC 115 E N G L S H I Double-click (Execute) Press the left button twice consecutively and release the button. (Or tap the touchpad twice.) Do this, for example, to run a program after selecting its execution file (or icon). CAUTION Notes on Using the Touchpad Do not use a sharp object such as a pen on the pad nor peel the cover. It may cause an impairment. Do not place more than one finger, and do not use while wearing a glove or when the hand is wet. The Touchpad will not work properly. Oil or dirt at the fingertip can also cause an impairment. The touchpad is sensitive. Do not impose excessive force or maintain an uncomfortable position. Otherwise, it may result in a finger or wrist injury. Right button Press and release the right button swiftly. Functions as the right button of a mouse, but the usage may differ depending on programs. 116 Using the PC E N G L S H I Drag & Drop To drag, click and hold an icon, and move it to another location. To drop, release the dragged icon in the location you want. To move a file icon to another folder or to Recycle Bin, place the cursor (or the pointer) on the icon, press and hold the left button, and glide another finger on the touchpad until the icon reaches the aimed location. After reaching the destination, release the left button. 1 Drag Glide one finger on the pad with another finger pressing and holding the left button. 2 Drop Release the left button to drop it into the Recycle Bin. (By using this, you can drop a file into the Recycle Bin at will.) ClickLock When activated, this feature allows you to drag/scroll without pressing and holding the left button. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. Using the PC 117 E N G L S H I 2 Select [Bluetooth & devices] > [Mouse] > [Additional mouse settings]. 118 Using the PC 3 Check [Turn on ClickLock] and select [Settings]. E N G L S H I 4 Set the duration of ClickLock operation. 5 Press the left button of the touchpad and release it to change the button into the pressed state. Using the PC 119 E N G L S H I 6 Move on the touchpad to use the drag/scroll feature. 7 Press the left mouse button to turn off the ClickLock. Touchpad Gesture The touchpad gesture feature allows you to use Windows programs more easily by utilizing multi-

touch functions. Windows 11 Touchpad Gestures allow you to use the PC more easily. The touchpad gesture feature may not be supported in some models. 120 Using the PC Place two fingers on the touchpad and move up/down/left/right to scroll the screen.

(It operates only on an app or screen which scrolling is available.) E N G L S H I Place two fingers on the touchpad and widen or narrow them to zoom out or in. Using the PC 121 Setting Touchpad You can change the touchpad features or enable/disable the gesture feature. The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select the [Bluetooth & devices] > [Touchpad]. 122 Using the PC 3 Change the settings as needed on the [Touchpad] item. E N G L S H I Using the PC 123 Using Touch Screen Use the touch screen for a faster and more convenient use of the computer. All gestures provided by Windows 11 can be used. For more details about the Windows 11 gestures, refer to the Windows help. E N G L S H I OPTION This applies only to models equipped with a touch screen. Basic Usage 1 Touching Once: Touch the screen once to produce the same effect as clicking the left mouse button. 124 Using the PC 2 Touching Twice: Touch the screen twice to produce the same effect as a double-click. E N G L S H I 3 Drag: After touching the start point, finger movement can be used instead of the mouse. 4 Touching Longer: Touch the screen for a longer time to use as right mouse button. Using the PC 125 E N G L S H I Using the Touch Keyboard 1 Right-click on the taskbar, select [Taskbar Settings], and then set [Touch Keyboard] to [Always]. 126 Using the PC 2 Press the icon [

] on the bottom right of the taskbar to display the [Keyboard] screen. E N G L S H I Connecting to External Display Connect the external display device through HDMI or the USB-C port of the PC to output a PC screen to an external display. In some models, the Dolby Audio function may not work when connecting to an external display. E N G L S H I Using the PC 127 TIP Connect to the PC while the power of the external display device is turned off. If the external display screen does not appear after connecting to the PC, check Input Mode of the external display device. By connecting a display that supports USB-C Alternate Mode, you can use the USB-C port to output a screen to an external display. Alternate Mode is a mode that uses display outputs such as DP (Display Port) and HDMI through the USB-C port. The USB-C port supports the interface with the DP (Display Port) specifications. CAUTION Use the cable/adapter that fits the USB-C specifications and supports Alternate Mode. The USB-C cable/adapter for non-LG products may not be connected or cause a problem. 128 Using the PC 1 Connect the PC and external display with a cable that fits the external display device. E N G L S H I 2 Turn on the power of the external display device. 3 Press the [Fn] + [F7] (or [

] + [P]) keys on the keyboard to change Display Mode. Using the PC 129 E N G L S H I CAUTION If you do not set Speaker as the default value after separating the external display connection cable, the system may not produce any sound. (If a program was running already, you must exit and restart the program to produce sound.) 130 Using the PC Connecting to Wireless Display E N G L S H I The wireless display feature connects the PC screen and sound to a display (TV, projector, etc.). OPTION To use the wireless display feature, the display device must support this feature. To connect to the display device that does not support wireless display, you must separately purchase a wireless display connection device. Once the wireless display connection is established, no additional procedures and searching are necessary the next time you try to connect. Connecting to Wireless Display 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [Connect] under the [System] > [Display] > [Multiple displays] > [Connect to a wireless display] menu. Using the PC 131 E N G L S H I 3 If the device search screen appears, it will search for nearby wireless display devices. 4 Select an available device and connect the device. 132 Using the PC 5 Once the wireless display device is connected, it outputs the PC screen and its sound. E N G L S H I Using the PC 133 E N G L S H I Connecting an External USB-C (Thunderbolt) Device The USB-C port mounted on this product supports USB 4.0 Gen 3x2 standards. You can use the USB-C port to connect the USB device. Connecting a USB Device If a USB device is connected to a USB-C port, the port works as an ordinary USB port. TIP To use a conventional USB device, a separate conversion adapter should be used.

(Conversion adapters may be purchased separately.) Connecting a Thunderbolt Device You can connect to the USB-C port an external display or a high-performance data device that support the Thunderbolt specifications. Depending on the specifications of the device connected to the USB-C port, it acts as a USB or Thunderbolt device. TIP The Thunderbolt cable is not provided with the product. Make sure that you use a certified cable. Some functions may not be available depending on the product. For more information, refer to the user manual provided with the device to be connected. Connecting two notebook PCs that support Thunderbolt Use Thunderbolt to connect two PCs easily and quickly and send and receive data between them. 134 Using the PC 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 2 Select [Network & Internet] > [Advanced network settings] > [Advanced sharing settings]. 3 Change the settings as needed on the [Advanced sharing settings] item. Using the PC 135 E N G L S H I 4 Use the Thunderbolt cable to connect two notebook PCs. 5 A while later, an icon of the connected computer appears on the desktops of the two notebook PCs. 136 Using the PC 6 Double-click the connected computer icon to open the authentication screen. 7 Input the user name and password to connect to the other PC. TIP If there is no shared folder in the connected PC, nothing may appear on the screen. E N G L S H I E N G L S H I Using USB-C (Thunderbolt) Charging Function You can connect the USB-C device to charge a notebook PC battery or an external device, and the operation mode is automatically selected depending the charge settings of the connected device. Using the PC 137 To charge a notebook PC battery, the external device (USB PD Charger, notebook PC, etc.) should support USB Power Delivery 10 W (5 V / 2 A) or higher profile. The external devices that use the USB-C port support 10 W (5 V / 2 A) and 15 W (5 V / 3 A). A USB device compatible with USB PD (Power Delivery) supports charging at 15 W (5 V / 3 A), whereas a regular USB device supports charging at 10 W (5 V / 2 A). USB PD batteries cannot be charged using the USB-C port of the notebook PC. Always-On Charging is supported only with USB-C ports, but not with the regular USB ports. If you connect an adapter with a lower output than the rated adapter, it may take more time to charge the notebook PC. 1 When the connected device is set to Automatic (charging the notebook PC or a connected device. Charging the notebook PC by using the mobile phone is not supported.) 2 When the connected device is set to Source (the notebook PC is charged.) 138 Using the PC 3 When the connected device is set to Sink (the connected device is charged.) E N G L S H I TIP The charging status of the external device being charged is not displayed on the notebook PC. If you connected a smartphone, you should select "Charge mobile phone" on the smartphone screen to charge the phone battery. CAUTION If the power consumption of the notebook PC is larger than the power supply from the external device, the battery may be consumed gradually. Using the PC 139 Bluetooth Bluetooth allows the user to access wirelessly various devices such as camera, cell phone, headset, printer, and GPS receiver that support Bluetooth

. It can also establish a network and exchange data with other Bluetooth

-enabled PC or smartphone. OPTION The Bluetooth device is optional, and it may not be available in some models. E N G L S H I The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. For details on connecting a Bluetooth device, refer to the user manual provided with the Bluetooth device. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 140 Using the PC 2 Select [Bluetooth & devices] > [Add device]. E N G L S H I 3 Select the Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth devices automatically. Using the PC 141 E N G L S H I 4 After selecting the device you want to connect, complete the Bluetooth connection as guided. 142 Using the PC Wired LAN LAN is the network environment that users can connect to by using a cable to connect to their internet providers or the company's network. E N G L S H I Using Wired LAN LAN is installed with an automatic IP (DHCP) as default value. Please refer to the following instructions for details on setting up an automatic IP (DHCP) or manual IP. 1 Connect the LAN adapter to the USB-C port on the PC. TIP The recommended network cable for the optimal network environment is CAT5 or higher. The network (LAN) cable may be connected when the LAN adapter is used. 2 Connect the wired LAN cable to the LAN port. Using the PC 143 E N G L S H I 144 Using the PC 3 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 4 Select [Edit] in [Network & Internet] > [Ethernet] > [IP assignment]. 5 To use an automatic IP (DHCP), select [Automatic]. If you wish to use a static IP, set [Manual] >

[IPv4] to [On] and enter the necessary item. Contact the network service provider or administrator to use a static IP. Using the PC 145 E N G L S H I 6 Select [Save] to complete the network setup. 7 Click the Web Browser icon to check whether the internet is operating normally. 146 Using the PC Wireless LAN E N G L S H I The wireless network (Wireless LAN) is the network environment that connects a PC with the internet provider or company network through an Access Point (wireless or regular router). OPTION Wireless LAN is optional. Hence, it may not be installed in some models. Turning On/Off Airplane Mode Prior to using the wireless LAN, press [Fn] + [F6] to turn off Airplane Mode. Pressing [Fn] + [F6] keys will turn on or off the Airplane Mode. If you are not going to use the product for a while, keep the Airplane Mode turned on to reduce the battery power consumption. Using the Wireless LAN If an Access Point (wired or wireless router) is in the vicinity of the PC, the wireless LAN can easily be accessed. When searching for a wireless LAN, multiple Access Points may be discovered depending on the location of use. In case no accessible wireless LAN is near the PC, no Access Point might be found. A password-protected Access Point cannot be accessed without the correct password. 1 Select [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar. TIP The displayed icons may differ from the figures herein. 2 Select Manage Wi-Fi Connections [

] to search for near Access Point. Using the PC 147 E N G L S H I TIP When Wi-Fi is turned off, set [Wi-Fi] to On. 148 Using the PC 3 Select the Access Point you want to connect to and press [Connect]. E N G L S H I 4 If a connection is established, [Connected] appears below the Access Point name. 5 Click the Web Browser icon to check whether the internet is operating normally. Using the PC 149 Using a Wired/Wireless Router A wireless/regular router connects several PCs and mobile devices to one internet line and enables the use of internet and the network. A wireless/regular router has to be bought separately. Refer to the manual provided by the manufacturer for instructions. E N G L S H I Connecting a Wireless or Regular Router If one internet line is used with a wired/wireless router and several devices are connected, this may result in a slower connection. In case of a wireless LAN, it is recommended to change the network name and security settings for a more secure connection. Network speed can differ according to operation environment and specifications. 1 Connect the internet cable of the modem that was provided by your internet provider to the router's WAN port. 2 Connect all devices (PC, IPTV, internet phone, etc.) with a LAN cable to LAN ports 1 to 4 of the router. The number of LAN ports can vary for each router model. 3 Please refer to the manual provided by the router manufacturer for setup of the network and internet. 150 Using the PC microSD Card Slot E N G L S H I Checking Available Memory Card This model supports microSD memory cards. Directly applicable memory cards Mounting and Using Memory Card This product has one microSD Card Slot. Check the insertion direction of the memory card and push the microSD memory in until it is fully seated. Using the PC 151 TIP When the memory card is formatted, the data stored in the memory card will be deleted. Check whether there are important data before formatting the memory stick. To format a memory card, right-click the memory card drive and select Format. When the Format window appears, press Start to continue. If the write protection tab of memory card is locked, the user cannot format the memory stick nor write or delete the data. microSD memory cards can be used only as storage devices and do not support the copyright protection feature. E N G L S H I Removing Memory Card Push the card with your finger to make the card spring out of the slot. Remove the memory card. TIP Safely remove the microSD card The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. When a pop-up window appears by selecting the [

] icon on the right side of the taskbar, select Eject to safely remove the hardware. E N G L S H I 152 Using Software Using Software LG Smart Assistant LG Smart Assistant allows you to easily change the settings of your PC according to your needs. TIP LG Smart Assistant can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. Please update the program to the latest version through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running LG Smart Assistant Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window or closes the program window. 3 Dashboard: Allows you to specify PC settings suitable for the purpose of use and apply them at once, or to set key PC functions easily. Using Software 153 4 Keyboard Setting: Allows you to set the functions related to the keyboard such as keyboard lighting and shortcuts. 5 Power Setting: Allows you to check the battery status and extend the battery life, set the power and sleep settings, and set the USB-C port charging function. 6 Display Setting: Allows you to set the functions related to the display such as display color E N G L S H I temperature and Reader Mode. 7 AI Noise Cancelling: Allows you to set the noise cancelling function for the microphone input and the speaker output. (Supported to the built-in microphone/speaker only.) 8 Go to LG Software: Allows you to run LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update), LG PC Manuals, and LG Security Guard directly. Dashboard 1 User Mode: Allows you to set the user mode according to the PC environment. 154 Using Software 2 Quick Setting: Allows you to set the PC settings easily. E N G L S H I Dark Mode: Allows you dim the colors displayed on Windows and the app. Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. InstantBooting: Allows you to set the system to turn on automatically when you open the cover of the notebook PC. Touchpad: Allows you to turn off or on the touchpad. USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C port even when the PC is turned off. TIP The model with the touch screen is displayed not as [USB-C Offline Charging] but as

[Touchscreen]. Touchscreen: Allows you to turn off or on the touch screen. 3 Cooling Mode: Allows you to set the fan mode of the PC according to the PC environment. Auto Mode: It sets No Noise, Low, Normal, and High automatically depending on the PC use environment. (During a high performance task, the PC surface temperature and noise may rise, and the battery life may be shortened.) No Noise Mode: Limits the PC performance so that the PC does not generate fan noise. (The PC surface temperature may rise when the function is used for a long time. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Low Mode: Minimizes fan speed so that you can use the PC in a quiet environment. (This may degrade your PC performance. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Normal Mode: Optimizes PC performance, heat and noise. High Mode: Sets to the tasks that require high performance. (This may result in increased PC surface temperature and noise, and shorter battery life. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) CAUTION When using for a long term, use Normal Mode. 4 Current Display Color Temperature: Go to the [Display Setting] menu. 5 AI Noise Cancelling: Go to the [AI Noise Cancelling] menu. Keyboard Setting Using Software 155 E N G L S H I 1 Keyboard Lighting: Allows you to set the keyboard lighting and brightness. 2 Turn off the keyboard lighting automatically: Allows you to set the keyboard light to turn off automatically after a specified amount of time. 3 Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. 4 Shortcut Guide: While pressing the Fn key or key, you can set to display the shortcut guide that can be combined with this key. 5 Display NumLock Key Status: Allows you to set the screen to display the status change when you press the NumLock key. 156 Using Software 6 Shortcut Settings: You can register the app or Internet address to set to use as a shortcut, or check the designated shortcut.

[User Shortcut Settings]

On the Shortcut Settings List, select the navigation icon [

] or the internet icon [

] to register the desired app or Internet address to a shortcut. E N G L S H I TIP Some abnormal program files (exes) and Internet addresses (links) may not be linked. Shortcuts can be set from 1 to 5. After selecting the app-running file, right-click the mouse and use the [Show more options] > [Set functions to use with user Hot keys] menu to register the app quickly. Using Software 157 E N G L S H I

[Designated Shortcut]

The Fn key can be combined with shortcuts supported only by LG PC to use some functions easily, and the designated shortcuts may not be changed by the user. 158 Using Software E N G L S H I TIP The PC Cleaning Mode is a function that locks the keyboard, touchpad, and touch screen to stop operating when cleaning the product while the power is turned on. (The touch screen lock function applies only to the model with the touch screen provided.) Turn off PC Cleaning Mode: Press and hold the [Fn] + [L] keys on the keyboard until the bar displayed on the screen is filled. CAUTION Do not clean using liquid or solution while the power is turned on. A malfunction or fire may occur. Power Setting Using Software 159 E N G L S H I 1 Battery Life Status: Displays the battery status so that you can replace the battery timely. 2 Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. 3 Power & Sleep: Displays the screen off time and the sleep mode entry time. You can go to Windows settings and set the time. 4 Turn off the screen automatically when AFK: Allows you to set the screen to automatically turn off when you are away from the keyboard for a certain amount of time. 5 USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C port even when the PC is turned off. 160 Using Software Display Setting E N G L S H I Using Software 161 1 Color Temperature Settings: Allows you to adjust the screen color temperature to cool (bluish screen color) or warm (reddish screen color) or use the automatic color temperature function. 2 Reader Mode: Allows you to set the Reader Mode to reduce eye fatigue when reading documents. CAUTION Using the Reader Mode and the Night light at the same time can cause color distortion. When you use the Reader Mode, turn off the Night light. You can turn [Night light] on or off in the Start button [

] > [Settings] >

E N G L S H I

[System] > [Display]. TIP You can use hot keys to use the Reader Mode function more conveniently. Press the [Fn] + [F9] keys to switch the PC screen to Reader Mode. Press them again to turn off Reader Mode. 3 Professional Mode: Provides a more extended color gamut to the display and enhances the content color reproduction. TIP Professional Mode uses an ICC profile and works only in some programs. 4 Connecting to Simple Display: When connecting an external display, you can set to display the menu that can set the Display Mode on the PC screen. 5 Applying Lively Theme: You can set various themes provided by LG PC or select an operation method of Lively Theme according to the charging status. 162 Using Software AI Noise Cancelling E N G L S H I 1 AI Microphone Optimization: Cancels out the noise input to the microphone to deliver clear sound. 2 AI Speaker Optimization: Cancels the noise output from the speakers to deliver clear sound. 3 User voice tracking: It removes voices of other users in the surroundings and delivers the registered user's voice only. It can be used in the Uni Directional Noise Canceling mode only. TIP The AI Noise Canceling function is supported to the built-in microphone/speaker only. Using Software 163 LG Update & Recovery LG Update & Recovery performs updates to keep the system in an optimal state, and backs up and recovers data in case a problem occurs so that you can safely use your PC. TIP For some models without the Recovery function, only the LG Update function is provided. Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. It may not work properly depending on user environment (security tools, etc.) and the network status. You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Running LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window, or exits the software. 164 Using Software 3 Update: Allows you to install various PC drivers, applications and Windows patches easily and quickly. E N G L S H I 4 Backup: Allows you to back up Windows, disk environment, and data safely. 5 Recovery: Allows you to recover backup data or reset your PC. 6 Tools: Partitions the disk installed with Windows or the data disks. TIP For details on backup and recovery, see [Recovering the System]. LG Update does not support [Backup], [Recovery], and [Tools] menus. Update If an item that needs updating is displayed, you can select it and update it. 1 Select [Required Updates] or [Update list] from the [Update] menu. 2 After selecting the items to update, select [Installation]. Using Software 165 E N G L S H I Disk Partitioning Partitions the disk installed with Windows or the data disks. TIP LG Update does not support the disk partitioning function. The data disk partitioning function is only available on models with two or more storage devices. CAUTION You are encouraged to back up your personal files to avoid data loss when partitioning. 166 Using Software 1 Select [Partitioning the Windows disk] or [Partitioning the data disk] from the [Tools] menu. E N G L S H I 2 If you select the desired disk partition, the [Partitionable minimum volume] menu appears. 3 Set the capacity of the disk to be partitioned and select [OK]. Using Software 167 E N G L S H I 4 The disk will be partitioned. 168 Using Software LG Glance by Mirametrix E N G L S H I LG Glance by Mirametrix uses AI-based attention detection technology to improve PC productivity and enhance security. TIP LG Glance by Mirametrix can be re-installed by searching LG Glance by Mirametrix in Microsoft Store. LG Glance by Mirametrix basically operates with the power connected, and connecting an external monitor makes it possible to utilize various functions more efficiently. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running LG Glance by Mirametrix 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Glance by Mirametrix]. 2 The tutorial (help on how-to-use) for LG Glance by Mirametrix appears. Exploring LG Glance by Mirametrix Select the [

] (Show hidden icons) icon on the right side of the taskbar, and then select the [

] icon to run LG Glance by Mirametrix. TIP To always display the LG Glance by Mirametrix icon [

] on the taskbar, right-click on the taskbar, select [Taskbar settings] > [Other system tray icons], and set [Glance.exe] to [On]. Using Software 169 E N G L S H I 1 Presence Detection: If the user does not look at the screen or leaves the screen for a certain period of time, the screen is locked or darkened. 2 Snap Window: (When an external monitor is connected) Click and hold the title bar of the desired window, move your head to the external monitor or the notebook PC screen to move the window to the screen you are looking at. 3 Smart Pointer: (When an external monitor is connected) Move your head to the external monitor or the notebook PC screen to move the mouse pointer to the screen you are looking at. 4 Smart Display: Dims the screen of an external monitor or the notebook PC screen that the user is not looking at. 5 Privacy Guard: Blurs the notebook PC screen if someone is looking at your screen from behind. 6 Privacy Alert: Alerts you with an icon if someone is looking at your screen from behind. 7 Smart Player: Pauses the audio or video playback of a specific app when the user is away and automatically resumes playback when the user returns. 8 Digital Wellness: Tells you to look at an object far away for 20 seconds every 20 minutes to protect your eyesight. If you crouch too close to the screen, it tells you to correct your posture. 9 Video Conferencing: (During video conferencing) Displays a video of the presenter on the Desktop or automatically mutes the microphone when the user moves away from the screen. Virtual Camera hides the background of the camera or automatically adjusts the frame of the camera 170 Using Software E N G L S H I according to the user's movement and compensates the face or the lighting to make your face look more beautiful. 10 Settings: Provides the settings menu and tutorial (help on how to use) of LG Glance by Mirametrix. TIP For [Snap Window] and [Smart Pointer], an external monitor should be connected through Expansion, and they cannot be used if the monitor placement in [Display settings] is different from the actual monitor placement. Right-click the mouse on Desktop > In [Display settings], change monitor placement according to the environment in use. For more information on how to connect the external monitor, refer to the details of

[Connecting to External Display] in [Using the PC]. Using Software 171 LG Security Guard LG Security Guard, when a user is away from the seat while using the PC, decreases danger of theft and loss of the laptop. TIP LG Security Guard can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The Monitoring Mode of LG Security Guard operates only when the power is connected. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Running LG Security Guard 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Security Guard]. 2 Log into the Windows Hello account as guided. 172 Using Software Touring LG Security Guard E N G L S H I 1 User Account Button: Displays information of the account currently logged in, and the account settings can be changed. 2 Information Button: Displays software information. 3 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window or closes the program window. 4 Set Monitoring Mode: Allows you to set functions such as Monitoring Mode auto entry, time, and vacant. 5 Detection Target Settings: Allows you to set functions such as input device and face detection. 6 Set Monitor Screen: Allows you to set functions such as full screen and Monitoring Mode phrase. 7 Warning Alarm Settings: Allows you to set functions such as warning alarm phrase, e-mail notification, and lock booting password. TIP If there are no set values for e-mail notification and lock booting password functions, they are not activated. Using Software 173 Sync On Mobile Sync On Mobile, by connecting the PC with the mobile device, can send photos and videos easily. In France, Sync On Mobile software will be supported and updated from July 2023. Sync On Mobile is not provided in China. E N G L S H I TIP Sync On Mobile can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). It is recommended to disconnect from the app after using on a public PC. The app may not work properly on some mobile devices and upgrading the operating system of a mobile device may prevent some features from working properly. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Connect Sync On Mobile 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [Sync On Mobile]. 2 Use the camera app of the mobile device to scan the [Downloading Sync On Mobile app] QR code, and install the app on the mobile device. TIP You can search Sync On Mobile on Google Play or App Store and install the mobile device app. 174 Using Software 3 Connect the PC and mobile device to the same Wi-Fi. 4 Select [Connecting PC and Mobile device] on the Sync On Mobile app of the mobile device and scan the [Connecting PC and Mobile device] QR code of the PC to connect the PC and mobile device. E N G L S H I Touring Sync On Mobile Using Software 175 1 Mobile Device Information Button: Displays information of the mobile device currently connected, and you can deactivate the mobile device connection. 2 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 3 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window or closes the program window. 4 Execute it automatically when Windows starts: When running Windows, you can run the Sync E N G L S H I On Mobile app automatically. 5 Auto Sync after running Sync On Mobile: When running the app, you can set to auto sync photos and videos of the connected mobile device. 6 Set shared folder: You can set a folder to save photos and videos sent from the mobile device. 176 Using Software PCmover Professional E N G L S H I PCmover Professional transfers applications, files (pictures, music, videos, and documents) and settings from your old PC to your new PC. TIP PCmover Professional can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The old and new PCs must be connected under the same network. For details on how to use PCmover Professional, see the [User Guide] of PCmover Professional. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running PCmover Professional Select the Start button [

Professional].

] > [All apps] > [Laplink PCmover Professional] and run [PCmover Using Software 177 1 User Guide: You can find out more about how to use PCmover Professional. 2 TRANSFER BETWEEN PCs: Starts the process of transferring data (apps, files, settings, etc.) between the old PC and the new PC. 3 Advanced Options: Allows you to create a transfer file on an external media (USB disk, etc.) and transfer it to a new PC, or to transfer it to a new PC using a disk image backed up from the old PC. Also, you can transfer apps, files and settings between user accounts of the same PC. E N G L S H I 178 Using Software Dolby Access E N G L S H I Dolby Access helps use Dolby Atmos effects that provide accurate and ample sounds according to the situation. TIP Dolby Access can be re-installed by searching Dolby Access in Microsoft Store. Dolby Access may not be available depending on the model. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running Dolby Access Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [Dolby Access]. 1 Home: Allows you to experience contents for Dolby Atmos. 2 Product: Allows you to set the product that can activate Dolby Atmos effects. (It is set to the built-in speaker by default, and when connecting the headphone, it changes to the headphone.) Using Software 179 E N G L S H I 3 Settings: Allows you to select various sound effects according to the situation. Dynamic: Provides optimized sounds for contents in operation. Game: Provides optimized sounds for running a game. Movie: Provides optimized sounds for movie playback. Music: Provides optimized sounds for music playback. Voice: Provides optimized sounds for voice playback. Custom 1, 2, 3: Provides optimized sounds according to user settings. More Settings: Allows you set other settings such as deactivating Dolby Atmos effects. TIP Remove Audio Driver or Dolby Atmos Remove [Dolby Access] and [Dolby Atmos Driver] first, and then remove [Realtek(R) Audio Driver] and restart the system. Re-install Audio Driver or Dolby Atmos While [Dolby Access], [Dolby Atmos Driver], and [Realtek(R) Audio Driver] are all removed, install [Realtek(R) Audio Driver] first. Restart the system and install [Dolby Atmos Driver] and

[Dolby Access], respectively. If you do not remove or install them in the order specified, an error may occur. 180 Using Software Intel Unison E N G L S H I Intel Unison, by connecting the PC and smartphone, allows you to use calls or text messages on the PC or share files. TIP Intel Unison can be reinstalled by searching Intel Unison in Microsoft Store. It is recommended to disconnect from the app after using on a public PC. The app may not work properly on some smartphone models and upgrading the operating system of a smartphone may prevent some features from working properly. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Connect Intel Unison 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [Intel Unison]. 2 Select [Accept & continue]. Using Software 181 3 Select [Get the mobile app] and scan the [Get the mobile app] QR code to install the app on the smartphone. TIP You can search Intel Unison on Google Play or App Store and install the smartphone app.

(In China, You can search Intel Unison on Le Store/Xiaomi App Store/Tencent App Store/

Baidu Mobile Assistant and these stores may change according to the situation.) E N G L S H I 182 Using Software 4 Select [Scan QR code] on the Intel Unison app on the smartphone, and scan the [Pair your phone and PC] QR code to connect the PC and smartphone. E N G L S H I Touring Intel Unison Using Software 183 E N G L S H I 1 Device: You can check the battery level of your smartphone or set the Do Not Disturb mode, or disconnect the device. 2 File transfer: You can easily send files from the PC to your smartphone. 3 Gallery: You can check photos and videos saved on your smartphone, or share the photos and videos between the PC and smartphone. 4 Messages: Allows you to send and receive text messages. 5 Calls: Allows you to browse the contacts stored in your smartphone and send text or make a phone call to the contacts. 6 Notifications: Allows you to check smartphone notifications. 7 Settings: Allows you to change the settings related to common, notifications, messages, and calls, and can check the app information. (iPhone does not support message-related settings.) 8 Downloads: Allows you to check the file sent from the smartphone to the PC. E N G L S H I 184 Recovering the System Recovering the System Backing up/Recovering My Windows You can back up and recover the disk partition where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Partitions other than the disk partition where Windows is installed are not backed up. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). My Windows Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. Recovering the System 185 E N G L S H I 5 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 186 Recovering the System 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. E N G L S H I My Windows Recovery CAUTION All user data on the partition where Windows is installed will be deleted, so you must backup all important data in advance. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 187 E N G L S H I 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. 188 Recovering the System Backing up/Recovering Disk E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the entire disk (all partitions) where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). Disk Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [Disk Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Backup] > [Disk Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 189 E N G L S H I 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. Disk Recovery CAUTION All user data on the disk to be recovered will be deleted, so you must back up all important data in advance. Recovering a disk other than the one where Windows is installed will result in the deletion of user data on all disks. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [Disk Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 190 Recovering the System 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. E N G L S H I 5 Select [Recovery] > [Disk Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and the disk to recover, and click [OK]. 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. Recovering the System 191 E N G L S H I 192 Recovering the System Backing up/Recovering Data E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the data in the Downloads, Videos, Documents, Desktop, Photos and Music folders in Windows. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Any data other than those in these folders are not backed up/recovered. All user data on the disk to be recovered may be deleted, so you must back up all important data in advance. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). Data Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [Data Backup]. 4 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 5 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. Data Recovery 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [User Data Recovery]. 4 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 193 E N G L S H I 5 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 194 Recovering the System Factory Reset E N G L S H I This function resets your PC to the factory default state at the time of purchase. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION All data is lost during the initialization so you must backup all critical data in advance. For factory reset, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 2 Select [Recovery] > [Factory Reset] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 3 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 4 Select [Recovery] > [Factory Reset] > [Next] to execute the factory reset. Recovering the System 195 E N G L S H I 5 When the factory reset is complete, click [OK] to reboot the PC. 196 Recovering the System Creating Recovery Disk E N G L S H I Once you create a recovery disk, you can use LG Recovery to recover the system even when the system fails to boot due to a problem. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Creating a recovery disk will delete all data on the external disk, so please back up important data in advance. TIP You can create the recovery disk only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 2 Select [Recovery] > [Create Recovery Disk]. 3 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 4 Once the recovery disk has been created, click [OK]. Recovering the System 197 Recovering from a Boot Failure If the system cannot boot due to a serious error with the system, you can recover the system using the method shown below. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. E N G L S H I CAUTION All data is lost during the initialization so you must backup all critical data in advance. For recovery, the AC adapter must be connected. If you have deleted the recovery data in the protected area of the hard disk, the recovery function may not work. TIP You can create the recovery disk only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). 1 Turn on the PC and press [F11] multiple times. 2 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 198 Recovering the System 3 In [Recovery], select the desired recovery method to recover the system. TIP

[My Windows Recovery] or [Disk Recovery] can be performed only when you have the backup data. If you have no backup data, you can recover it through [Factory Reset]. E N G L S H I Using Recovery Disk If you can't execute LG Recovery, you can recover your system with a recovery disk. 1 Connect the recovery disk to your PC. 2 Turn on the PC and press [F10] multiple times. 3 When the screen for selecting the boot device appears, select the connected recovery disk and press [Enter]. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. Recovering the System 199 E N G L S H I 200 Recovering the System 5 In [Recovery], select the desired recovery method to recover the system. TIP

[My Windows Recovery] or [Disk Recovery] can be performed only when you have the backup data. If you have no backup data, you can recover it through [Factory Reset]. E N G L S H I Setup and Upgrade 201 Setup and Upgrade Installing the Driver The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. Using LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to Install the Drivers 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 2 Select [Required Updates] or [Update List] to install the driver. E N G L S H I TIP You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. Downloading LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) You can download and install LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) from LG Electronics website

(www.lg.com). 202 Setup and Upgrade Starting System Setup E N G L S H I System setup means storing the hardware configuration information of the PC in the flash memory. Through system setup, the PC retrieves various information including current date and time, memory capacity, and storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) capacity and type. You setup the system when you set passwords, change the boot order, and add new peripheral devices to the machine. Items displayed on the Setup screen may differ by model type and specification. TIP To use the system setup (F2), booting device selection (F10), or recovery (F11), you need to restart the system (click [Restart] in the system power menu) and then immediately press the corresponding function key due to the fast booting speed. CAUTION Do not change the system setup unless necessary. Incorrect system setup may cause errors during system operation. Use caution when changing the system setup. For performance improvement, the system setup menu configuration and the initial setup status may be changed and may become different from images included in the user manual. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. 2 In a few moments, the system setup screen appears. Setup and Upgrade 203 E N G L S H I Keys Used in System Setup Keys Enter Esc Function Selects the current item. To deselect the current item or to move to the previous screen.

, , , (Arrow keys) Moves the cursor up, down, left, and right.

+, F10 Increases or decreases the item value. Saves the new settings or exits the system setup. 204 Setup and Upgrade Setting the Boot Password E N G L S H I This process is to set a password so that other people cannot use the computer or change the settings. The user can set a password while booting the system or setting up the system. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. CAUTION Without the registered password, access to the system will be denied. Write down and keep the password in a safe place. Set Supervisor Password The password prevents unauthorized people from accessing the PC. By default, no password is set for the machine. If an unauthorized person changes the password in the System Setup, you will be unable to access the system. TIP With [Set Supervisor Password], you are authorized to set all items in the System Setup and to set [Password on boot]. In case other people also use the computer, it is recommended to set the [Set User Password]. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. Setup and Upgrade 205 E N G L S H I 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 206 Setup and Upgrade 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. E N G L S H I 4 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 5 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 6 The PC will restart. Set User Password The password set in [Set User Password] is of a lower level than the one set in [Set Supervisor Password], so you can set a user password only after setting a password in [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP

[Set User Password] allows limited access to the items in the System Setup screen compared to the [Set Supervisor Password] items. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Set User Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 207 E N G L S H I 2 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 3 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 208 Setup and Upgrade 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 5 The PC will restart. Password on boot

[Password on boot] protects your system by requiring during booting to enter the password set in

[Set Supervisor Password] or [Set User Password]. To set [Password on boot], you first need to set [Set Supervisor Password] or set both [Set Supervisor Password] and [Set User Password]. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Password on boot] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 2 Select [Enabled] and press the [Enter] key to complete the [Password on boot] setting. Setup and Upgrade 209 Storage Security Features The password for [Storage Security Features] is to set the password directly on the storage device separately from [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP Some models with built-in NVMe may not support the password setting function. For the models equipped with two storage devices, you can set a password for each device. If passwords are set for both devices, the password input window appears twice during the booting process. The order in which the password input windows appears is according to the [Boot Priority Order] of the [Boot] menu. E N G L S H I CAUTION If you lose the password for a storage device, you cannot recover the storage device. Please note that replacement of a storage device due to the loss of the password of the storage device is excluded from the product warranty. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 210 Setup and Upgrade 2 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 3 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 4 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 211 E N G L S H I 7 The PC will restart. 212 Setup and Upgrade Deleting/Changing the Boot Password E N G L S H I You can delete or change the password only after entering the current password. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. Changing the Boot Password 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 Change the password in the same way as setting one. Deleting the Boot Password 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 213 E N G L S H I 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter the current password in the [Enter Current Password] field. 214 Setup and Upgrade 4 Press the [Enter] key in [Enter New Password] and again in [Confirm New Password]. E N G L S H I 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 7 The PC will restart. Deleting the Boot Password (Storage Security Features) 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 215 E N G L S H I 3 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. 4 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 216 Setup and Upgrade 5 When the Password change screen appears, enter the current password in the [Enter Current Password] field. E N G L S H I 6 Press the [Enter] key in [Enter New Password] and again in [Confirm New Password]. 7 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 8 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 9 The PC will restart. Setup and Upgrade 217 E N G L S H I 218 Setup and Upgrade Initializing System Setup E N G L S H I If you have changed the system setup by mistake, you can restore the default settings. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Exit] > [Load Setup Defaults] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. TIP You can press the [F9] key to use the [Load Setup Defaults] item. 2 When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes] and press the [Enter] key. The settings will be reset to the factory default. 3 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 219 E N G L S H I 4 The PC will restart. 220 Setup and Upgrade Changing the Boot Order E N G L S H I The user can change the boot order according to his or her needs, or select a boot device The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. TIP To use the system setup (F2), booting device selection (F10), or recovery (F11), you need to restart the system (click [Restart] in the system power menu) and then immediately press the corresponding function key due to the fast booting speed. Changing the Boot Order 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. 2 Go to the [Boot] menu using the arrow keys when the system setup screen appears. 3 Go to [Boot Priority Order] and press [F5] or [F6] to change the booting order. Setup and Upgrade 221 E N G L S H I 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 5 The PC will restart. 222 Setup and Upgrade Selecting a Booting Device to Use 1 Reboot the system and press [F10] multiple times. E N G L S H I 2 When the Select Boot Device screen appears, go to the desired device using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 3 Boots using the selected device. Setup and Upgrade 223 E N G L S H I 224 Setup and Upgrade Setting Auto Scaling E N G L S H I The Windows Auto Scaling feature for user's convenience may partially blur the screen or display some icons and texts larger. Refer to the following information to change the DPI scaling to suit your needs. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [System] > [Display]. 3 Changing the [Scale] item value changes the auto scaling settings. Setup and Upgrade 225 E N G L S H I TIP After changing the Auto Scaling settings, some apps must be shut down and restarted for the scaling and layout to take effect. 226 Setup and Upgrade Using InstantBooting E N G L S H I InstantBooting allows the system to boot automatically when the notebook PC cover is opened, so that you can use the system without pressing the power button. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 2 Turn on [InstantBooting]. 3 Shutdown the system and close the notebook PC cover. 4 When the cover is opened, the notebook PC turns on and the system starts to boot automatically. FAQ FAQ 227 Using USB-C (Thunderbolt) Charging Function You can connect the USB-C device to charge a notebook PC battery or an external device, and the operation mode is automatically selected depending the charge settings of the connected device. E N G L S H I To charge a notebook PC battery, the external device (USB PD Charger, notebook PC, etc.) should support USB Power Delivery 10 W (5 V / 2 A) or higher profile. The external devices that use the USB-C port support 10 W (5 V / 2 A) and 15 W (5 V / 3 A). A USB device compatible with USB PD (Power Delivery) supports charging at 15 W (5 V / 3 A), whereas a regular USB device supports charging at 10 W (5 V / 2 A). USB PD batteries cannot be charged using the USB-C port of the notebook PC. Always-On Charging is supported only with USB-C ports, but not with the regular USB ports. If you connect an adapter with a lower output than the rated adapter, it may take more time to charge the notebook PC. 1 When the connected device is set to Automatic (charging the notebook PC or a connected device. Charging the notebook PC by using the mobile phone is not supported.) 2 When the connected device is set to Source (the notebook PC is charged.) 228 FAQ 3 When the connected device is set to Sink (the connected device is charged.) E N G L S H I TIP The charging status of the external device being charged is not displayed on the notebook PC. If you connected a smartphone, you should select "Charge mobile phone" on the smartphone screen to charge the phone battery. CAUTION If the power consumption of the notebook PC is larger than the power supply from the external device, the battery may be consumed gradually. FAQ 229 LG Smart Assistant LG Smart Assistant allows you to easily change the settings of your PC according to your needs. TIP LG Smart Assistant can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. Please update the program to the latest version through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Running LG Smart Assistant Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window or closes the program window. 3 Dashboard: Allows you to specify PC settings suitable for the purpose of use and apply them at once, or to set key PC functions easily. 4 Keyboard Setting: Allows you to set the functions related to the keyboard such as keyboard lighting and shortcuts. 230 FAQ E N G L S H I 5 Power Setting: Allows you to check the battery status and extend the battery life, set the power and sleep settings, and set the USB-C port charging function. 6 Display Setting: Allows you to set the functions related to the display such as display color temperature and Reader Mode. 7 AI Noise Cancelling: Allows you to set the noise cancelling function for the microphone input and the speaker output. (Supported to the built-in microphone/speaker only.) 8 Go to LG Software: Allows you to run LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update), LG PC Manuals, and LG Security Guard directly. Dashboard 1 User Mode: Allows you to set the user mode according to the PC environment. FAQ 231 2 Quick Setting: Allows you to set the PC settings easily. Dark Mode: Allows you dim the colors displayed on Windows and the app. Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. InstantBooting: Allows you to set the system to turn on automatically when you open the cover of the notebook PC. Touchpad: Allows you to turn off or on the touchpad. USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C E N G L S H I port even when the PC is turned off. TIP The model with the touch screen is displayed not as [USB-C Offline Charging] but as

[Touchscreen]. Touchscreen: Allows you to turn off or on the touch screen. 3 Cooling Mode: Allows you to set the fan mode of the PC according to the PC environment. Auto Mode: It sets No Noise, Low, Normal, and High automatically depending on the PC use environment. (During a high performance task, the PC surface temperature and noise may rise, and the battery life may be shortened.) No Noise Mode: Limits the PC performance so that the PC does not generate fan noise. (The PC surface temperature may rise when the function is used for a long time. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Low Mode: Minimizes fan speed so that you can use the PC in a quiet environment. (This may degrade your PC performance. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Normal Mode: Optimizes PC performance, heat and noise. High Mode: Sets to the tasks that require high performance. (This may result in increased PC surface temperature and noise, and shorter battery life. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) CAUTION When using for a long term, use Normal Mode. 232 FAQ 4 Current Display Color Temperature: Go to the [Display Setting] menu. 5 AI Noise Cancelling: Go to the [AI Noise Cancelling] menu. E N G L S H I Keyboard Setting 1 Keyboard Lighting: Allows you to set the keyboard lighting and brightness. 2 Turn off the keyboard lighting automatically: Allows you to set the keyboard light to turn off automatically after a specified amount of time. 3 Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. 4 Shortcut Guide: While pressing the Fn key or key, you can set to display the shortcut guide that can be combined with this key. 5 Display NumLock Key Status: Allows you to set the screen to display the status change when you press the NumLock key. FAQ 233 6 Shortcut Settings: You can register the app or Internet address to set to use as a shortcut, or check the designated shortcut.

[User Shortcut Settings]

On the Shortcut Settings List, select the navigation icon [

] or the internet icon [

] to register the desired app or Internet address to a shortcut. E N G L S H I TIP Some abnormal program files (exes) and Internet addresses (links) may not be linked. Shortcuts can be set from 1 to 5. 234 FAQ E N G L S H I After selecting the app-running file, right-click the mouse and use the [Show more options] > [Set functions to use with user Hot keys] menu to register the app quickly.

[Designated Shortcut]

The Fn key can be combined with shortcuts supported only by LG PC to use some functions easily, and the designated shortcuts may not be changed by the user. FAQ 235 E N G L S H I TIP The PC Cleaning Mode is a function that locks the keyboard, touchpad, and touch screen to stop operating when cleaning the product while the power is turned on. (The touch screen lock function applies only to the model with the touch screen provided.) Turn off PC Cleaning Mode: Press and hold the [Fn] + [L] keys on the keyboard until the bar displayed on the screen is filled. 236 FAQ CAUTION Do not clean using liquid or solution while the power is turned on. A malfunction or fire may occur. Power Setting E N G L S H I 1 Battery Life Status: Displays the battery status so that you can replace the battery timely. 2 Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. 3 Power & Sleep: Displays the screen off time and the sleep mode entry time. You can go to Windows settings and set the time. 4 Turn off the screen automatically when AFK: Allows you to set the screen to automatically turn off when you are away from the keyboard for a certain amount of time. 5 USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C port even when the PC is turned off. Display Setting FAQ 237 E N G L S H I 238 FAQ E N G L S H I 1 Color Temperature Settings: Allows you to adjust the screen color temperature to cool (bluish screen color) or warm (reddish screen color) or use the automatic color temperature function. 2 Reader Mode: Allows you to set the Reader Mode to reduce eye fatigue when reading documents. CAUTION Using the Reader Mode and the Night light at the same time can cause color distortion. When you use the Reader Mode, turn off the Night light. You can turn [Night light] on or off in the Start button [

] > [Settings] >

[System] > [Display]. TIP You can use hot keys to use the Reader Mode function more conveniently. Press the [Fn] + [F9] keys to switch the PC screen to Reader Mode. Press them again to turn off Reader Mode. 3 Professional Mode: Provides a more extended color gamut to the display and enhances the content color reproduction. TIP Professional Mode uses an ICC profile and works only in some programs. 4 Connecting to Simple Display: When connecting an external display, you can set to display the menu that can set the Display Mode on the PC screen. 5 Applying Lively Theme: You can set various themes provided by LG PC or select an operation method of Lively Theme according to the charging status. AI Noise Cancelling FAQ 239 E N G L S H I 1 AI Microphone Optimization: Cancels out the noise input to the microphone to deliver clear sound. 2 AI Speaker Optimization: Cancels the noise output from the speakers to deliver clear sound. 3 User voice tracking: It removes voices of other users in the surroundings and delivers the registered user's voice only. It can be used in the Uni Directional Noise Canceling mode only. TIP The AI Noise Canceling function is supported to the built-in microphone/speaker only. 240 FAQ Backing up/Recovering My Windows E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the disk partition where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Partitions other than the disk partition where Windows is installed are not backed up. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). My Windows Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. FAQ 241 E N G L S H I 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. My Windows Recovery CAUTION All user data on the partition where Windows is installed will be deleted, so you must backup all important data in advance. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 242 FAQ 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. E N G L S H I 5 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. FAQ 243 E N G L S H I 244 FAQ Setting the Boot Password E N G L S H I This process is to set a password so that other people cannot use the computer or change the settings. The user can set a password while booting the system or setting up the system. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. CAUTION Without the registered password, access to the system will be denied. Write down and keep the password in a safe place. Set Supervisor Password The password prevents unauthorized people from accessing the PC. By default, no password is set for the machine. If an unauthorized person changes the password in the System Setup, you will be unable to access the system. TIP With [Set Supervisor Password], you are authorized to set all items in the System Setup and to set [Password on boot]. In case other people also use the computer, it is recommended to set the [Set User Password]. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. FAQ 245 E N G L S H I 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 246 FAQ 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. E N G L S H I 4 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 5 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 6 The PC will restart. Set User Password The password set in [Set User Password] is of a lower level than the one set in [Set Supervisor Password], so you can set a user password only after setting a password in [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP

[Set User Password] allows limited access to the items in the System Setup screen compared to the [Set Supervisor Password] items. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Set User Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. FAQ 247 E N G L S H I 2 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 3 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 248 FAQ 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 5 The PC will restart. Password on boot

[Password on boot] protects your system by requiring during booting to enter the password set in

[Set Supervisor Password] or [Set User Password]. To set [Password on boot], you first need to set [Set Supervisor Password] or set both [Set Supervisor Password] and [Set User Password]. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Password on boot] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 2 Select [Enabled] and press the [Enter] key to complete the [Password on boot] setting. FAQ 249 Storage Security Features The password for [Storage Security Features] is to set the password directly on the storage device separately from [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP Some models with built-in NVMe may not support the password setting function. For the models equipped with two storage devices, you can set a password for each device. If passwords are set for both devices, the password input window appears twice during the booting process. The order in which the password input windows appears is according to the [Boot Priority Order] of the [Boot] menu. E N G L S H I CAUTION If you lose the password for a storage device, you cannot recover the storage device. Please note that replacement of a storage device due to the loss of the password of the storage device is excluded from the product warranty. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 250 FAQ 2 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 3 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 4 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. FAQ 251 E N G L S H I 7 The PC will restart. 252 FAQ Installing the Driver The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Using LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to Install the Drivers 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 2 Select [Required Updates] or [Update List] to install the driver. TIP You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. Downloading LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) You can download and install LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) from LG Electronics website

(www.lg.com). FAQ 253 Setting Auto Scaling The Windows Auto Scaling feature for user's convenience may partially blur the screen or display some icons and texts larger. Refer to the following information to change the DPI scaling to suit your needs. E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [System] > [Display]. 254 FAQ 3 Changing the [Scale] item value changes the auto scaling settings. E N G L S H I TIP After changing the Auto Scaling settings, some apps must be shut down and restarted for the scaling and layout to take effect.

 

 

LG EASY GUIDE NOTEBOOK 17Z90R Series www.lg.com Copyright 2022 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. 2 Instruction/Safety Information Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Using LG Easy Guide, LG TroubleShooting LG Electronics Inc. provides LG Easy Guide (User's Guide) and LG TroubleShooting (TroubleShooting Guide) to users for their easy and convenient use of the product. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG PC Manuals]. 2 Select the [LG Easy Guide] or the [LG TroubleShooting]. E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 3 Information/Precautions Before Using Before reading LG Easy Guide, first check the following information. This LG Easy Guide has been written for the Windows 11 operating system. The screen and menu configurations may differ from this manual depending on the status of the Windows and software update. Representative images are used in LG Easy Guide. Product purchased may differ in appearance and color. LG Easy Guide includes instruction about optional products. There may be information about products you did not purchase. The contents of LG Easy Guide are subject to change without prior notice. Use, duplication, or reproduction of any part of LG Easy Guide without prior permission from LG Electronics Inc. is strictly prohibited. LG Electronics Inc. does not provide warranty for data loss. In order to minimize damage from data loss, please make backup copies of important data. The optical disk drive (DVD, CD-ROM, etc.) is optional and may not be provided upon purchasing the product. Safety Precaution Notations The below symbols are to inform you of dangers and safety concerns that you must be aware of. Read the symbol-indicated instructions with caution to avoid any possible mishap. WARNING Appears in the case of noncompliance with the instruction that may cause serious physical damage or fatal injuries. CAUTION Appears in the case of noncompliance with the instruction that may cause minor damage to the body or the machine. Text Notations The symbols below are used to display information required to use the product. Familiarize yourself with the instructions marked by the symbols to ensure proper operation of the product. TIP Indicates that the following information is added to help the user utilize the machine more conveniently. 4 Instruction/Safety Information OPTION The Option symbol indicates that the concerned device is not included in the product package and thus has to be purchased separately, or the device may not be applied to the user's machine depending on model type. E N G L S H I Manufacturer and Copyright Microsoft, MS, WinPE, and Windows are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. USB Type-C and USB-C are the trademarks of USB Implementers Forum. Thunderbolt is a trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S. and/or other countries. NVMe is a trademark of NVM Express, Inc Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance Corporation. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by LG Electronics is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Amazon, Alexa and all related logos are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. Google, Android, Google Play, Google Play logo, and other marks are the trademarks of Google LLC. iPhone is the trademark of Apple Inc. registered in U.S.A. and other countries. App Store is the service mark of Apple Inc. Manufacturer and Copyright represent the logo and trademark of the manufacturer, and bear no relationship to the functions supported by the product. LG logo is a registered trademark of LG Electronics Inc. microSD and the microSD logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works. Copyright 2012-2021 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. The terms HDMI, HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, HDMI Trade Dress and the HDMI Logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. The SuperSpeed USB Trident logo is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum, Inc. Instruction/Safety Information 5 E N G L S H I LG Easy Guide may contain undetectable errors despite our dedicated efforts to provide users with reliable information. We ask for your understanding. The illustrated figures in LG Easy Guide may differ in appearance with the actual products. Unauthorized reproduction or duplication of any part of LG Easy Guide is strictly prohibited. LG Electronics Inc. reserves the right to modify any part of this manual for quality purposes, without prior notice. Copyright (C) 2022 LG Electronics Inc. Digitalmate Co., LTD Country of Origin China Manufacturer LG Electronics Inc. Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code that is contained in this product, under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses that have the obligation to disclose source code, and to access all referred license terms, copyright notices and other relevant documents please visit https://opensource.lge.com. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. System Protection Feature If the system becomes too hot, the system protection feature automatically stops recharging and switches the power mode to Hibernate or Off. The PC system has to cool down before it can be reactivated. Information on Hard Drive/Memory Capacity Information on Hard Drive (HDD, SSD, eMMC) Capacity The hard drive capacity shown by Windows is lower than that stated by the hard drive manufacturer due to a difference in calculation. 6 Instruction/Safety Information Manufacturer Hard drive manufacturers use a decimal definition of 1 KB = 1,000 Bytes. 100 GB Storage Device (HDD, SSD, eMMC): 100,000 MB / 1,000 Bytes = 100 GB Windows Windows use the binary definition of 1 KB = 1,024 Bytes. 100 GB Storage Device (HDD, SSD, eMMC): 100,000 MB / 1,024 Bytes =

97.6 GB E N G L S H I RAM Capacity RAM capacity shown by Windows may be lower than the actual capacity because the PC uses shared memory for BIOS and the integrated graphics card. Due to BIOS using shared memory, 1,024 MB RAM may be reported as 1,022 MB or slightly less. If the PC has integrated graphics card, 1,024 MB RAM may be reported as 1,022 MB or less than 1,000 MB. Symbols Refers to alternating current (AC). Refers to direct current (DC). Refers to class II equipment. Refers to stand-by. Refers to ON (power). Refers to dangerous voltage. Adjusting Volume (earphone/headphone and speakers) Before using the earphone/headphone and speakers, check if the volume is too high. CAUTION To prevent hearing damage, do not use in high volume for a long term. Instruction/Safety Information 7 Important Safety Precautions Please use the machine in the proper environment to extend the machine's lifespan. Use the machine in a safe and stable place. The warranty does not cover any damage resulting from reckless use or use in undesirable environments. E N G L S H I E N G L S H I 8 Instruction/Safety Information Product Installation/Usage Precautions CAUTION Place the machine in a safe place so it does not fall. If dropped, the machine may be damaged or cause an injury. Use the product in a clean, dust-free environment. Otherwise, the system may not function properly. Do not place any objects within 15 cm of the PC. Lack of ventilation may overheat the PC from inside and put users at risk of burn injuries. Do not store or use the PC near a magnetic object (i.e. a bag with a magnetic object, a diary, a wallet, a memo board, high-powered speakers, a bracelet, or etc.). Otherwise, the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) and the system may be damaged, and the system may fail to operate properly. Do not use the PC on a bag with magnetic objects attached to it. Otherwise, the storage device and the system may be damaged, and the system may fail to operate properly. Operate the product where there is no electromagnetic interference. Keep a proper distance between the PC and electronic appliances such as radios or speakers that generate strong magnetic fields. Otherwise, data may be lost from the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) or the LCD color may be damaged. Do not connect a key-phone line to a wired LAN port. A fire may occur or the product may get damaged. If the LCD screen is damaged, do not touch LCD with your hands. Contact the service center as it may cause an injury. Do not leave any objects such as a pen between the keypad and the LCD. You might break the LCD by unwittingly closing it with a foreign object remaining on the pad. Do not press or scratch the LCD with a sharp object. It may cause impairment. Instruction/Safety Information 9 Ensure the power is off before shutting the LCD. The product may catch fire, be broken or deformed due to temperature rise. Do not impose excessive force on the LCD screen or drop it. You may break the LCD glass panel. E N G L S H I Do not lean the LCD screen backward too much. Do not apply too much force to the LCD screen. The LCD screen or the moving parts may be damaged. To clean the LCD screen, use designated agents and soft cloth and rub the screen in one direction. Too much force may damage the LCD screen. When handling PC parts, follow the instructions in the manual. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Install a vaccine program on your PC and do not download illegal programs nor access any corruptive web site such as those pushing pornographic contents. The system may be infected and impaired. Do not insert devices other than designated ones in the ports. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Do not press the eject button while the optical disk drive (CD/DVD/Blu-ray) is running. An error may occur or the disc may be ejected, causing injury. Do not use a damaged optical disc (CD/DVD/Blu-ray). Otherwise, the product may get damaged or cause physical injury. Avoid using a wireless LAN connection within the 5 m radius of a microwave or plasma lamp. If you have to use wireless LAN and a plasma bulb within the range, do so between channels 11 and 13. The transmission rate may drop even if the connection is made. 10 Instruction/Safety Information Turn off the PC if you are not going to use it for an extended period of time. It may overheat the battery. E N G L S H I Make sure that the memory cover is securely closed before turning on the PC. Do not use the machine when the memory cover is open. It may damage the machine. Please use parts certified by LG Electronics Inc. Otherwise, a fire or product damage may occur. If there is a problem with peripheral devices, contact the device manufacturer. The product may get damaged. Handle devices and parts of the machine with care. The product may get damaged. Do not drop any part or device of the machine while disassembling it. If dropped, it may be damaged and cause an injury. Instruction/Safety Information 11 WARNING Dispose of the desiccating agent and plastic wrap properly. The desiccating agent and plastic wrap may cause suffocation. E N G L S H I Do not use the machine in damp places like a laundry room or bathroom. Moisture may cause a glitch or electric shock. Please use the machine within the appropriate temperature range (10 C to 35 C) and humidity range (20 % RH to 80 % RH). Clean the PC with a proper agent and dry it completely before using it again. If the PC is wet while used, an electric shock or fire may occur. When lightning flashes in your area, disconnect the power, wired LAN and other connections. An electric shock or fire may occur. Do not leave a cup or other containers filled with watery substance near the PC. In the case that liquid goes inside the PC, a fire or electric shock may occur. If you have dropped or damaged the PC, disconnect the power and contact the local service center for a safety check. If a damaged PC is used continuously, an electric shock or fire may occur. Do not put a lit candle or live cigarette on the PC. A fire may occur. If you detect or smell smoke from the PC, stop use immediately and disconnect the power source before contacting your local service center. A fire may occur. As the AC adapter can be hot, do not touch it with bare skin while using it. Extended period of exposure may cause burn. The bottom of the PC gets hot when the system is in operation. Do not touch or put it on your lap. Extended period of exposure may cause burn. Do not play PC games excessively. Playing a PC game for an extended period of time may cause a mental disorder. It may also inflict physical impairments on the elderly and children. E N G L S H I 12 Instruction/Safety Information Do not put your finger or an object into PC ports. An injury or electric shock may occur. Ask one of our engineers to run a safety check after your computer has been repaired. Otherwise, an electric shock or fire may occur. For minors, we recommend a program that blocks access to illegal or pornographic web sites. Minors' exposure to adult-only contents may inflict psychological instability or even trauma. Take extra precaution for your children if the whole family is using this machine. Keep the machine away from heat-emitting devices such as a heater. The product may get deformed or catch on fire. Prevent children from thrusting their finger into the optical disk drive (CD/

DVD/Blu-ray) tray. The finger may be stuck in the tray and injured. Do not block the ventilation hole with any object. Otherwise, an electric shock may occur. When upgrading your PC, turn off the power and disconnect the power cable, battery, and LAN. There is a risk of electric shock or fire and the product may be damaged. When you upgrade the PC, ensure that children will not swallow any parts including bolts. If a child swallows a nut, he or she may suffocate. In that case, seek emergency help immediately. Do not disassemble or modify the machine arbitrarily. There is a risk of electric shock and the product may be no longer covered by the warranty. Instruction/Safety Information 13 If you dissemble the PC, connect the power after reassembly is done. There is a risk of electric shock or product damage, if you touch the disassembled PC. Do not put in metal items such as coins, hair pin or other irons or inflammables such as paper or matches. Especially, ensure that children will not do so. There is a risk of product damage, fire, or electric shock. If any foreign substance gets in the product, unplug the product and contact the local service center. E N G L S H I Product Storage/Transportation Precautions CAUTION Before carrying the machine, turn off the power and disconnect all the cables. Otherwise, you may trip over the wire, damaging the PC and sustaining an injury. Do not carry the machine with the LCD open. Otherwise, the product may get damaged. Protect the machine from any shock while carrying it. System damage or an injury may result. Carry the product in a bag designed for it. Carrying it in another type of bag may result in product damage. Do not put any heavy object on the PC. There is the risk of malfunction. If the object were to fall, it may cause an injury or damage the machine. 14 Instruction/Safety Information WARNING E N G L S H I During air travel, follow the directions of flight attendants. Using the PC during flight may cause an aircraft accident. When leaving the machine in a car, avoid exposure to direct sunlight. The product may get deformed or catch on fire due to a temperature rise. Do not put any heavy object on the power cable and AC adapter, and avoid damage from impacts. A malfunction or fire may occur. Do not leave the powered-on PC in a space without enough ventilation (i.e. bags) for an extended or repeated time. The battery may overheat and cause a fire. Instruction/Safety Information 15 Battery and AC Adapter Precautions WARNING When the PC is not used for an extended period of time, keep the battery level at about 50 %. Do not leave the product with discharged battery for an extended period of time. It may damage the battery. Charge the battery only with the provided instrument. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged presenting a risk of fire. E N G L S H I Do not throw or disassemble the battery. The resulting damage may cause an injury, explosion, or fire. Use batteries certified and acknowledged by LG Electronics Inc. Otherwise, an explosion or fire may occur. Prevent the battery from being in contact with any metallic object like a car ignition key or a paper clip. Otherwise, this may cause damage to the battery, a fire or burn due to overheat in the battery. Keep the battery away from heat. Otherwise, an explosion or fire may occur. Do not short-circuit the battery. Otherwise, it may explode. Do not dispose of a spent or backup (standby) battery arbitrarily. 16 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I It may explode or cause a fire. Disposal methods may differ by country and region. Dispose of spent batteries in accordance with the laws and safety rules of the country and region you reside in. If you find leakage or smell bad odor from the battery, remove the battery and contact the local service center. It may explode or cause a fire. Do not store in places with temperatures above 60 C and high humidity (in cars or saunas). It may explode or cause a fire. Keep the battery out of the reach of children or pets. If damaged, it may cause an injury. Keep the battery from being pierced by a sharp object or chewed by pets. It may explode or cause a fire. Do not put the battery in water. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged or explode. Do not use the PC on top of carpet, blanket or bed. Also, do not put the adapter under the blanket. This may cause a malfunction, fire or burn due to overheat in the PC and adapter. Read the battery usage precautions carefully before use. The battery should be stored indoors and used and stored in accordance with the usage method described in the user manual. Instruction/Safety Information 17 Connect the power plug properly by pushing it to the end. If a contact failure occurs, it may cause product damage or fire. E N G L S H I Do not bend the power cable for AC adapter too much or get stamped by a sharp object. The wires inside the cable may break and cause electric shock or fire. Do not use loose plugs or damaged power cords. An electric shock or fire may occur. Do not touch the power cord with your hands wet. Otherwise, an electric shock may occur. Pull the plug, not the cord, to disconnect the AC adapter and power jack. Otherwise, a fire or product damage may occur. Operate the product at the proper voltage. Excessive voltage may result in damage on the product, electric shock or fire. Use power outlets with an earth pin installed and proper supply of rated electricity. An electric leakage may cause an electric shock or fire. The shape of the power cord and outlet may differ by country and region. In the case of strange noise from the cord or plug, disconnect the power cord from the outlet immediately and contact the service center. A fire or electric shock may occur. Use the power supply/adapter provided with the product and never disassemble the product. Using a different product or disassembling it may cause an electric shock or fire. 18 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Always keep the AC adapter and power outlet clean. A fire may occur. Keep children and pets from damaging the power cord. It may cause a fire or an electric shock. Disconnect the PC completely before cleaning it. Otherwise, an electric shock or impairment may occur. If the power/AC adapter or the product is soaked, disconnect the battery, power/AC adapter, and all other lines before contacting the local service center. An electric shock or fire may occur. Ensure that the battery pack is locked to the machine after installation. Otherwise, the battery may be damaged. Other Safety Precautions CAUTION Handle the machine with care to prevent loss of data from the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC). Since the storage device is fragile, you need to back up your important data frequently. The manufacturer is not responsible for any storage device data loss caused by a user's mistake. Damage to the storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) and data loss may occur when:

Instruction/Safety Information 19 E N G L S H I External shocks are inflicted on the machine while disassembling or installing it. The machine is reset (i.e. restarted) or turned on again after a power outage while the storage device is operating. The PC is infected with a virus, tainting the data irrecoverably. Abrupt turning-off of the PC can damage the PC. If the product is moved, shaken or exposed to external shock while the storage device is running, file damage or bad sectors may occur. To minimize data loss resulting from storage device damage (HDD, SSD, eMMC), frequently back up important data. The manufacturer is not responsible for any data loss. We do not refund or replace a product that malfunctions due to the installation or use of an operating system other than the one provided by LG Electronics Inc. Some software applications may not work properly in other operating systems. Such malfunctions are not covered by the warranty. 20 Instruction/Safety Information ENERGY STAR E N G L S H I ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR Specifications LG Electronics Inc. participates in ENERGY STAR and the energy efficiency of this product complies with the specifications of ENERGY STAR. ENERGY STAR is a set of regulations that encourages manufacturers of electronic devices to create more energy efficient products. The energy consumption of this product was decreased along with the cost. Also, it helps preserve natural resources. The PC is set to switch to Modern Standby after 10 minutes of inactivity. To leave sleep mode, click a mouse button or press any key on the keyboard. Power Management Options The power management options of this PC is configured as follows. TIP The settings of the power management options may be changed upon Windows update. Turn off the display: Turns off the screen when you don't use the PC for a set period of time. Put the computer to sleep: Switches to the Sleep mode when you don't use the PC for a set period of time. Instruction/Safety Information 21 E N G L S H I 22 Instruction/Safety Information Regulatory Notices E N G L S H I UK Notice ENGLISH Hereby, LG Electronics declares that the radio equipment type PC is in compliance with the relevant statutory requirements. The full text of the UK declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

The use of the 5150-5350 MHz and 5945-6425 MHz band (if applicable) is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in the United Kingdom (UK). European Union Notice ENGLISH Hereby, LG Electronics declares that the radio equipment type PC is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

The use of the 5150-5350 MHz and 5945-6425 MHz band (if applicable) is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in Belgium (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Czech Republic (CZ), Denmark (DK), Germany

(DE), Estonia (EE), Ireland (IE), Greece (EL), Spain (ES), France (FR), Croatia (HR), Italy (IT), Cyprus

(CY), Latvia (LV), Lithuania (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Hungary (HU), Malta (MT), Netherlands (NL), Austria (AT), Poland (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Finland (FI), Sweden (SE), Northern Ireland (UK(NI)), Switzerland (CH), Iceland (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) and Norway

(NO). ESPAOL Instruction/Safety Information 23 Por la presente, LG Electronics declara que el tipo de equipo de radio ordenador cumple con la Directiva 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaracin de conformidad con la legislacin de la Unin Europea est disponible en el siguiente sitio web:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Las bandas de 5150-5350 MHz y 5945-6425 MHz (si procede) solo pueden utilizarse en interiores. Esta restriccin existe en Blgica (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Repblica Checa (CZ), Dinamarca (DK), Alemania (DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Espaa (ES), Francia (FR), Croacia (HR), Italia

(IT), Chipre (CY), Letonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Luxemburgo (LU), Hungra (HU), Malta (MT), Pases Bajos

(NL), Austria (AT), Polonia (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumana (RO), Eslovenia (SI), Eslovaquia (SK), Finlandia

(FI), Suecia (SE), Irlanda del Norte (UK(NI)), Suiza (CH), Islandia (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) y Noruega

(NO). E N G L S H I PORTUGUS Pela presente, a LG Electronics declara que o computador tipo equipamento de rdio est em conformidade com a Diretiva 2014/53/UE. O texto integral da declarao de conformidade da UE est disponvel no seguinte endereo da Internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

A utilizao da banda de 5150-5350 MHz e 5945-6425 MHz (se aplicvel) est restrita utilizao em interiores. Esta restrio existe na Blgica (BE), Bulgria (BG), Republica Checa (CZ), Dinamarca (DK), Alemanha

(DE), Estnia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grcia (EL), Espanha (ES), Frana (FR), Crocia (HR), Itlia (IT), Chipre

(CY), Letnia (LV), Litunia (LT), Luxemburgo (LU), Hungria (HU), Malta (MT), Holanda (NL), ustria

(AT), Polnia (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Eslovnia (SI), Eslovquia (SK), Finlndia (FI), Sucia

(SE), Irlanda do Norte (UK(NI)), Sua (CH), Islndia (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) e Noruega (NO). POLSKI Niniejszym firma LG Electronics owiadcza, e komputer wykorzystujcy sprzt radiowy jest zgodny z dyrektyw 2014/53/UE. Peny tekst deklaracji zgodnoci UE jest dostpny pod nastpujcym adresem internetowym:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Pasmo 51505350 MHz i 59456425 MHz (jeli ma zastosowanie) jest ograniczone tylko do uytku wewntrz pomieszcze. Ograniczenie to wystpuje w Belgii (BE), Bugarii (BG), Republice Czeskiej (CZ), Danii (DK), Niemczech

(DE), Estonii (EE), Irlandii (IE), Grecji (EL), Hiszpanii (ES), Francji (FR), Chorwacji (HR), we Woszech

(IT), na Cyprze (CY), na otwie (LV), na Litwie (LT), w Luksemburgu (LU), na Wgrzech (HU), na Malcie (MT), w Holandii (NL), Austrii (AT), Polsce (PL), Portugalii (PT), Rumunii (RO), Sowenii (SI), Sowacji (SK), Finlandii (FI), Szwecji (SE), Irlandii Pnocnej (UK(NI)), Szwajcarii (CH), na Islandii (IS), w Liechtensteinie (LI) i Norwegii (NO). ITALIANO 24 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Con la presente, LG Electronics dichiara che lapparecchiatura radio tipo PC conforme con la Direttiva 2014/53/UE. Il testo completo della Dichiarazione di conformit UE disponibile al seguente indirizzo Internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Luso della banda 5.150-5.350 MHz e 5.945-6.425 MHz (se applicabile) limitata al solo uso in ambienti interni. La presente restrizione esiste in Belgio (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Repubblica Ceca (CZ), Danimarca (DK), Germania (DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Spagna (ES), Francia (FR), Croazia (HR), Italia

(IT), Cipro (CY), Lettonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Lussemburgo (LU), Ungheria (HU), Malta (MT), Paesi Bassi (NL), Austria (AT), Polonia (PL), Portogallo (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovacchia (SK), Finlandia (FI), Svezia (SE), Irlanda del Nord (UK(NI)), Svizzera (CH), Islanda (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) e Norvegia (NO). DEUTSCH Hiermit erklrt LG Electronics, dass das Funkgert vom Typ PC der EU-Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entspricht. Der vollstndige Text der EU-Konformittserklrung steht zur Verfgung unter folgender Internetadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Die Frequenzbnder im Bereich 5150 - 5350 MHz und 5945 - 6425 Mhz (soweit vorhanden) drfen nur im Innenbereich benutzt werden. Diese Einschrnkung besteht in Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tschechien (CZ), Dnemark (DK), Deutschland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Griechenland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankreich (FR), Kroatien

(HR), Italien (IT), Zypern (CY), Lettland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Niederlande (NL), sterreich (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slowenien (SI), Slowakei

(SK), Finnland (FI), Schweden (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) und Norwegen (NO). MAGYAR LG Electronics igazolja, hogy a PC tpus rdiberendezs megfelel a 2014/53/EU irnyelvnek. Az EU-megfelelsgi nyilatkozat teljes szvege elrhet a kvetkez internetes cmen:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Az 5150-5350 MHz s a 5945-6425 MHz sv hasznlata (ha alkalmazhat) csak beltri hasznlatra korltozdik. Ez a korltozs Belgiumban (BE), Bulgriban (BG), a Cseh Kztrsasgban (CZ), Dniban (DK), Nmetorszgban (DE), sztorszgban (EE), rorszgban (IE), Grgorszgban (EL), Spanyolorszgban (ES), Franciaorszgban (FR), Horvtorszgban (HR), Olaszorszgban (IT), Cipruson (CY), Lettorszgban (LV), Litvniban (LT), Luxemburgban (LU), Magyarorszgon (HU), Mltn (MT), Hollandiban (NL), Ausztriban (AT), Lengyelorszgban (PL), Portugliban (PT), Romniban (RO), Szlovniban (SI), Szlovkiban (SK), Finnorszgban (FI), Svdorszgban (SE), szak-rorszgban (UK(NI)), Svjcban (CH), Izlandon (IS), Liechtensteinban (LI) s Norvgiban (NO) rvnyes. NEDERLANDS Instruction/Safety Information 25 Hierbij verklaar ik, LG Electronics, dat het type radioapparatuur PC conform is met Richtlijn 2014/

53/EU. De volledige tekst van de EU-conformiteitsverklaring kan worden geraadpleegd op het volgende internetadres:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

De 5150-5350 MHz- en 5945-6425 MHz-band kunnen (indien van toepassing) alleen binnenshuis worden gebruikt. Deze beperking geldt voor Belgi (BE), Bulgarije (BG), Tsjechi (CZ), Denemarken (DK), Duitsland

(DE), Estland (EE), Ierland (IE), Griekenland (EL), Spanje (ES), Frankrijk (FR), Kroati (HR), Itali (IT), Cyprus (CY), Letland (LV), Litouwen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Hongarije (HU), Malta (MT), Nederland

(NL), Oostenrijk (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Roemeni (RO), Sloveni (SI), Slowakije (SK), Finland

(FI), Zweden (SE), Noord-Ierland (UK(NI)), Zwitserland (CH), IJsland (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) en Noorwegen (NO). E N G L S H I ROMN Prin prezenta, LG Electronics declar c tipul de echipamente radio al computerului personal (PC) este n conformitate cu Directiva 2014/53/UE. Textul integral al declaraiei UE de conformitate este disponibil la urmtoarea adres internet:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Utilizarea benzii de 5150 - 5350 MHz i a celei de 5945 - 6425 MHz (dac este cazul) este restricionat doar la interior. Aceste restricii exist n: Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Republica Ceh (CZ), Danemarca (DK), Germania

(DE), Estonia (EE), Irlanda (IE), Grecia (EL), Spania (ES), Frana (FR), Croaia (HR), Italia (IT), Cipru

(CY), Letonia (LV), Lituania (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungasria (HU), Malta (MT), Olanda (NL), Austria

(AT), Polonia (PL), Portugalia (PT), Romnia (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovacia (SK), Finlanda (FI), Suedia

(SE), Irlanda de Nord (UK(NI)), Elveia (CH), Islanda (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) i Norvegia (NO). FRANAIS Par la prsente, LG Electronics dclare que lquipement radio de type PC est en conformit avec la Directive 2014/53/EU. Le texte intgral de la dclaration de conformit UE est disponible ladresse suivante:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Lutilisation des bandes de frquences 5 150 - 5 350 MHz et 5 945 - 6 425 MHz (le cas chant) est limite un usage en intrieur. Cette restriction existe en Belgique (BE), Bulgarie (BG), Rpublique Tchque (CZ), Danemark (DK), Allemagne (DE), Estonie (EE), Irlande (IE), Grce (EL), Espagne (ES), France (FR), Croatie (HR), Italie

(IT), Chypre (CY), Lettonie (LV), Lituanie (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Hongrie (HU), Malte (MT), Pays-Bas

(NL), Autriche (AT), Pologne (PL), Portugal (PT), Roumanie (RO), Slovnie (SI), Slovaquie (SK), Finlande (FI), Sude (SE), Irlande du Nord (UK(NI)), Suisse (CH), Islande (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) et Norvge (NO). DANSK 26 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Hermed erklrer LG Electronics, at radioudstyrstypen PC er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fulde tekst af EU-overensstemmelseserklringen er tilgngelig p flgende internetadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Brugen af 5150-5350 MHz- og 5945-6425 MHz-bndet er kun forbeholdt indendrs brug. Denne begrnsning glder i Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tjekkiet (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland

(DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Grkenland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankrig (FR), Kroatien (HR), Italien (IT), Cypern (CY), Letland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Holland (NL), strig (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slovenien (SI), Slovakiet (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) og Norge (NO). SUOMI Tten LG Electronics vakuuttaa, ett radiolaitetyyppi PC on direktiivin 2014/53/EU mukainen. Tmn EU-yhdenmukaisuusjulistuksen koko teksti lytyy seuraavasta Internet-osoitteesta:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Taajuusalueen 5 150 5 350 MHz ja 5 945 6 425 MHz (jos sovellettavissa) kytt on sallittua vain sistiloissa. Tm rajoitus on havaittu Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Tekin tasavalta (CZ), Tanska (DK), Saksa (DE), Viro (EE), Irlanti (IE), Kreikka (EL), Espanja (ES), Ranska (FR), Kroatia (HR), Italia (IT), Kypros (CY), Latvia (LV), Liettua (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Unkari (HU), Malta (MT), Alankomaat (NL), Itvalta (AT), Puola (PL), Portugali (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Suomi (FI), Ruotsi (SE), Pohjois-

Irlanti (UK(NI)), Sveitsi (CH), Islanti (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) ja Norja (NO). NORSK LG Electronics erklrer herved at radioutstyret av typen PC er i samsvar med Direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fullstendige teksten til EU-samsvarserklringen er tilgjengelig hos flgende internettadresse:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

Bruken av 51505350 MHz og 59456425 MHz-bndet (hvis aktuelt) er begrenset til innendrs bruk. Denne begrensningen finnes i Belgia (BE), Bulgaria (BG), Tsjekkia (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Hellas (EL), Spania (ES), Frankrike (FR), Kroatia (HR), Italia (IT), Kypros (CY), Latvia (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxembourg (LU), Ungarn (HU), Malta (MT), Nederland (NL), sterrike (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Romania (RO), Slovenia (SI), Slovakia (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nord-

Irland (UK(NI)), Sveits (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein (LI) og Norge (NO). SVENSKA Instruction/Safety Information 27 Hrmed intygar LG Electronics att radioutrustningstypen PC r i verensstmmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fullstndiga texten av EU-frskran om verensstmmelse finns p fljande Internetadress:

http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc#

5 150 5 350 MHz- och 5 945 6 425 MHz-bandet fr bara anvndas inomhus. Denna begrnsning existerar i Belgien (BE), Bulgarien (BG), Tjeckiska Republiken (CZ), Danmark (DK), Tyskland (DE), Estland (EE), Irland (IE), Grekland (EL), Spanien (ES), Frankrike (FR), Kroatien (HR), Italien (IT), Cypern (CY), Lettland (LV), Litauen (LT), Luxemburg (LU), Ungern (HU), Malta (MT), Nederlnderna (NL), sterrike (AT), Polen (PL), Portugal (PT), Rumnien (RO), Slovenien (SI), Slovakien (SK), Finland (FI), Sverige (SE), Nordirland (UK(NI)), Schweiz (CH), Island (IS), Liechtenstein

(LI) och Norge (NO). E N G L S H I CE RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

Caution This equipment complies with European RF radiation exposure limits for SAR (Specific Absorption Rate). This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. External Power Supply Information 1 Manufacturers name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address Manufacturer; LG Electronics Inc. Commercial registration number; 107-86-

14075 Address; LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, 07336, Korea 2 Model identifier ADT-65DSU-D03-2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Input voltage (V) Input AC frequency (Hz) Output voltage (V) Output current (A) 100-240 50-60 5.0 3.0 9.0 3.0 15.0 3.0 20.0 3.25 Output power (W) 15.0 27.0 45.0 65.0 Average active efficiency (%) 82.59 87.51 88.60 89.68 Efficiency at low load (10 %) (%) 82.44 84.15 83.29 82.20 10 No-load power consumption (W) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 1 English: Manufacturers name or trade mark, commercial registration number and address 28 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Danish: Producentens navn eller varemrke, andelsregisternummer og adresse Dutch: Naam of handelsmerk van de fabrikant, handelsregisternummer en adres Finnish: Valmistajan nimi tai tavaramerkki, kaupparekisterinumero ja osoite French: Raison sociale ou marque dpose, numro denregistrement au registre du commerce et adresse du fabricant German: Name oder Handelsmarke des Herstellers, Handelsregisternummer und Anschrifte Hungarian: A gyrt neve vagy vdjegye, cgjegyzkszma s cme Italian: Nome o marchio del fabbricante, numero di iscrizione nel registro delle imprese e indirizzo del fabbricante Polish: Nazwa lub znak towarowy producenta, numer rejestru handlowego i adres Protuguese: Marca comercial ou nome, nmero de registo comercial e endereo do fabricante Romanian: Denumirea productorului sau marca comercial, numrul de nregistrare la Registrul Comerului i adresa Spanish: Nombre o marca, nmero del registro mercantil y direccin del fabricante Swedish: Tillverkarens namn eller varumrke, organisationsnummer och adress Norwegian: Produsentens navn, kommersielt registreringsnummer og adresse 2 3 4 English: Model identifier Danish: Modellens identifikationskode Dutch: Typeaanduiding Finnish: Mallitunniste French: Rfrence du modle German: Modellkennung Hungarian: Modellazonost Italian: Identificativo del modello Polish: Identyfikator modelu Protuguese: Identificador do modelo Romanian: Identificator de model Spanish: Identificador del modelo Swedish: Modellbeteckning Norwegian: Modellidentifikator English: Input voltage Danish: Indgangsspnding Dutch: Voedingsspanning Finnish: Ottojnnite French: Tension dentre German: Eingangsspannung Hungarian: Bemen feszltsg Italian: Tensione di ingresso Polish: Napicie wejciowe Protuguese: Tenso de entrada Romanian: Tensiune de intrare Spanish: Tensin de entrada Swedish: Ingende spnning Norwegian: Inngangsspenning English: Input AC frequency Danish: Inputvekselstrmsfrekvens Dutch: Voedingsfrequentie Finnish: Tuloverkkotaajuus French: Frquence du CA dentre German: Eingangswechselstromfre-quenz Hungarian: Bemen vltram frekvencija Italian: Frequenza di ingresso CA Polish: Wejciowa czstotliwo prdu przemiennego Protuguese: Frequncia da alimentao de CA Instruction/Safety Information 29 E N G L S H I 5 6 7 8 Romanian: Frecvena c.a. de intrare Spanish: Frecuencia de la CA de entrada Swedish: Ingende frekvens (vxelstrm) Norwegian: Vekselstrmfrekvens inngang English: Output voltage Danish: Udgangsspnding Dutch: Uitgangsspanning Finnish: Antojnnite French: Tension de sortie German: Ausgangsspannung Hungarian: Kimen feszltsg Italian: Tensione di uscita Polish: Napicie wyjciowe Protuguese: Tenso de sada Romanian: Tensiune de ieire Spanish: Tensin de salida Swedish: Utgende spnning Norwegian: Utgangsspenning English: Output current Danish: Udgangsstrmsstyrke Dutch: Uitgangsstroom Finnish: Antovirta French: Courant de sortie German: Ausgangsstrom Hungarian: Kimen ramerssg Italian: Corrente di uscita Polish: Prd wyjciowy Protuguese: Corrente de sada Romanian: Curent de ieire Spanish: Intensidad de salida Swedish: Utgende strm Norwegian: Utgangsstrm English: Output power Danish: Udgangseffekt Dutch: Uitgangsvermogen Finnish: Antoteho French: Puissance de sortie German: Ausgangsleistung Hungarian: Kimen teljestmny Italian: Potenza di uscita Polish: Moc wyjciowa Protuguese: Potncia de sada Romanian: Putere de ieire Spanish: Potencia de salida Swedish: Utgende effekt Norwegian: Utgangseffekt English: Average active efficiency Danish: Gennemsnitlig effektivitet i aktiv tilstand Dutch: Gemiddelde actieve efficintie Finnish: Aktiivitilan keskimrinen hytysuhde French: Rendement moyen en mode actif German: Durchschnittliche Effizienz im Betrieb Hungarian: Aktv zemmdban mrt tlagos hatsfok Italian: Rendimento medio in modo attivo E N G L S H I 30 Instruction/Safety Information 9 10 Polish: rednia sprawno podczas pracy Protuguese: Eficincia mdia no modo ativo Romanian: Randament mediu n mod activ Spanish: Eficiencia media en activo Swedish: Genomsnittlig verkningsgrad i aktivt lge Norwegian: Gjennomsnittlig aktiv effektivitet English: Efficiency at low load (10 %) Danish: Effektivitet ved lav belastning (10 %) Dutch: Efficintie bij lage belasting (10 %) Finnish: Hytysuhde alhaisella kuormituksella (10 %) French: Rendement faible charge (10 %) German: Effizienz bei geringer Last (10 %) Hungarian: Hatsfok alacsony (10 %-os) terhelsnl Italian: Rendimento a basso carico (10 %) Polish: Sprawno przy niskim obcieniu (10 %) Protuguese: Eficincia a carga baixa (10%) Romanian: Randamentul la sarcin redus (10 %) Spanish: Eficiencia a baja carga (10 %). Swedish: Verkningsgrad vid lg last (10 %) Norwegian: Effektivitet ved lav belastning (10 %) English: No-load power consumption Danish: Effektforbrug i nullast-tilstand Dutch: Energieverbruik in niet-belaste toestand Finnish: Kuormittamattoman tilan tehonkulutus French: Consommation lectrique hors charge German: Leistungsaufnahme bei Nulllast Hungarian: resjrsi zemmdban mrt energiafogyaszts Italian: Potenza assorbita nella condizione a vuoto Polish: Zuycie energii w stanie bez obcienia Protuguese: Consumo energtico em vazio Romanian: Puterea absorbit n regim fr sarcin Spanish: Consumo elctrico en vaco Swedish: Elfrbrukning vid noll-last Norwegian: Strmforbruk uten belastning USA FCC Notice (For USA) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Instruction/Safety Information 31 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause harmful interference and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Any changes or modifications in construction of this device which are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. E N G L S H I FCC Radio Frequency Interference Requirements (for UNII devices) High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. This device cannot be co-located with any other transmitter. FCC/IC Radio Frequency Exposure The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using low power wireless devices. There is no proof, however, that these low power wireless devices are absolutely safe. Low power Wireless devices emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects might occur, but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. This device have been tested and found to comply with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency

(RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules(<1.6W/kg). E N G L S H I 32 Instruction/Safety Information CANADA Industry Canada Statement (For Canada)

[For having wireless function (WLAN, Bluetooth,...)]

This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interference.

(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. FCC/IC Radio Frequency Exposure The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using low power wireless devices. There is no proof, however, that these low power wireless devices are absolutely safe. Low power Wireless devices emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies have suggested that some biological effects might occur, but such findings have not been confirmed by additional research. This device have been tested and found to comply with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency

(RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules(<1.6W/kg). WARNING

[For product having the wireless function using 5 GHz frequency bands]

i. the device for operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

ii. for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit;

iii. for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate;

and iv. [for devices operating in the band 5250-5350 MHz having an e.i.r.p. greater than 200 mW]

antenna type(s), antenna models(s), and worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p. elevation mask requirement set forth in section 6.2.2.3 of RSS-247 shall be clearly indicated. Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Avis dIndustrie Canada

[Pour la fonction sans fil (WLAN, Bluetooth, etc.)]

Instruction/Safety Information 33 Lmetteur/rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dInnovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

1) Lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

2) Lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. E N G L S H I Exposition aux radiofrquences FCC/IC Selon les preuves scientifiques disponibles, aucun problme de sant nest associ lutilisation dappareils sans fil de faible puissance. Rien ne prouve cependant que ces appareils sont absolument sans danger. Lorsquils sont utiliss, les appareils sans fil de faible puissance mettent de faibles niveaux dnergie radiofrquence (RF) dans la gamme des hyperfrquences. Bien que les niveaux levs de radiofrquence puissent avoir un effet sur la sant (rchauffement des tissus), lexposition de faibles niveaux nayant pas deffet thermique na aucun impact ngatif connu sur la sant. De nombreuses tudes sur lexposition aux radiofrquences de faible niveau nont rvl aucun effet biologique. Certaines dentre elles ont sous-entendu quil pourrait y avoir de tels effets, mais leurs rsultats nont pas t confirms par des recherches supplmentaires. Les modles suivants ont t tests et se sont avrs conformes aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements dfinies par la FCC et IC pour lenvironnement non contrl; ils rpondent aux rgles sur lexposition aux rayonnements RF

(radiofrquence) de la FCC et celles de la norme RSS-102 dIC. AVERTISSEMENTS

[Pour les produits ayant la fonction sans fil utilisant des bandes de frquences de 5 GHz]

i. les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 150 5 250 MHz sont rservs uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux;

ii. pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5 250 5 350 MHz et de 5 470 5 725 MHz doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e;

iii. pour les dispositifs munis dantennes amovibles, le gain maximal dantenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5 725 5 850 MHz) doit tre conforme la limite de la p.i.r.e. spcifie, selon le cas;

iv. [pour des dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 250 5 350 MHz ayant une p.i.r.e. de plus de 200 mW] , les types dantennes (sil y en a plusieurs), les numros de modle de lantenne et les pires angles dinclinaison ncessaires pour rester conforme lexigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque dlvation, nonce la CNR-247 section 6.2.2.3, doivent tre clairement indiqus. Les utilisateurs doivent galement savoir que les radars de grande puissance sont attribus en tant quutilisateurs principaux (cest--dire les utilisateurs prioritaires) des bandes de 5250 5350 MHz et de 5650 5850 MHz et que ces radars peuvent causer des interfrences avec les appareils LE-LAN et/ou les endommager. Australia/New Zealand Notice Exposure to radio frequency energy 34 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information This product has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health The equipment complies with the RF Exposure Requirement 1999/519/EC, Council Recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields from 0 Hz to 300 GHz. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

(ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model on the body is less than 2W/kg (10g) RF Radiation Exposure Statement The use of the 5,150 5,350 MHz band is restricted to indoor use only. This restriction exists in the countries Australia (AU) and New Zealand (NZ). (For Wi-Fi/Bluetooth built-in model or Wi-Fi built-in model) Brazil Notice Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. Para maiores informaes, consulte o site da ANATEL www.anatel.gov.br China CMIIT ID Taiwan 3010 221

Instruction/Safety Information 35 E N G L S H I

: 3476

(02) 2627-2788 Japan 5.2GHz(W52) 5.2GHz5.3GHz(W52/W53) 1 Wi-Fi 2.4 GHzDS-SS OFDM40 m 36 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 2 For Motion remote (Bluetooth) 2.4 GHz FH-SS10 m 1 2

() 3

PHS LG Electronics Japan 0120-813-023 0570-200-980 IP TEL : 03-5675-7323 FAX : 03-5675-7335 09:00~18:00 (

V C C I - B RF : Intel AX211D2W Instruction/Safety Information 37 E N G L S H I http://www.jbrc.com CIS countries only ( /Additional information)

. 1

. 2

. 3 ,

, ). 4

, . 5

. 6

, / . 7 , , ,

, . 38 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I

, . 1 ,

. 2

(WEEE).

, : MM/YYYY, MM , YYYY - .

, LG . ENGLISH Purpose The device is intended for data processing and visual display of textual/graphical information. Rules of transportation and storage 1 The product should be transported and stored strictly in accordance with the marking on the package. 2 During transportation and storage is strictly not allowed and any drop in mechanical exposure of the packaged device. 3 Carry products are required so that the left or right side was oriented in the direction of movement (applicable to packages designed for the vertical transportation). 4 During transportation and storage must comply with the limit on the number of tiers in the stack, in accordance with the marking on the package. 5 During transportation and storage is necessary to protect the packaged device from moisture. 6 Products need to move in a horizontal or vertical position, according to the labeling and/or location of the handles on the packaging. 7 Products remain Packed in a dark, dry, clean, well-ventilated areas, isolated from the storage of acids and alkalis. Realization The sale of products is performed in accordance with the rules established by the current legislation of the country in which it is realized. Disposal of your old appliance 1 Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Instruction/Safety Information 39 2 You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. Information about the month and year of manufacture can be found on a label located on the back of the Product, in the following format: MM/YYYY, where MM month, YYYY - year of manufacture. Information on the certification of our devices, the data on the number of the certificate and its validity period, you can contact customer support LG free phone. E N G L S H I ENGLISH Name Address LG Electronics Nanjing New Technology Co., Ltd. 346, Yaoxin Road Economic & Technical Development Zone, Nanjing, 210038, Peoples Republic of China

, 346, , 210038 143160, ,

, , 86-, 9 UKRAINE only 40 Instruction/Safety Information

. Ukraine Restriction of Hazardous Substances The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. E N G L S H I PACKING INFORMATION (CUSTOMS UNION)

. GREEN MARK (for Japan) JIS C0950:2008) JMoss J-Moss PBBPBDE Web Web http://www.lg.com/jp/eco/j-moss SAFETY REGULATION NOTICE Battery ENGLISH Risk of fire or explosion if the battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Replacement of a battery with an incorrect type that can defeat a safeguard (for example, in the case of some lithium battery types). Disposal of a battery into fire or a hot oven, or mechanically crushing or cutting of a battery, that can result in an explosion. Leaving a battery in an extremely high temperature surrounding environment that can result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Instruction/Safety Information 41 A battery subjected to extremely low air pressure that may result in an explosion or the leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Do not store or transport at pressures lower than 11.6 kPa (1.68 psi) and at above 15 000 m

(49212.5 feet) altitude. DANSK E N G L S H I Risiko for brand eller eksplosion, hvis batteriet udskiftes med en forkert type. Udskiftning af et batteri med en forkert type, der kan omg en sikring (f.eks. i tilflde af nogle lithiumbatterityper). Bortskaffelse af et batteri ved ild eller en varm ovn, eller mekanisk knusning eller skring i et batteri, dette kan resultere i en eksplosion. At efterlade et batteri i omgivelser med ekstrem hj temperatur, det kan resultere i en eksplosion eller lkage af brndbar vske eller gas. Et batteri udsat for ekstremt lavt lufttryk, det kan resultere i en eksplosion eller lkage af brndbar vske eller gas. M ikke opbevares eller transporteres ved tryk lavere end 11,6 kPa og over 15.000 meters hjde. SUOMI Tulen ja rjhdyksen mahdollisuus, jos akku vaihdetaan vrnlaiseen akkuun. Vrnlaisen akun asennus voi ohittaa turvamekanismit (esimerkiksi joissain litium-akuissa). Akun hvittminen tuleen tai kuumaan uuniin, tai akun mekaaninen tuhoaminen tai leikkaaminen, voivat johtaa rjhdykseen. Akun jttminen rimmisen korkean lmptilan ympristn voi johtaa rjhdykseen tai helposti syttyvn nesteen tai kaasun vuotoon. rimmisen matalalle ilmanpaineelle altistettu akku voi johtaa rjhdykseen tai helposti syttyvn nesteen tai kaasun vuotoon. l sil tai siirr alle 11,6 kPa ilmanpaineissa tai yli 15 000 m korkeudessa. NORSK Det er fare for brann eller eksplosjon i tilfelle batteriet byttes ut med en feil type. Utskifting av et batteri med en feil type som kan beseire en sikring (for eksempel nr det gjelder noen typer litiumbatterier). Avhending av et batteri i brann eller en varm ovn, eller mekanisk knusing eller kutting av et batteri, som kan fre til en eksplosjon. etterlate et batteri i omgivelser med ekstremt hy temperatur som kan resultere i en eksplosjon eller lekkasje av brennbar vske eller gass. Et batteri som er utsatt for ekstremt lavt lufttrykk kan resultere i en eksplosjon eller lekkasje av brennbar vske eller gass. Produktet m aldri oppbevares eller transporteres ved trykk lavere enn 11,6 kPa og over 15000 m hyde. SVENSKA 42 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Risk fr brand eller explosion om batteriet byts ut mot fel typ. Byte av ett batteri mot en felaktig typ som kan motverka ett skydd (till exempel fr vissa litiumbatterityper). Kassering av ett batteri i eld eller en het ugn, eller att krossa eller klippa snder ett batteri mekaniskt, kan leda till en explosion. Att lmna ett batteri i en omgivning med extremt hg temperatur som kan leda till en explosion, eller lckage av brandfarlig vtska eller gas. Ett batteri som utstts fr extremt lgt lufttryck kan leda till en explosion eller lckage av brandfarlig vtska eller gas. Frvara eller transportera inte vid tryck under 11,6 kPa och p ver 15 000 m hjd. ESPAOL Existe riesgo de explosin si se cambia la batera por una de un tipo incorrecto. Sustitucin de la batera por un tipo de batera incorrecto que puede anular los mecanismos de seguridad (por ejemplo, en el caso de algunos tipo de batera de litio). Colocacin de una batera en el fuego o un horno caliente, o aplastamiento o corte mecnicos de una batera, que pueden provocar una explosin. Colocacin de una batera en un entorno con una temperatura extremadamente alta que puede provocar una explosin o la fuga de lquido o gas inflamable. Una batera sometida a una presin del aire extremadamente baja que puede provocar una explosin o la fuga de lquido o gas inflamable. No almacenar ni transportar a una presin inferior a 11,6 kPa ni a una altitud superior a 15 000 m. PORTUGUS Risco de incndio ou exploso se a bateria for substituda por uma do tipo incorreto. A substituio da bateria por uma do tipo incorreto pode desativar um sistema de segurana (por exemplo, no caso de algumas baterias de ltio). A eliminao de uma bateria no fogo ou num forno quente ou o esmagamento ou corte mecnico de uma bateria pode resultar numa exploso. Deixar uma bateria num ambiente de temperatura extremamente alta pode resultar numa exploso ou na fuga de lquidos ou gases inflamveis. Uma bateria sujeita a presso de ar extremamente baixa poder resultar numa exploso ou na fuga de lquidos ou gases inflamveis. No armazene nem transporte a presses inferiores a 11,6 kPa e acima de 15.000 m de altitude. POLSKI Ryzyko poaru lub wybuchu w przypadku wymiany baterii na niewaciwy typ. Wymiana baterii na niewaciwy typ moe spowodowa ominicie zabezpiecze (np. w przypadku niektrych typw baterii litowych). Instruction/Safety Information 43 Wrzucenie baterii do ognia lub gorcego piekarnika lub mechaniczne zmiadenie albo przecicie baterii moe spowodowa wybuch. Pozostawienie baterii w rodowisku o bardzo wysokiej temperaturze moe spowodowa wybuch lub wyciek atwopalnej cieczy lub gazu. Naraenie baterii na bardzo niskie cinienie powietrza moe spowodowa wybuch lub wyciek E N G L S H I atwopalnej cieczy lub gazu. Nie przechowywa ani transportowa przy cinieniu niszym ni 11,6 kPa lub na wysokoci powyej 15.000 m. ITALIANO Rischio di incendio o esplosione se la batteria viene sostituita con una di tipo non corretto. La sostituzione della batteria con una di tipo non corretto pu compromettere la sicurezza (ad esempio nel caso di alcune batterie al litio). Lo smaltimento delle batterie nel fuoco o in un forno caldo, o lo schiacciamento meccanico o il taglio delle batterie pu provocare unesplosione. Lesposizione delle batterie ad ambienti circostanti con temperature estremamente alte pu causare unesplosione o la fuoriuscita di liquidi o gas infiammabili. Lesposizione delle batterie a pressioni dellaria estremamente basse pu causare unesplosione o la fuoriuscita di liquidi o gas infiammabili. Non conservare o trasportare a pressioni inferiori a 11,6 kPa e ad altitudini superiori a 15.000 m. DEUTSCH Wird die Batterie durch einen anderen, falschen Typ ersetzt, besteht Explosions- und Brandgefahr. Wird die Batterie durch eine anderen, falschen Typ ersetzt, kann mglicherweise die Sicherung deaktiviert werden (das ist zum Beispiel bei einigen Lithium-Batterien der Fall). Wird eine Batterie entsorgt, indem Sie in einen Ofen geworfen wird oder mechanisch zerstrt oder zerschnitten wird, besteht Explosionsgefahr. Wird die Batterie in einer Umgebung unter extrem heier Temperatur belassen, besteht Explosionsgefahr oder es kann entflammbare Flssigkeit oder entflammbares Gas austreten. Wird die Batterie extrem niedrigem Luftdruck ausgesetzt, besteht Explosionsgefahr oder es kann entflammbare Flssigkeit oder entflammbares Gas austreten. Nicht bei einem Druck tiefer als 11,6 kPa oder in ber 15 000 m Hhe ber dem Meeresspiegel lagern oder transportieren. MAGYAR Tz- vagy robbansveszly, ha az akkumultort nem megfelel tpusra cserlik. Az akkumultor cserje nem megfelel tpusra, amely vdelmet jelenthet (pldul nhny ltium elemtpus esetben). Az elemek tzben vagy forr stben val megsemmistse, vagy az elemek mechanikus sszetrse vagy elvgsa robbanst okozhat. 44 Instruction/Safety Information Ha akkumultort rendkvl magas hmrsklet krnyezetben hagyja, az robbanst vagy gylkony folyadk vagy gz szivrgst okozhatja. E N G L S H I Ha az akkumultor rendkvl alacsony lgnyomsnak van kitve, az robbanst vagy gylkony folyadk vagy gz szivrgst okozhatja. Ne trolja s ne szlltsa 11,6 kPa-nl alacsonyabb nyomson s 15 000 m magassg felett. NEDERLANDS Brand- of explosiegevaar als de batterij wordt vervangen door een onjuist type. Het vervangen van de batterij door een batterij van het foute type, kan een veiligheid uitschakelen

(bijvoorbeeld bij enkele types van lithiumbatterijen). Een batterij in een vuur of een hete oven werpen of een batterij verpletteren of snijden, kan leiden tot een explosie. Een batterij achterlaten in een omgeving met een extreem hoge temperatuur, kan leiden tot een explosie of het lekken van brandbare vloeistof of gas. Een batterij blootstellen aan een extreem lage luchtdruk, kan leiden tot een explosie of het lekken van brandbare vloeistof of gas. Niet bewaren of vervoeren bij een druk lager dan 11,6 kPa en een hoogte van meer dan 15.000 m. ROMN Risc de explozie dac bateria este nlocuit cu un tip incorect. nlocuirea unei baterii cu un tip incorect care poate depi o protecie (de exemplu, n cazul unor tipuri de baterii litiu). Eliminarea unei baterii n foc sau cuptor ncins, prin zdrobire mecanic sau tiere poate conduce la o explozie. Lsarea unei baterii ntr-un mediu nconjurtor cu o temperatur extrem de ridicat poate conduce la o explozie sau la scurgere de lichid sau gaz inflamabil. O baterie supus unei presiuni a aerului extrem de sczut poate rezulta n scurgere de lichid sau gaz inflamabil. Nu stocai i nu transportai la presiuni mai mici de 11,6 kPa i la mai mult de 15000 m altitudine. FRANAIS Risque dincendie ou dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par une batterie dun type incorrect. Le remplacement par une batterie dun type incorrect peut annuler un dispositif de scurit (par exemple, dans le cas de certaines batteries au lithium). liminer une batterie dans le feu ou un four chaud, lcraser mcaniquement ou la couper peut provoquer une explosion. Laisser une batterie dans un environnement trs haute temprature peut provoquer une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Laisser une batterie une pression extrmement basse peut provoquer une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Instruction/Safety Information 45 Ne pas stocker ni transporter des pressions infrieures 11,6 kPa et une altitude suprieure 15 000 m. FRANAIS (CANADA) Risque dincendie ou dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par un type incorrect. Remplacement dune batterie par un type incorrect qui peut faire chouer un dispositif de protection (par exemple, dans le cas de certains types de batteries au lithium). limination dune batterie dans un feu ou un four chaud, ou crasement ou dcoupe mcanique dune batterie qui peuvent entraner une explosion. Laisser une batterie dans un environnement extrmement chaud qui peut entraner une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Une batterie soumise une pression dair extrmement basse qui peut entraner une explosion ou une fuite de liquide ou de gaz inflammable. Ne pas stocker ni transporter des pressions infrieures 11,6 kPa et plus de 15 000 m E N G L S H I daltitude.

11.6

. 15000 Australia Notice ENGLISH The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young Children should be supervised to ensure that do not play with appliance If the appliance is supplied from a cord extension set or an electrical portable outlet device. The cord extension set on electrical portable outlet device must be positioned so that it is not subject to splashing or ingress of moisture Information for Environmental Preservation ENGLISH 46 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Information for Environmental Preservation LGE announced the 'LG Declaration for a Cleaner Environment' in 1994, and this ideal has served as a guiding managerial principle ever since. The Declaration is a foundation that has allowed us to undertake environmentally friendly activities in careful consideration of economic, environmental, and social aspects. We promote activities for environmental preservation, and we specifically develop our products to embrace the concept of environment-friendly. We minimize the hazardous materials contained in our products. For example, there is no cadmium to be found in our product. Information for recycling This product may contain parts which could be hazardous to the environment. It is important that this product be recycled after use. LGE handles all waste product through an environmentally acceptable recycling method. There are several take-back and recycling systems currently in operation worldwide. Many parts will be reused and recycled, while harmful substances and heavy metals are treated by an environmentally friendly method. If you want to find out more information about our recycling program, please contact your local LG vendor or a corporate representative of LG. We set our vision and policies on a cleaner world by selecting the issue of the global environment as a task for corporate improvement. Please visit our website for more information about our green policies. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp DEUTSCH Informationen zur Erhaltung der Umwelt Im Jahr 1994 verkndete LGE die 'LG Declaration for a Cleaner Environment' (LG Erklrung fr eine sauberere Umwelt). Seitdem dient dieses Ideal als fhrendes Prinzip des Unternehmens. Diese Erklrung war die Basis fr die Durchfhrung von umweltfreundlichen Aktivitten, wobei wirtschaftliche, umweltbezogene und soziale Aspekte in die berlegungen mit einbezogen wurden. Wir frdern Aktivitten zum Schutz der Umwelt und die Entwicklung unserer Produkte ist darauf ausgerichtet, unserem Konzept bezglich Umweltfreundlichkeit gerecht zu werden. Wir sind darauf bedacht, den Anteil der in unseren Produkten enthaltenen schdlichen Materialien zu minimieren. So ist in unseren produkt beispielsweise kein Kadmium zu finden. Informationen zum Thema Recycling Dieser produkt enthlt Teile, die umweltschdlich sein knnen. Es ist unbedingt erforderlich, dass der produkt recycelt wird, nachdem er auer Dienst gestellt wurde. Bei LGE werden alle ausrangierten produkt in einem unter umweltbezogenen Aspekten geeigneten Verfahren recycelt. Augenblicklich sind weltweit mehrere Rcknahme- und Recyclingsysteme im Einsatz. Viele Teile werden wieder verwendet und recycelt. Schdliche Substanzen und Schwermetalle werden durch umweltvertrgliche Verfahren behandelt. Falls Sie mehr ber unser Recyclingprogramm erfahren mchten, wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihren lokalen LGHndler oder einen Unternehmensvertreter von LG. Wir richten unsere Firmenpolitik auf eine sauberere Umwelt hin aus, indem wir umweltspezifische Aspekte als wichtigen Punkt in die Weiterentwicklung unseres Unternehmens einflieen lassen. Zustzliche Informationen ber unsere grne Firmenpolitik erhalten Sie auf unserer Website. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp Instruction/Safety Information 47 FRANAIS E N G L S H I Information sur la protection delenvironnement LGE a publi sa Dclaration en faveur dun environnement plus propre' en 1994 et celle-ci est reste, depuis lors, un principe directeur de notre entreprise. Cette dclaration a servi de base notre rflexion et nous a permis de prendre en compte la fois les aspects conomiques et sociaux de nos activits, tout en respectant lenvironnement. Nous encourageons les activits en faveur de la prservation de lenvironnement et cest dans cet esprit que nous dveloppons nos produits : nous rduisons au minimum les matires dangereuses qui entrent dans leur composition et lon ne trouve pas de cadmium, par exemple, dans nos produit. Information sur le recyclage Ce produit peut contenir des composants qui prsentent un risque pour lenvironnement. Il est donc important que celui-ci soit recycl aprs usage. LGE traite les produit en fin de cycle conformment une mthode de recyclage respectueuse de lenvironnement. Nous reprenons nos produits et les recyclons dans plusieurs sites rpartis dans le monde entier. De nombreux composants sont rutiliss et recycls, et les matires dangereuses, ainsi que les mtaux lourds, sont traits selon un procd cologique. Si vous souhaitez plus de renseignements sur notre programme de recyclage, veuillez contacter votre revendeur LG ou un lun de nos reprsentants. Nous voulons agir pour un monde plus propre et croyons au rle de notre entreprise dans lamlioration de lenvironnement. Pour plus de renseignements sur notre politique verte, rendez visite notre site :

http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp ITALIANO 48 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Informazioni per la tutela dellambiente La LGE ha annunciato nel 1994 la cosiddetta 'LG Declaration for a Cleaner Environment'

(Dichiarazione di LG a favore di un ambiente pi pulito), un ideale che da allora funge da principio ispiratore della gestione aziendale. La dichiarazione rappresenta il fondamento che consente di intraprendere attivit a favore dell'ambiente tenendo conto degli aspetti economici, ambientali e sociali. Noi della LG, promuoviamo attivit a favore della tutela dell'ambiente sviluppando appositamente i nostri prodotti per cogliere il concetto del rispetto dellambiente riducendo i materiali dannosi presenti nei nostri prodotti. Ad esempio nei nostri prodotto non presente il cadmio. Informazioni per il riciclaggio Il prodotto pu presentare componenti che potrebbero risultare eventualmente dannosi per l'ambiente. importante che il prodotto sia riciclato al termine del suo utilizzo. La LGE gestisce tutti i prodotto di rifiuto con un metodo di riciclaggio soddisfacente dal punto di vista ambientale. In tutto il mondo sono attualmente in funzione numerosi sistemi di riciclaggio e recupero. I diversi componenti sono riutilizzati e riciclati, mentre le sostanze dannose e i metalli pesanti vengono trattati con un metodo rispettoso dellambiente. Se si desiderano maggiori informazioni in merito al programma di riciclaggio, consigliabile rivolgersi al proprio rivenditore LG o ad un rappresentante aziendale della LG. Noi della LG impostiamo la nostra visione e le nostre politiche a favore di un mondo pi pulito ponendo la questione dell'ambiente dal punto di vista globale come una mansione rivolta al miglioramento della nostra azienda. Vi invitiamo a visitare il nostro sito internet per ulteriori informazioni sulla nostra politica verde. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp ESPAOL E N G L S H I Instruction/Safety Information 49 Informacin para la conservacin medioambiental LGE present la 'Declaracin para un entorno ms limpio de LG' en 1994 y este ideal ha servido para guiar nuestros principios empresariales desde entonces. La Declaracin es la base que nos ha permitido llevar a cabo tareas que respetan el medio ambiente siempre teniendo en cuenta aspectos sociales, econmicos y medioambientales. Promocionamos actividades orientadas a la conservacin del medio ambiente y desarrollamos nuestros productos especficamente para que se ajusten a la filosofa que protege el entorno. Reducimos al mximo el uso de materiales de riesgo en nuestros productos. Un ejemplo de ello es la ausencia total de cadmio en nuestros producto. Informacin para el reciclaje Este producto puede contener piezas que entraen riesgos medioambientales. Es importante reciclar este producto despus de su utilizacin. LGE. trata todos los producto usados siguiendo un mtodo de reciclaje que no daa al entorno. Contamos con diversos sistemas de recuperacin y reciclaje que funcionan a nivel mundial en la actualidad. Es posible reciclar y reutilizar muchas de las piezas, mientras que las sustancias dainas y los metales pesados se tratan siguiendo un mtodo que no perjudique al medio ambiente. Si desea obtener ms informacin acerca del programa de reciclaje, pngase en contacto con su proveedor local de LG o con un representante empresarial de nuestra marca. Basamos nuestra visin y nuestras polticas en un mundo ms limpio y para ellos optamos por un entorno global como tarea principal de nuestra evolucin como empresa. Visite nuestra pgina Web para obtener ms informacin sobre nuestras polticas ecolgicas. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp PORTUGUS Informaes relacionadas preservao ambiental A LGE anunciou a LG Declaration for a Cleaner Environment (Declarao da LG para um ambiente mais limpo) em 1994 e esse ideal tem servido desde ento como um princpio administrativo de orientao. A Declarao a base que nos tem permitido realizar atividades favorveis ao ambiente com considerao atenta aos aspectos econmicos, ambientais e sociais. Promovemos atividades de preservao ambiental e desenvolvemos nossos produtos para englobar especificamente o conceito de favorvel ao ambiente. Reduzimos os materiais perigosos contidos em nossos produtos. Por exemplo, no h cdmio em nossos produto. Informaes relacionadas reciclagem Este produto pode conter peas que podem representar riscos ao ambiente. importante que ele seja reciclado aps o uso. A LGE cuida de todos os produto descartados atravs de um mtodo de reciclagem agradvel ao ambiente. H vrios sistemas de devoluo e reciclagem atualmente em operao no mundo. Muitas peas sero reutilizadas e recicladas e as substncias nocivas e os metais pesados passaro por tratamento atravs de um mtodo favorvel ao ambiente. Para obter mais informaes sobre nosso programa de reciclagem, entre em contato com seu fornecedor LG local ou com um representante corporativo da LG. Definimos nossa viso e nossas polticas relacionadas a um mundo mais limpo selecionando a questo do ambiente global como uma tarefa de aprimoramento corporativo. Visite nosso site para obter mais informaes sobre nossas polticas de meio ambiente. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp 50 Instruction/Safety Information NEDERLANDS E N G L S H I Informatie met betrekking tot het behoud van het milieu LGE publiceerde in 1994 de LG Declaration for a Cleaner Environment (de LG-verklaring met betrekking tot een schoner milieu). Deze verklaring en het ideaal van een schoner milieu fungeren sindsdien als een bestuurlijke leidraad voor onze onderneming. Op basis van deze verklaring ontplooien wij milieuvriendelijke activiteiten, waarbij er zowel met sociale en economische aspecten, als met milieuaspecten zorgvuldig rekening wordt gehouden. Wij ondersteunen activiteiten die zijn gericht op het behoud van het milieu en wij houden bij het ontwikkelen onze producten specifiek rekening met de milieuvriendelijkheid van onze producten. Wij minimaliseren het gebruik van schadelijke stoffen in onze producten. Er wordt bijvoorbeeld geen cadmium verwerkt in onze product. Informatie met betrekking tot recycling Deze product bevat materialen die schadelijk zouden kunnen zijn voor het milieu. Het is belangrijk dat deze product aan het einde van zijn levensduur wordt gerecycled. LGE verwerkt alle afval product via een milieuvriendelijke recyclingmethode. Hiervoor worden er momenteel wereldwijd verscheidene inname- en recyclingsystemen gehanteerd. Een groot aantal onderdelen wordt opnieuw gebruikt en gerecycled, waarbij schadelijke stoffen en zware metalen volgens een milieuvriendelijke methode worden verwerkt. Voor meer informatie over ons recyclingprogramma kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke LGvertegenwoordiger of een LG-vestiging. Onze visie en ons beleid met betrekking tot een schonere wereld vloeien voort uit het feit dat wij het milieu hebben aangemerkt als een onderwerp dat speciale aandacht verdient binnen onze onderneming. Bezoek onze website voor meer informatie over ons groene beleid. http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp Instruction/Safety Information 51 E N G L S H I 1994 LGE LG

. . LGE

. LG.

http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling.jsp WEEE ENGLISH (UK, Ireland) Disposal of your old appliance 1 This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products

(WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 52 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 2 Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3 You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Bulgaria) 1 ,

. 2

. 3 ,

- , , : www.lg.com/

global/recycling HRVATSKI (Croatia) Zbrinjavanje starog ureaja 1 Ovaj simbol prekriene kante za smee na kotaiima oznaava kako se otpadni elektrini i elektrini proizvodi (WEEE) moraju zbrinjavati odvojeno od komunalnog otpada. 2 Dotrajali elektrini proizvodi mogu sadravati opasne tvari stoga e ispravno zbrinjavanje vaih dotrajalih ureaja pomoi u sprjeavanju potencijalnih negativnih posljedica na okoli i ljudsko zdravlje. Va dotrajao ureaj moe sadravati dijelove koji se mogu ponovo iskoristiti za popravak drugih proizvoda te druge vrijedne materijale koji se mogu reciklirati i tako sauvati ograniene resurse. 3 Ovisno o razini smetnje / tete i dobi stavke, stari proizvodi mogu se popraviti za vie radnog ivota koji e sprijeiti izbjei otpada. Proizvodi koji nisu prikladni za ponovnu uporabu moe se reciklirati da se oporavim vrijedne resurse i pomoi da se smanji globalno potronju novih sirovina. 4 Ureaj moete odnijeti u trgovinu u kojoj ste kupili proizvod ili moete kontaktirati ured za zbrinjavanje otpada kod vaih mjesnih nadlenih tijela te od njih saznati vie informacija o najbliem ovlatenom WEEE sabirnom centru. Za najnovije informacije iz svoje drave pogledajte internetske stranice www.lg.com/global/recycling ESKY (Czech) Instruction/Safety Information 53 Likvidace starho pstroje 1 Tento symbol pekrtnutho koe zna, e odpad z elektrickch a elektronickch vrobk (WEEE) je nutn likvidovat oddlen od linky komunlnho odpadu. 2 Star elektrick vrobky mohou obsahovat nebezpen ltky, take sprvn likvidace starch pstroj pome zabrnit potencilnm negativnm dsledkm pro ivotn prosted a lidsk zdrav. Star pstroje mohou obsahovat znovu pouiteln dly, kter lze pout k oprav dalch vrobk a dal cenn materily, kter lze recyklovat a etit tak omezen zdroje. 3 Spotebi mete zanst bu do obchodu, kde jste ho zakoupili nebo se obrtit na mstn sprvu komunlnch odpad, kde zskte podrobn informace o autorizovanm sbrnm mst WEEE. Pro posledn aktuln informace z va zem si prosm prostudujte web www.lg.com/global/recycling E N G L S H I DANSK (Denmark) Bortskaffelse af dit gamle apparat 1 Dette symbol med en affaldsspand med kryds over angiver at elektrisk og elektronisk affald

(WEEE) skal bortskaffes og genbruges korrekt, adskilt fra kommunens husholdningsaffald. 2 Gamle elektriske produkter kan indeholde farlige stoffer, s nr du bortskaffer dit gamle apparat p korrekt vis, hjlper du med at forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser for milj og mennesker. Dit gamle apparat kan indeholde dele som kan genbruges, fx til at reparere andre produkter, eller vrdifulde materialer som kan genbruges og derved begrnse spild af vrdifulde ressourcer. 3 Du kan enten tage apparatet til den butik hvor du kbte det, eller kontakte dit lokale affaldskontor angende oplysninger om det nrmeste, autoriserede WEEE-samlepunkt. Find de sidste nye oplysninger for dit land p www.lg.com/global/recycling SUOMI (Finland) Vanhan laitteesi hvittminen 1 Tm ylirastitettu jteastian merkki ilmaisee, ett shk- ja elektronikkalaitteiden jtteet (WEEE) tulee pit erilln kotitalousjtteest ja vied kunnalliseen kierrtyskeskukseen. 2 Vanhat shktuotteet voivat pit sislln vaarallisia aineita, joten loppuun kytetyn laitteen oikea hvittminen ehkisee ymprist- ja terveyshaittoja. Vanha laitteesi saattaa pit sislln uudelleen kytettvi osia, joita voidaan kytt korjaamaan muita tuotteita, sek arvokkaita materiaaleja, joita voidaan kierrtt rajoitettujen resurssien sstmiseksi. 3 Voit vied laitteesi joko liikkeeseen, josta hankit tuotteen, tai ottaa yhteytt paikallishallintosi ympristtoimistoon koskien lhint valtuutettua WEEE -keryspistett. Kaikkein viimeisimmt tiedot koskien maatasi, ks. osoitteessa www.lg.com/global/recycling FRANAIS (France) Recyclage de votre ancien appareil 1 Ce symbole de poubelle barre dune croix indique que votre quipement lectrique et lectronique

(EEE) ne doit pas tre jet avec les ordures mnagres. Il doit faire lobjet dun tri et dune collecte slective spare. 54 Instruction/Safety Information 2 Les quipements lectriques que vous jetez peuvent contenir des substances dangereuses. Il est donc important de les jeter de faon approprie afin dviter des impacts ngatifs sur lenvironnement et la sant humaine. Lquipement que vous jetez peut galement contenir des pices rutilisables pour la rparation dautres produits ainsi que des matriaux prcieux pouvant tre recycls pour prserver les ressources de la plante. E N G L S H I 3 Vous pouvez rapporter votre appareil au commerant qui vous la vendu ou contacter votre collectivit locale pour connaitre les points de collecte de votre EEE. Vous trouverez galement des informations jour concernant votre pays en allant sur www.quefairedemesdechets.fr NEDERLANDS (Netherlands) Verwijdering van uw oude apparaat 1 Dit symbool van de doorgekruiste vuilnisbak geeft aan dat afgedankte elektrische en elektronische producten (WEEE) afzonderlijk van het huishoudelijke afval moeten worden verwijderd. 2 Oude elektrische producten kunnen gevaarlijke stoffen bevatten, dus een juiste verwijdering van uw oude apparaat helpt bij het voorkomen van mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de volksgezondheid. Uw oude apparaat kan herbruikbare onderdelen bevatten die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het repareren van andere producten, en andere waardevolle materialen die kunnen worden gerecycled voor het behoud van beperkte grondstoffen. 3 U kunt uw apparaat meenemen naar de winkel waar u het product heeft gekocht, of u kunt contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke afvalverwerking instantie voor de gegevens van uw dichtstbijzijnde geautoriseerde WEEE-verzamelpunt. Voor de meest recente informatie voor uw land verwijzen wij u naar www.lg.com/global/recycling DEUTSCH (Germany) Entsorgung Ihrer Altgerte 1 Das durchgestrichene Symbol eines fahrbaren Abfallbehlters weist darauf hin, dass Elektro- und Elektronik- Produkte (WEEE) getrennt vom Hausmll entsorgt werden mssen. Bitte entsorgen Sie Altgerte getrennt von anderem Abfall und bringen Sie diese zu einer ausgewiesenen Sammelstelle fr das Recycling von elektrischen und elektronischen Gerten. Falls die Gerte Batterien oder Lampen enthalten, die vom Endverbraucher ohne Beschdigung leicht entnommen werden knnen, trennen Sie diese bitte vor der Entsorgung von den Hauptgerten, es sei denn, Sie mchten, dass die alten Gerte wiederverwendet werden (alte Batterien und Lampen werden getrennt gesammelt). Bitte beachten Sie auch, dass Sie persnlich dafr verantwortlich sind, personenbezogene Daten auf dem Gert zu lschen, bevor Sie Ihre Gerte entsorgen. 2 Alte elektrische Produkte knnen gefhrliche Substanzen enthalten, die eine korrekte Entsorgung dieser Altgerte erforderlich machen, um schdliche Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit zu vermeiden. Ihre ausgedienten Gerte knnen wiederverwendbare Teile enthalten, mit denen mglicherweise andere Produkte repariert werden knnen, aber auch sonstige wertvolle Materialien enthalten, die zur Schonung knapper Ressourcen recycelt werden knnen. 3 Sie knnen Ihr Gert entweder in den Laden zurckbringen, in dem Sie das Produkt ursprnglich erworben haben oder Sie kontaktieren Ihre Gemeindeabfallstelle fr Informationen ber die Instruction/Safety Information 55 nchstgelegene autorisierte WEEE Sammelstelle. Bitte beachten Sie, dass einige* Vertreiber verpflichtet sind :

bei der Abgabe eines neuen Elektro- oder Elektronikgertes an einen Endnutzer ein Altgert des Endnutzers der gleichen Gerteart unentgeltlich zurckzunehmen, und Altgerte, die in keiner ueren Abmessung grer als 25 Zentimeter sind, im E N G L S H I Einzelhandelsgeschft oder in unmittelbarer Nhe hierzu unentgeltlich zurckzunehmen;

Wenn Offline oder Online Hndler Neugerte an Privathaushalte liefern, sind sie verpflichtet, Altgerte direkt bei diesen abzuholen oder Rckgabemglichkeiten in zumutbarer Entfernung anzubieten. Daher empfehlen wir Ihnen sich fr weitere Informationen an Ihren Hndler zu wenden. 4 LG Electronic Deutschland GmbH ist ordnungsgem als Hersteller in Deutschland registriert. Damit trgt LG deutschlandweit zur Sammlung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgerten bei, die Sie in kommunalen Getrenntsammelstellen abgeben. Die aktuellsten Informationen finden Sie unter:

www.lg.com/global/recycling oder https://www.lg.com/de/support/altgeraete-rueckgabe.

* Vertreiber mit einer Verkaufsflche fr Elektro- und Elektronikgerte von mindestens 400 Quadratmetern sowie Vertreiber von Lebensmitteln mit einer Gesamtverkaufsflche von mindestens 800 Quatratmetern, die Elektro- und Elektronikgerte anbieten

(Greece) 1

. 2

. 3 ,

). www.lg.com/global/recycling MAGYAR (Hungary) A rgi kszlk rtalmatlantsa 1 A leselejtezett elektromos s elektronikai termkeket a hztartsi hulladktl elklntve kell begyjteni, a jogszablyok ltal kijellt mdon s helyen. 2 Rgi kszlkeinek megfelel leselejtezse segthet megelzni az esetleges egszsgre vagy krnyezetre rtalmas hatsokat. 56 Instruction/Safety Information 3 Ha tovbbi informcira van szksge rgi kszlkeinek leselejtezsvel kapcsolatban, lpjen kapcsolatba velnk a szelektalok.hu oldalon ahol tjkoztatjuk nt visszavteli, tvteli, gyjtsi s kezelsi ktelezettsgeinkrl. ITALIANO (Italy) Smaltimento delle apparecchiature obsolete E N G L S H I 1 Tutte le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche, contrassegnate da questo simbolo (bidone della spazzatura barrato da una croce), devono essere raccolte e smaltite separatamente rispetto agli altri rifiuti urbani misti mediante impianti di raccolta specifici installati da enti pubblici o dalle autorit locali. Si ricorda che gli utenti finali domestici possono consegnare gratuitamente le apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche a fine vita presso il punto vendita allatto dellacquisto di una nuova apparecchiatura equivalente. Gli utenti finali domestici possono inoltre consegnare gratuitamente apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche di piccolissime dimensioni (non eccedenti i 25 cm) a fine vita direttamente presso un punto vendita a ci abilitato, senza obbligo di acquistare una apparecchiatura nuova di tipo equivalente. Si prega di informarsi previamente presso il punto vendita prescelto circa tale ultima modalit di conferimento dellapparecchiatura a fine vita. 2 Il corretto smaltimento dell'unit obsoleta contribuisce a prevenire possibili conseguenze negative sulla salute degli individui e sull'ambiente. Una gestione responsabile del fine vita delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche da parte degli utenti contribuisce al riutilizzo, al riciclaggio ed al recupero sostenibile dei prodotti obsoleti e dei relativi materiali. 3 Per informazioni pi dettagliate sullo smaltimento delle apparecchiature obsolete, contattare l'ufficio del comune di residenza, il servizio di smaltimento rifiuti o il punto vendita in cui stato acquistato il prodotto. (www.lg.com/global/recycling) NORSK (Norway) Avhending av gamle apparater 1 Dette symbolet av en utkrysset avfallsdunk indikerer at kassert elektronikk og elektroniske produkter (WEEE) skal kastes separat fra husholdningsavfall og leveres til den kommunale resirkuleringen. 2 Gamle elektriske produkter kan inneholde farlige stoffer, s korrekt avfallshndtering av det gamle apparatet bidrar til hindre potensielt negative konsekvenser for miljet og andres helse. Gamle apparater kan inneholde gjenbrukbare deler som kan brukes til reparere andre produkter og andre verdifulle materialer som kan resirkuleres for bevare begrensede ressurser. 3 Du kan bringe apparatet enten til butikken der du kjpte produktet, eller ta kontakt med den lokale myndighetens avfallskontor for informasjon om nrmeste autoriserte innsamlingspunkt for el-

avfall (WEEE-avfall). For den mest oppdaterte informasjonen for ditt land, g til www.lg.com/global/

recycling. POLSKI (Poland) Utylizacja starego urzdzenia 1 Symbol przekrelonego pojemnika na odpady na kkach oznacza, e produkty elektryczne lub elektroniczne (WEEE) naley zutylizowa poza obiegiem odpadw komunalnych. Instruction/Safety Information 57 2 Stare produkty elektroniczne mog zawiera niebezpieczne substancje. Waciwa utylizacja starego urzdzenia pozwoli unikn potencjalnych negatywnych skutkw dla rodowiska i zdrowia. Stare urzdzenie moe zawiera czci wielokrotnego uytku, ktre mog zosta wykorzystane do naprawy innych produktw lub inne wartociowe materiay, ktre mona przetworzy, aby oszczdza zasoby naturalne. E N G L S H I 3 Urzdzenie mona odda do sklepu, w ktrym zostao kupione lub skontaktowa si z lokalnym urzdem gospodarki odpadami, aby uzyska informacje o najbliszym punkcie zbirki WEEE. Aby uzyska aktualne informacje z zakresu gospodarki odpadami obowizujcej w danym kraju, naley odwiedzi stron http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe (plik PDF : For more information about how to recycle LG products in your country. PORTUGUS (Portugal) Eliminao do seu aparelho usado 1 Este smbolo de um caixote do lixo com rodas e linhas cruzadas sobrepostas indica que os resduos de produtos eltricos e eletrnicos (REEE) devem ser eliminados separadamente do lixo domstico. 2 Os produtos eltricos usados podem conter substncias perigosas, pelo que, a eliminao correta do seu aparelho usado pode contribuir para evitar potenciais consequncias negativas para o ambiente e sade humana. O seu aparelho usado pode conter peas reutilizveis que podem ser usadas para reparar outros produtos e outros materiais teis que podem ser reciclados para preservar os recursos limitados. 3 Pode levar o seu aparelho loja onde o adquiriu, ou contactar a sua entidade local de recolha e tratamento de resduos para obter mais informaes relativas ao ponto de recolha de REEE autorizado mais prximo. Para obter informaes mais atualizadas relativas ao seu pas, visite www. lg.com/global/recycling ROMN (Romania) Eliminarea aparatului vechi 1 Simbolul de pubel indic faptul c deeurile de echipamente electrice i electronice (DEEE) trebuie eliminate separat de celelalte deeuri. 2 Produsele electrice i electronice vechi conin substane periculoase. Astfel, prin eliminarea corespunztoare vei contribui la prevenirea deteriorrii mediului nconjurtor i al sntii umane. Este posibil ca dispozitivul dvs. vechi s conin piese componente care pot fi folosite pentru repararea altor produse sau materiale importante ce pot fi reciclate n scopul economisirii resurselor limitate. 3 Dispozitivul vechi poate fi returnat magazinului de unde a fost achiziionat sau putei contacta firma responsabil pentru eliminarea deeurilor n scopul aflrii locaiei unitii autorizate pentru reciclarea deeurilor electrice i electronice (WEEE). Pentru informaii mereu actualizate i referitoare la ara dvs. v rugm s vizitai pagina web www.lg.com/global/recycling. SRPSKI (Serbia) Odlaganje starog aparata 58 Instruction/Safety Information 1 vaj simbol precrtana kanta za smee pokazuje da elektrini i elektronski otpad (WEEE) treba da se odlae odvojeno od obinog komunalnog otpada. E N G L S H I 2 Stari elektrini aparati mogu da sadre otrovne supstance, tako da e pravilno odlaganje Vaeg starog aparata pomoi spreavanju pojave negativnih posledica po ivotnu sredinu i zdravlje ljudi. Va stari aparat moe da sadri delove za viekratnu upotrebu koji se mogu koristiti za zamenu drugih proizvoda i druge vredne materijale koji se mogu reciklirati radi ouvanja ogranienih resursa. 3 Va aparat moete da odnesete u radnju gde ste ga kupili ili da kontaktirate lokalnu vladinu kancelariju za otpad kako biste dobili informaciju o najblioj autorizovanoj WEEE stanici za odlaganje ovog otpada. Za najnovije informacije za Vau zemlju, molimo Vas da pogledate web stranicu www.lg.com/global/recycling. SLOVENINA (Slovakia) Znekodnenie starho spotrebia 1 Tento symbol preiarknutho odpadkovho koa na kolieskach znamen, e odpad z elektrickch a elektronickch zariaden (WEEE) mus by znekodnen samostatne od komunlneho odpadu. 2 Star elektrick produkty mu obsahova nebezpen latky, preto sprvne znekodnenie vho starho spotrebia pome zabrni potencilnym negatvnym dopadom na prostredie a udsk zdravie. V star spotrebi me obsahova diely, ktor mono optovne poui na opravu inch produktov, a in cenn materily, ktor mono recyklova s cieom chrni obmedzen zdroje. 3 Svoj spotrebi mete zanies do predajne, kde ste produkt zakpili, alebo sa mete obrti na oddelenie odpadov miestnej samosprvy a poiada o informcie o najbliom zbernom mieste odpadu z elektrickch a elektronickch zariaden (WEEE). Najnovie informcie platn pre vau krajinu njdete na strnke www.lg.com/global/recycling SLOVENINA (Slovenia) Odstranjevanje vae stare naprave 1 Prertan simbol smetnjaka opozarja, da je treba odpadne elektrine in elektronske izdelke (OEEI) odstranjevati loeno od ostalih komunalnih odpadkov. 2 Odpadni elektrini izdelki lahko vsebujejo nevarne snovi, zato s pravilnim odstranjevanjem stare naprave prispevate k prepreevanju morebitnih negativnih vplivov na okolje in zdravje ljudi. Vaa stara naprava lahko vsebuje dele, ki jih je mogoe uporabiti za popravilo drugih izdelkov, in druge dragocene materiale, ki jih je mogoe reciklirati in s tem ohraniti omejene vire. 3 Svojo napravo lahko odnesete v trgovino, kjer ste jo kupili, ali pa se glede podrobnosti o najblijem pooblaenem zbirnem mestu za odpadno elektrino in elektronsko opremo obrnite na lokalno komunalno podjetje. Za najnoveje informacije za svojo dravo si oglejte www.lg.com/global/

recycling. ESPAOL (Spain) Smbolo para marcar AEE 1 El smbolo del contenedor de basura tachado con un aspa indica que la recogida separada de aparatos elctricos y electrnicos (AEE) debe realizarse de manera separada. Instruction/Safety Information 59 2 Los productos elctricos antiguos pueden contener sustancias peligrosas de modo que la correcta eliminacin del antiguo aparato ayudar a evitar posibles consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente y para la salud humana. El antiguo aparato puede contener piezas reutilizables que podran utilizarse para reparar otros productos y otros materiales valiosos que pueden reciclarse para conservar los recursos limitados. 3 Este producto contiene pilas y/o acumuladores. Siempre que no sea necesaria la intervencin de un profesional cualificado para ello, y antes del depsito final del producto en las instalaciones de recogida selectiva, usted debe extraer las pilas y acumuladores de forma segura y separadamente para su adecuada gestin. 4 Puede llevar el aparato a cualquiera de los centros autorizados para su recogida. Para obtener la informacin ms actualizada para su pas por favor visite www.lg.com/global/recycling E N G L S H I SVENSKA (Sweden) Bortskaffning av den gamla produkten 1 Den verkorsade soptunnesymbolen indikerar att elektroniskt och elektriskt avfall (WEEE) ska sorteras separat frn hushllsavfallet och lmnas in till en av kommunen anvisad plats fr tervinning. 2 Kasserade elektroniska och elektriska produkter kan innehlla farliga substanser, korrekt avfallshantering av produkten frhindrar negativa konsekvenser fr miljn och den mnskliga hlsan. Din gamla produkt kan ven innehlla teranvndningsbara delar som kan anvndas fr att reparera andra produkter samt innehlla vrdefulla mnen som kan tervinnas fr att spara jordens resurser. 3 Du kan ta din gamla produkt till butiken dr du kpte den eller kontakta din kommun fr information om nrmaste WEEE-uppsamlingsstlle. Fr att f den senaste informationen fr ditt land, g till www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Russia) 1 ,

(WEEE)

. 2 ,

, . 3 , ,

(WEEE).

: www.lg.com/global/recycling TRKE (Trkiye) 60 Instruction/Safety Information Eski cihaznzn atlmas E N G L S H I 1 Tm elektrikli ve elektronik atklar, devlet ya da yerel yetkililer tarafndan belirlenen toplama merkezlerinde ayr olarak imha edilmelidir. Atk eletrikli ve elektronik aletler belediyeler tarafndan kurulan toplama noktalarna teslim edilmeli veya aldnz yeni rn satcnz adresinize teslim ederken, satcnzdan atk elektrikli ve elektronik aletinizi teslim almasn istemelisiniz. 2 Atk rnn doru imhas evre ve insan sal zerindeki potansiyel olumsuz sonularn engellenmesine yardmc olacaktr. 3 Bu iareti ieren rnler tehlikeli madde ierebilir. rnler ierisindeki tehlikeli maddeler evre kirlenmesine veya yaralanma/lme sebebiyet verebilir. 4 AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. 5 Eski rnnzn imhas hakknda daha fazla bilgi iin ltfen belediyeniz ya da rn aldnz maaza ile iletiime geiniz. (www.lg.com/global/recycling)

(Ukraine) 1 ,

(WEEE) . 2 ,

. 3 , ,

(WEEE). ,

: www.lg.com/global/recycling

(Kazakhstan) 1 , (WEEE )

. 2 ,

. 3 WEEE-

Instruction/Safety Information 61

. www.lg.com/global/recycling . EESTI (Estonian) Vana seadme hvitamine E N G L S H I 1 Lbikriipsutatud ristiga prgikasti smbol thendab, et elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete (WEEE) jtmed tuleb krvaldada olmeprgist eraldi. 2 Vanad elektriseadmed vivad sisaldada ohtlikke koostisosi, seega aitab prgi nuetekohane hvitamine vltida vimalikku negatiivset mju loodusele ja inimeste tervisele. Teie kasutatud seade vib sisaldada taaskasutatavaid osi, millega saab parandada teisi seadmeid ning muid vrtuslikke materjale, mida saab taaskasutada, et silitada piiratud ressursse. 3 Saate viia oma seadme kas kauplusse, kust see on ostetud vi vtta hendust kohaliku prgiveo ettevttega, et saada lisainfot oma lhima WEEE jtmete kogumiskoha kohta. Kige ajakohasemat infot oma riigi kohta vaadake www.lg.com/global/recycling LATVIEU (Latvian) Jsu vecs ierces likvidana 1 is simbols prsvtrota atkritumu tvertne uz riteiem norda, ka elektrisko un elektronisko iekrtu atkritumi (EEIA) jutiliz atsevii no sadzves atkritumu plsmas. 2 Veci elektriskie izstrdjumi var saturt bstamas vielas, td jsu vecs ierces pareiza utilizcija paldzs novrst iespjams negatvs sekas videi un cilvka veselbai. Jsu vec ierce var saturt vairkkrt izmantojamas detaas, kuras var izmantot citu izstrdjumu remontam, un citus vrtgus materilus, kurus var prstrdt, tdjdi saglabjot ierobeotus resursus. 3 Js varat aiznest ierci vai nu uz veikalu, kur o izstrdjumu iegdjieties, vai sazinties ar vietjs pavaldbas atkritumu savkanas iestdi un uzzint skku informciju par tuvko oficilo EEIA savkanas punktu. Jaunko informciju par savu valsti skatiet vietn www.lg.com/global/recycling. LIETUVI K. (Lithuanian) Seno prietaiso utilizavimas 1 Ibrauktos iukli ds simbolis rodo, kad elektros ir elektronikos rangos atliekas (EEA) reikt utilizuoti atskirai nuo buitini atliek. 2 Senoje elektrinje rangoje gali bti pavojing mediag, taigi tinkamas seno prietaiso utilizavimas pads apsisaugoti nuo galim neigiam pasekmi aplinkai ir moni sveikatai. Js sename prietaise gali bti dali, kurias galima panaudoti dar kart taisant kit rang, ir kit verting mediag, kurias galima perdirbti siekiant tausoti ribotus iteklius. 3 Savo prietais galite nugabenti parduotuv, kurioje j sigijote, arba kreipkits vietos valdios atliek tarnyb ir suinokite, kur yra artimiausia EEA surinkimo vieta. Nordami gauti daugiau informacijos apie savo alies reikalavimus, apsilankykite www.lg.com/global/recycling. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION (India region only) Disposal of your old appliance (as per e-waste Rules) 62 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 1 When this crossed out wheeled bin symbol is depicted on the product and its operators manual, it means the product is covered by the e-waste Management and Handling Rules, 2011 and are meant to be recycled, dismantled, refurbished or disposed off. 2 Dos a. The product is required to be handed over only to the authorized recycler for disposal. b. Keep the product in isolated area, after it becomes non-functional/un-repairable so as to prevent its accidental breakage. Dont a. The product should not be opened by the user himself/herself, but only by authorized service personnel. b. The product is not meant for re-sale to any unauthorized agencies/scrap dealer/kabariwalah. c. The product is not meant for mixing into household waste stream. d. Do not keep any replaced spare part(s) from the product in exposed area. 3 Any disposal through unauthorized agencies/person will attract action under Environment

(Protection) Act 1986. 4 This product is complied with the requirement of Hazardous Substances as specified under Rule 13 (1) & (2) of the E-Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011. 5 To locate a nearest collection centre or call for pick-up (limited area only) for disposal of this appliance, please contact Toll Free No. 1800-315-9999 / 1800-180-9999 for details. All collection centre and pick up facilities are done by third parties whith LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd. Merely as a facilitator. For more detailed information, please visit : http://www.lge.com/in. Instruction/Safety Information 63 E N G L S H I LG Take-back & Recycling Policy (For USA) LG Electronics offers a customized e-waste take-back & recycling service that meets local needs and requirements in the countries where e-waste regulations are in place, and also provides product take-

back & recycling service voluntarily in some regions. LG Electronics evaluates products recyclability at the design step selectively, with the goal of improving recyclability where practicable. Through these activities, LG Electronics seeks to contribute to conserving natural resources and protecting the environment. For more information, please visit our global site at https://www.lg.com/global/recycling Battery take-back information 1) US 64 Instruction/Safety Information In case rechargeable battery is included in this product, the entire device should be recycled in compliance with rechargeable battery recycling standards because of the internal battery. To dispose of properly, call (800) 822-8837 or visit www.call2recycle.org. 2) Canada ENGLISH E N G L S H I In case rechargeable battery is included in this product, the rechargeable battery should be recycled in compliance with rechargeable battery recycling standards. To dispose of properly, call 1.800.822.8837 or visit www.call2recycle.ca. FRANAIS Si le produit inculu une batterie rechargeable, celle-ci devrait tre recycle conformment aux normes de recyclage des batteries rechargeable. Pour vous en dbarasser correctement, appelez 1.800.822.8837 ou visitez www.appelarecycler.ca. BRAZIL ONLY Produto, Pilhas e Baterias:

1 No recomendvel o descarte do produto, assim como pilhas, baterias, acessrios em lixo comum. 2 Aps o uso, estes itens devem ser descartados de forma ambientalmente adequada, sob o risco de ocasionarem danos ao meio ambiente e sade humana (Resoluo Conama 401/2008) 3 No fim de sua vida til, descarte o produto de forma ambientalmente adequada, sob pena de ocasionar danos ao meio ambiente e sade humana. Programa Coleta Inteligente 1 A LG criou o Programa Coleta Inteligente, para facilitar e viabilizar o descarte ambientalmente adequado de produtos, pilhas e baterias. 2 Atravs do Programa Coleta Inteligente, a LG disponibiliza pontos de coleta em localidades diversas, incluindo assistncias tcnicas autorizadas da LG Electronics. Para mais informaes visite o site www.lg.com/br/suporte/coleta-seletiva ou contate nosso SAC atravs do nmero 4004-5400

(Capitais e Regies metropolitanas) ou 0800-707- 5454 (demais localidades). Instruction/Safety Information 65 SAUDI ARABIA ONLY 1 All batteries should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 2 The correct disposal of your old batteries will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. E N G L S H I 3 For more detail information about disposal of your old batteries, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Also You can contact our LG Support Representative Call center from below Link https://www.lg. com/sa_en/support/contact/telephone 1

. 2

. 3

. LG https://www.lg.com/sa_en/support/contact/telephone BATTERY ENGLISH 1 This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury(Hg), cadmium(Cd) or lead(Pb) if the battery Contains more that 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2 All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3 The correct disposal of Your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 4 For more detailed information about disposal of Your old batteries/accumulators, please contact Your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where You purchased the product. (http://www. lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) FRANAIS 66 Instruction/Safety Information 1 Ce symbole peut tre associ au symbole chimique du mercure (Hg), du cadmium (Cd) ou du plomb (Pb) si la batterie contient plus de 0,0005% de mercure, 0,002% de cadmium ou 0,004%

de plomb. 2 Toutes les piles et batteries doivent tre collectes sparment et emportes par les services de voierie municipaux vers des intallations spcifiques de collecte des dchets, identifies en consquence par le gouvernement ou par les autorits locales. E N G L S H I 3 Le traitement correct de vos piles ou batteries usages contribue protger lenvironnement et la sant des personnes et des animaux. 4 Pour plus dinformations sur le traitement de vos piles ou batteries usages, merci de bien vouloir vous adresser votre mairie, au service de la voierie ou au magasin o vous avez achet le produit.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ITALIANO 1 Questo simbolo pu essere combinato con i simboli di mercurio (Hg), cadmio (Cd) o piombo (Pb) se la batteria contiene pi di 0,0005% di mercurio, 0,002% di cadmio 0,004% di piombo. 2 Tutte le batterie/accumulatori devono essere smaltiti separatamente dai rifiuti domestici e nei punti di raccolta designati dal governo o dalle autorit locali. 3 II corretto smaltimento delle vecchie batterie/accumulatori consente di evitare conseguenze potenziali negative per lambiente e la salute umana. 4 Per informazioni pi dettagliate relative allo smaltimento di vecchie batterie/accumulatori rivolgersi alla propria azienda di servizi ambientali o al servizio di smaltimento del negozio in cui avete acquistato il prodotto. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) SVENSKA 1 Denna symbol kan kombineras med de kemiska symbolerna fr kvicksilver(Hg), kadmium(Cd) eller bly (Pb) om batteriet innehller mer n, 0,0005% kvicksilver, 0,002% kadmium eller 0,004% bly. 2 Alla batterier/ackumulatorer skall hanteras tskiljda frn vanligt hushllsavfall och fras till fr ndamlet avsedda uppsamlingsplatser utsedda av myndigheterna. 3 Rtt hantering av dina gamla batterier/ackumulatorer medverkar till att frhindra negativa konsekvenser fr miljn, och fr djurs och mnniskors hlsa. 4 Fr mer detaljerad information om hanteringen av dina gamla batterier/ackumulatorer ber vi dig ta kontakt med myndigheterna dr du bor, eller med affren dr du kpt din apparat. (http://www.lg. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) NEDERLANDS 1 Dit symbool kan samen met de chemische symbolen voor kwik (Hg), cadmium (Cd) en lood (Pb) worden gebruikt als de batterij of de accu meer dan 0,0005% kwik, 0,002% cadmium of 0,004%

lood bevat. 2 Batterijen en accus moeten altijd gescheiden van het normale huisvuil worden afgevoerd via door de overheid aangewezen inzamelpunten. Instruction/Safety Information 67 3 Door lege batterijen en accus op de juiste manier af te voeren, helpt u mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de gezondheid van mens en dier te voorkomen. 4 Bel voor meer informatie over het afvoeren van lege batterijen en accus de afdeling Milieudienst van het gemeentehuis van uw woonplaats, het dichtstbijzijnde erkende inleveradres of de winkel waar u het product hebt gekocht. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-

recycling/global-network-europe) E N G L S H I SUOMI 1 Mikli paristo tai akku sislt yli 0,0005% elohopeaa, 0,002% kadmiumia tai yli 0,004% lyijy, voi tm symboli sislt niden kemiallisten aineiden lyhenteet kuten elohopea (Hg), kadmium (Cd) tai lyijy (Pb). 2 Kaikki paristot/akut tulisi hvitt erikseen kotitalousjtteest, ja ne tulisi toimittaa hvitettvksi valtion tai paikallisten viranomaisten osoittamaan keryspisteeseen. 3 Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen oikea hvitystapa auttaa estmn mahdollisia negatiivisia vaikutuksia ympristlle, elin- ja ihmisterveydelle. 4 Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen hvityksest saat listietoja ottamalla yhteytt paikallisiin viranomaisiin, jtteenksittely-yhtin tai tuotteen hankintapaikkaan. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) DEUTSCH 1 Dieses Symbol kann mit chmeischen Symbolen fr Quecksilber (Hg), Kadmium (Cd) oder Blei kombiniert sein, wenn die Batterie mehr als 0,0005 % Quecksilber, 0,002 % Kadmium oder 0,004

% Blei enthlt. 2 Alle Batterien/Akkus sollten getrennt vom Hausmll ber die ausgewiesenen Sammelstellen entsorgt werden, die von staatlichen oder regionalen Behrden dazu bestimmt wurden. 3 Die ordnungsgeme Entsorgung Ihrer alten Batterien/Akkus hilft bei der Vermeidung mglicher negativer Folgen fr Mensch, Tier und Umwelt. 4 Beim Wunsch nach ausfhrlicheren Informationen ber die Entsorgung Ihrer alten Batterien/Akkus wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihre Stadt-/ oder Gemeindeverwaltung, die fr Sie zustndige Abfallbehrde oder das Geschft, in dem Sie das Produkt gekauft haben. (http://www.lg.com/

global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) DANSK 1 Symbolet kan vre kombineret med de kemiske symboler for kvikslv (Hg), kadmium (Cd) eller bly

(Pb), hvis batteriet indeholer mere end 0,0005% kvikslv, 0,002%kadmium eller 0,004% bly. 2 Alle batterier/akkumulatorer br bortskaffes p separat vis, og ikke som husholdningsaffald, men via specielle opsamlingssteder, der er udpeget af de offentlige eller lokale myndigheder. 3 Nr du bortskaffer dine gamle batterier/akkumulatorer p korrekt vis, hjlper du med til at forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser p miljet samt p dyrs og menneskers sundhed. 4 nsker du yderligere oplysninger om bortskaffelse af dine gamle batterier/akkumulatorer, skal du kontakte de offentlige myndigheder, genbrugspladsen eller butikken, hvor du kbte produktet.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) 68 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I 1 (Hg),

(Cd) (b) 0,0005%

, 0,002% 0,004% . 2 /

3 /

, . 4 /

. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ESPAOL 1 Este smbolo puede aparecer junto con smbolos qumicos de mercurio (Hg), cadmio (Cd) o plomo

(Pb) si la batera contiene ms de un 0,0005% de mercurio, un 0,002% de cadmio o un 0,004% de plomo. 2 Las bateras o acumuladores no debern tirarse junto con la basura convencional, sino a travs de los puntos de recogida designados por el gobierno o las autoridades locales. 3 La correcta recogida y tratamiento de las bateras o acumuladores antiguos contribuye a evitar las potenciales consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente, los animales y la salud pblica. 4 Para ms informacin sobre la eliminacin de bateras o acumuladores antiguos, pngase en contacto con su ayuntamiento, el servicio de recogida de basuras o el comercio en el que adquiri el producto. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) PORTUGUS 1 Este smbolo pode ser combinado com smbolos qumicos para mercrio (Hg), cdmio (Cd) ou chumbo (Pb) se a bateria contiver mais de 0,0005% de mercrio, 0,002% de cdmio ou 0,004%

de chumbo. 2 Todos as baterias/acumuladores devem ser eliminados em separado do lixo municipal atravs dos servios de recolha designados pelas autoridades locais ou nacionais. 3 A eliminao correcta das baterias/acumuladores usadas ajuda a prevenir consequncias negativas potenciais para o ambiente e para a sade humana e animal. 4 Para informaes mais detalhadas sobre a eliminao das suas baterias/acumuladores, contacte por favor os servios de reciclagem locais, ou o local onde adquiriu o produto. (http://www.lg.com/

global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) SLOVENINA Instruction/Safety Information 69 1 Tento symbol me by kombinovan s chemickmi symbolmi pre ortu (Hg), kadmium (Cd) alebo olovo (Pb) v prpade, ak batria obsahuje viac ako 0,0005 % ortuti, 0,002 % kadmia alebo 0,004 %

olova. 2 Vetky batrie/akumultory by sa mali likvidova oddelene od komunlneho odpadu prostrednctvom urench zbernch zariaden ustanovench ttnymi alebo miestnymi radmi. 3 Sprvna likvidcia vaich starch batri/akumultorov pome zabrni negatvnym nsledkom na E N G L S H I ivotn prostredie, zdravotn stav ud a zvierat. 4 Viac informci o likvidcii vaich starch batri/akumultorov vm poskytne v mestsk rad, firma na likvidciu odpadu alebo obchod, kde ste si vrobok kpili. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ESKY 1 Tento symbol me bt kombinovn s chemickou znakou rtuti (Hg), kadmia (Cd) nebo olova (Pb), pokud baterie obsahuje vce ne 0,0005 % rtuti, 0,002 % kadmia nebo 0,004 % olova. 2 Vechny baterie/akumultory je nutno likvidovat oddlen od bnho domovnho odpadu, vyuijte k tomu uren sbrn msta dle pokyn nrodnch nebo mstnch ad. 3 Sprvn likvidace starch bateri/akumultor pome zabrnit monm negativnm dopadm na ivotn prosted a zdrav lid a zvat. 4 Podrobnj informace o likvidaci starch bateri/akumultor vm sdl v mstn ad, zpracovatel odpadu nebo obchod, kde jste produkt zakoupili. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) HRVATSKI 1 Taj simbol moe se pojaviti u kombinaciji s kemijskim simbolom za ivu (Hg), kadmij (Cd) ili olovo

(Pb) ako baterija sadri vie od 0,0005% ive, 0,002% kadmija ili 0,004% olova. 2 Sve baterije/akumulatore treba odvojiti od kuanskog otpada i odloiti ih na mjesto koje je za otpad odredila vlada ili lokalna uprava. 3 Ispravnim odlaganjem starih baterija/akumulatora sprjeavate negativan utjecaj na okoli, zdravlje ivotinja i ljudi. 4 Dodatne informacije o odlaganju starih baterija/akumulatora zatraite od gradske uprave, komunalne slube ili trgovine u kojoj ste kupili proizvod. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) MAGYAR 1 Ez a szimblum a higany (Hg), a kadmium (Cd), illetve az lom (Pb) vegyjelvel is lehet kombinlva, ha az adott elem 0,0005%-nl tbb higanyt, 0,002%-nl tbb kadmiumot, illetve 0,004%-nl tbb lmot tartalmaz. 2 Minden elemet/akkumultort a hztartsi hulladktl elklntve kell kezelni, a kormny, illetve a helyi hatsgok ltal kijellt gyjtltestmnyeken. 3 A rgi elemek/akkumultorok megfelel hulladkkezelse segt megelzni a krnyezetre, illetve llatok s emberek egszsgre gyakorolt lehetsges negatv kvetkezmnyeket. 70 Instruction/Safety Information 4 A rgi elemek/akkumultorok hulladkkezelsvel kapcsolatos rszletes tjkoztatsrt forduljon az nkormnyzat irodjhoz, a hulladkkezel szolglathoz, illetve ahhoz az zlethez, ahol a termket vsrolta. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) POLSKI E N G L S H I 1 Symbol ten moe znajdowa si w obecnoci chemicznych oznacze rtci (Hg), kadmu (Cd) lub oowiu (Pb), jeeli bateria zawiera ponad 0,0005% rtci, 0,002% kadmu lub 0,004% oowiu. 2 Wszystkie baterie/akumulatory powinny by utylizowane w oddzieleniu od innych odpadw komunalnych przez jednostki wyznaczone do tego celu przez wadze rzdowe lub lokalne. 3 Poprawna utylizacja zuytych baterii/akumulatorw pomoe zapobiec moliwym negatywnym wpywom na rodowisko, zwierzta i ludzkie zdrowie. 4 W celu uzyskania wicej informacji na temat utylizacji zuytych baterii/akumulatorw naley skontaktowa si z lokalnym urzdem miasta, zakadem usug komunalnych lub sklepem, w ktrym produkt zosta zakupiony. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-

recycling/global-network-europe) EESTI 1 Seda smbolit vbeda (Hg), kaadmiumi (Cd) vi plii (Pb) keemiline this, kui patarei/aku sisaldab le 0,0005% elavhbedat, le 0,002% kaadmiumi vi le 0,004% pliid. 2 Kigi patareide/akude kitlemine peab toimuma olmeprgiveost eraldi, riiklikult vi kohaliku omavalitsuse poolt mratud spetsiaalsete kogumispunktide kaudu. 3 Teie vanade patareide/akude nuetekohane kitlemine aitab ra hoida vimalikke negatiivseid tagajrgi keskkonnale ja inimeste tervisele. 4 Tpsema teabe saamiseks oma vanade patareide/akude kitlemise kohta prduge palun kohaliku omavalitsuse/jtmekitlusettevtte poole vi kauplusse, kust te antud toote ostsite. (http://www. lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) LATVIEU 1 o simbolu var papildint dzvsudraba (Hg), kadmija (Cd) vai svina (Pb) misko elementu simboli, ja akumulators satur vairk k 0,0005% dzvsudraba, 0,002% kadmija vai 0,004% svina. 2 Visas baterijas/akumulatori ir jlikvid valsts vai pavaldbas nozmts specils atkritumu savkanas viets, atsevii no mjsaimniecbas atkritumiem. 3 Pareizi atbrvojoties no vecajm baterijm/akumulatoriem, tiks novrstas iespjami nelabvlgs sekas uz apkrtjo vidi un cilvku veselbu. 4 Lai saemtu skku informciju par atbrvoanos no vecajm baterijm/akumulatoriem, ldzu, sazinieties ar savas pavaldbas biroju, atkritumu izncinanas dienestu vai veikalu, kur nopirkt o izstrdjumu. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) LIETUVI K. Instruction/Safety Information 71 1 Jeigu maitinimo elemente yra daugiau nei 0,0005 % gyvsidabrio, kadmio (Cd) arba 0,004 % vino, is enklas gali bti naudojamas kartu su cheminiais gyvsidabrio (Hg), 0,002% kadmio arba vino

(Pb) enklais. 2 Visi maitinimo elementai/akumuliatoriaus turi bti imetami atskirai, ne su buitinmis atliekomis;

juos reikia atiduoti tam skirtus surinkimo punktus, kuriuos rengia vyriausyb arba vietos valdios institucijos. 3 Tinkamai imet senus maitinimo elementus/akumuliatorius, padsite apsaugoti aplink, gyvn ir moni sveikat nuo galim neigiam padarini. 4 Isamesns informacijos apie sen maitinimo element/akumuliatori imetim teiraukits savo miesto savivaldybs administracijoje, atliek tvarkymo tarnyboje arba parduotuvje, kurioje sigijote gamin. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-

network-europe) E N G L S H I TRKE 1 Bu sembol pillerin %0,0005 orannda civa, %0,002 orannda kadmiyum veya %0,004 orannda kurun iermesi durumunda cva (Hg), kadmiyum (Cd) veya kurun (Pb) kimyasal sembolleri ile bir arada bulunabilir. 2 Tm piller ve akmlatrler, normal atlan plerden ayr olarak, hkmet veya yerel idareler tarafndan belirlenmi olan toplama merkezlerinde atlmaldr. 3 Bu tip kullanlm pillerin/akmlatrlerin doru olarak atlmas hem evreye hem de hayvan ve insan salna verilebilecek potansiyel olumsuz sonular nleyecektir. 4 Kullanlm pillerinizin/akmlatrlerinizin atlmas ile ilgili olarak, bulunduunuz yerdeki belediye, p atm hizmeti veren kurululara veya rn satn aldnz yerlere bavurabilirsiniz. (http://www.lg. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) SLOVENINA 1 Simbolu so lahko dodane tudi kemine oznake za ivo srebro (Hg), kadmij (Cd) ali svinec (Pb), e baterija vsebuje ve kot 0,0005 % ivega srebra, 0,002 % kadmija ali 0,004 % svinca. 2 Vse baterije/akumulatorje odstranjujte loeno od obiajnih komunalnih odpadkov na namenskih zbirnih mestih, ki jih doloijo vlada ali krajevne oblasti. 3 S pravilnim odlaganjem starih baterij/akumulatorjev pomagate prepreevati negativne posledice za okolje ter zdravje ljudi in ivali. 4 Podrobneje informacije o odstranjevanju starih baterij/akumulatorjev poiite pri mestnem uradu, komunalni slubi ali prodajalni, kjer ste izdelke kupili. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) 1 0,0005% , 0,002% 0,004% ,

, (Hg),

(Cd) (Pb). 72 Instruction/Safety Information 2 /

. 3 /

. E N G L S H I 4 - /

, . (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) ROMN 1 Acest simbol poate fi asociat cu simboluri de elemente chimice pentru mercur(Hg), cadmiu(Cd) sau plumb(Pb) dac bateria conine o cantitate mai mare de 0,0005% de mercur, 0,002% de cadmiu sau 0,004% de plumb. 2 Toate bateriile/acumulatoarele trebuie eliminate separat de deeurile menajere municipale prin uniti de colectare dedicate, desemnate de guvern sau de autoritile locale. 3 Eliminarea corect a vechilor dvs. baterii/acumulatoare va ajuta la prevenirea potenialelor consecine negative asupra mediului nconjurtor i sntii oamenilor. 4 Pentru informaii mai detaliate despre eliminarea vechilor dvs. baterii/acumulatoare, contactai biroul local, serviciul de eliminare a deeurilor sau magazinul de la care ai achiziionat produsul.

(http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) NORSK 1 Dette symbolet kan vre kombinert med de kjemiske tegnene for kvikkslv (Hg), kadmium (Cd) eller bly (Pb) hvis batteriene inneholder mer enn 0,0005 % kvikkslv, 0,002 % kadmium eller 0,004 % bly. 2 Alle batterier/akkumulatorer skal kastes atskilt fra restavfall og leveres ved offentlige spesialavfallsstasjoner. 3 Riktig hndtering av brukte batterier/akkumulatorer som avfall bidrar til forhindre skader p miljet og dyrs og menneskers helse. 4 Hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du br hndtere brukte batterier/akkumulatorer som avfall, kan du ta kontakt med lokale myndigheter, renovasjonstjenesten p stedet eller butikken der du kjpte produktet. (http://www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/

global-network-europe) SRPSKI 1 Simbol moe biti kombinovan sa hemijskim simbolima za ivu (Hg), kadmijum (Cd) ili olovo (Pb) ako baterija sadri vie od 0,0005% ive, 0,002% kadmijuma ili 0,004% olova. 2 Sve baterije/akumulatore treba odloiti odvojeno od opteg gradskog otpada, i to preko namenskih taaka za prikupljanje, ustanovljenih od strane vlade ili lokalne uprave. Instruction/Safety Information 73 3 Ispravnim odlaganjem starih baterija/akumulatora spreavate potencijalne negativne efekte na okolinu, zdravlje ivotinja i ljudi. 4 Dodatne informacije o odlaganju starih baterija/akumulatora zatraite od gradske uprave, komunalnog preduzea ili prodavnice u kojoj ste kupili proizvod. (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) E N G L S H I 1 :

(Hg), (Cd) (Pb), 0,0005% , 0,002% 0,004% . 2 ,

. 3

. 4

, . (http://www.lg.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) AKEOHCK 1 (Hg),

(Cd) (Pb) 0,0005% , 0,002%

0,004% . 2 / ,

. 3 /

. 4 /

. (http://

www.lg.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling/global-network-europe) Removal of waste batteries and accumulators (Product with embedded battery ONLY) ENGLISH 74 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Removal of waste batteries and accumulators (Product with embedded battery ONLY) In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell using specialized tools. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www. lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling DEUTSCH Entfernen von Abfallbatterien und -Akkus (Nur fr Produkte mit integrierter Batterie) Falls dieses Produkt eine im Produkt eingearbeitete Batterie/Akku enthlt, die nicht ohne weiteres durch den Endbenutzer entfernt werden kann, empfiehlt LG, dass nur qualifizierte Fachkrfte Batterie oder Akku entfernen, die/der entweder wegen einer Ersatzlieferung oder fr ein Recycling am Ende der Lebensdauer dieses Produkts ausgetauscht werden muss. Um Schden am Produkt zu vermeiden, und fr ihre eigene Sicherheit, sollten Benutzer nicht versuchen, Batterie oder Akku zu entfernen und diesbezglich die LG-Beratungsstelle oder einen anderen unabhngigen Dienstleister zwecks Beratung kontaktieren. Das Entfernen von Batterie oder Akku erfordert ein Zerlegen des Produkts, die Trennung der elektrischen Leitungen/Kontakte und eine sorgfltige Entnahme der Batterie-/Akkuzelle mit Spezialwerkzeugen. Wenn Sie die Anweisungen fr qualifizierte Fachkrfte bentigen, wie man Batterie/Akku sicher entfernen kann, besuchen Sie bitte http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling FRANAIS Retrait de batteries et daccumulateurs mettre au rebut (produit avec batterie intgre UNIQUEMENT) Dans le cas o ce produit contiendrait une batterie intgre impossible retirer facilement par les utilisateurs finaux, LG recommande de confier exclusivement des professionnels qualifis le soin de retirer la batterie, que ce soit pour la remplacer ou pour la recycler lorsque le produit est arrive en fin de vie. Pour viter dendommager le produit et pour leur propre scurit, les utilisateurs ne doivent pas tenter de retirer la batterie et ils doivent demander conseil laide en ligne de LG Service ou dautres prestataires de services indpendants. Le retrait de la batterie implique de dmonter le botier du produit, de dbrancher les cbles/

contacts lectriques et dextraire avec prcaution la cellule de la batterie en saidant doutils spcialiss. En allant sur http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling, vous trouverez des instructions destines aux professionnels qualifis sur les procdures employer pour retirer la batterie en toute scurit. ITALIANO Instruction/Safety Information 75 Rimozione di batterie e accumulatori (SOLO prodotti con batteria incorporata) Nel caso in cui il prodotto contenga una batteria incorporata nel prodotto che non pu essere facilmente rimossa dallutente finale, LG raccomanda che la batteria venga rimossa solo da professionisti qualificati, sia per la sostituzione sia per il riciclaggio al termine della vita del prodotto. Per evitare danni al prodotto, e per la propria sicurezza, gli utenti non devono tentare di rimuovere la batteria, ma contattare il Servizio clienti di LG o altri fornitori di servizi indipendenti per ottenere consiglio. La rimozione della batteria comporta lo smantellamento della custodia del prodotto, la disconnessione di cavi/contatti elettrici, e lattenta estrazione della cella batteria utilizzando strumenti specifici. In caso di bisogno di istruzioni per professionisti qualificati su come rimuovere la batteria in modo sicuro, si prega di visitare http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/

take-back-recycling E N G L S H I ESPAOL Eliminacin de las bateras y acumuladores usados (SOLO para productos con batera integrada) En caso de que este producto contenga una batera incorporada que los usuarios finales no pueda retirar fcilmente, LG recomienda que slo profesionales cualificados retiren la batera, ya sea para su sustitucin que para reciclar la batera al final de la vida til del producto. Para evitar daos en el producto, y por su propia seguridad, el usuario no debe intentar retirar la batera, debe ponerse en contacto con la Lnea de Ayuda de Servicios de LG, o con otros proveedores de servicios independientes para su asesoramiento. La eliminacin de la batera implicar desmontar la carcasa del producto, la desconexin de los cables/contactos elctricos, y una cuidadosa extraccin de la clula de la batera utilizando herramientas especializadas. Si necesita instrucciones de profesionales cualificados sobre cmo retirar la batera de manera segura, por favor visite http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling PORTUGUS Remoo de resduos de pilhas e acumuladores (APENAS produtos com bateria incorporada) No caso de este produto conter uma bateria incorporada que no possa ser removida prontamente pelos utilizadores finais, seja para substituio ou reciclagem no fim da vida til deste produto, a LG recomenda que a sua remoo seja efetuada apenas por tcnicos qualificados. Para evitar danificar o produto e para sua prpria segurana, os utilizadores no devero tentar remover a bateria, devendo contactar o Servio de Assistncia LG ou outros fornecedores de servios independentes. A remoo da bateria implica a desmontagem da estrutura do produto, a retirada dos cabos/

contactos eltricos e a extrao cuidadosa da clula da bateria utilizando ferramentas especficas. Se pretender obter instrues de tcnicos qualificados sobre o modo de remoo seguro da bateria, visite http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling NEDERLANDS 76 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Verwijdering van afgedankte batterijen en accus (ALLEEN product ingebedde batterij) In het geval dat dit product een binnen het product opgenomen batterij bevat, die niet gemakkelijk kan worden verwijderd door eindgebruikers, raadt LG aan om de batterij alleen door gekwalificeerde professionals te laten verwijderen, zijnde voor vervanging of voor recycling aan het einde van de levensduur van dit product. Om schade aan het product te voorkomen, en voor hun eigen veiligheid, moeten gebruikers niet proberen om de batterij te verwijderen en moeten contact opnemen met de LG-servicehulplijn of andere onafhankelijke serviceproviders voor advies. Het verwijderen van de batterij betreft demontage van de productbehuizing, verbreken van de verbinding van elektriciteitskabels/contacten en het zorgvuldig uitnemen van de batterijcel met gebruik van gespecialiseerd gereedschap. Als u de instructies voor gekwalificeerde professionals nodig hebt betreffende het veilig verwijderen van de batterij, gaat u naar http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling

, LG

, . LG, .

, http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling MAGYAR Elhasznldott elemek s akkumultorok eltvoltsa (KIZRLAG begyazott elemmel rendelkez termkek esetben) Ha a termk olyan begyazott elemet tartalmaz, amelyet a termkbl a vgfelhasznl nem tud knnyedn eltvoltani, az LG azt javasolja, hogy elemcserhez vagy a termk lettartamnak vgn az jrahasznostshoz azt csak szakemberrel tvolttassk el. A termk srlsnek megakadlyozsa s a sajt biztonsga rdekben a felhasznlk ne ksreljk meg az elem eltvoltst, s tancsadsrt vegyk fel a kapcsolatot az LG Service seglyvonalval vagy ms fggetlen szolgltatval. Az elem eltvoltsa sorn fel kell nyitni a termkhzat, le kell csatlakoztatni az elektromos kbeleket/rintkezket, s specilis szerszmmal vatosan ki kell emelni az elemcellt. Ha szakember tancsra van szksge ahhoz, hogy biztonsgosan tvoltsa el az elemet, ltogasson el a kvetkez webhelyre: http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling POLSKI Instruction/Safety Information 77 Usuwanie zuytych baterii i akumulatorw (Dotyczy TYLKO produktw z wbudowan bateri) Jeli ten produkt ma wbudowan bateri, ktrej konsument nie powinien usuwa samodzielnie, LG zaleca, aby usunicie baterii (w celu jej wymiany lub recyklingu po zakoczeniu cyklu ycia produktu) zleci osobie wykwalifikowanej. Aby unikn uszkodzenia produktu i ewentualnego niebezpieczestwa, uytkownik nie powinien prbowa usuwa baterii. Zamiast tego, powinien skontaktowa si z LG Service Helpline lub innym niezalenym dostawc usug w celu uzyskania porady. Proces usuwania baterii z urzdzenia obejmuje zdjcie obudowy z urzdzenia, odczenie przewodw i stykw elektrycznych oraz ostrone usunicie ogniw baterii za pomoc specjalistycznych narzdzi. Jeli potrzebujesz instrukcji bezpiecznego usuwania baterii przeznaczonej dla wykwalifikowanych pracownikw, odwied stron http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I ESKY Vyjmut starch bateri a akumultor (POUZE pro vrobek s integrovanou bateri) V ppad, e tento vrobek obsahuje v produktu integrovanou baterii, kterou koncov uivatel neme snadno odstranit, je doporueno spolenost LG, aby bu pi vmn, nebo za elem recyklace na konci ivotnosti tohoto produktu, bylo vyjmut baterie ponechno pouze kvalifikovanm odbornkm. Aby nedolo k pokozen vrobku, nebo kvli vlastn bezpenosti by se uivatel nemli pokouet vyjmout baterii, ale naopak se obrtit o radu na servisn linku LG, nebo na jin nezvisl poskytovatele slueb. Vyjmut baterie bude zahrnovat rozebrn krytu produktu, odpojen elektrickch kabel/kontakt a peliv vyjmut baterie pomoc specializovanch nstroj. Potebujete-li pokyny pro kvalifikovan odbornky o tom, jak bezpen vyjmout baterii, navtivte prosm webov strnky http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SLOVENINA Vybratie odpadovch batri a akumultorov (LEN produkt so vstavanou batriou) V prpade, ak tento produkt obsahuje batriu vstavan v produkte, ktor nedoke koncov pouvate jednoducho vybra, spolonos LG odpora, aby batriu na el vmeny alebo recyklovania po skonen prevdzkovej ivotnosti tohto produktu vybrali kvalifikovan odbornci. S cieom zabrni pokodeniu produktu a kvli vlastnej bezpenosti sa pouvatelia nesm poka vybera batriu a o pomoc musia poiada linku pomoci servisu LG alebo inch nezvislch poskytovateov servisu. Sasou vybratia batrie bude rozmontovanie skrinky produktu, odpojenie elektrickch kblov/

kontaktov a opatrn vybratie lnku batrie pomocou pecilneho nradia. Ak potrebujete pokyny o spsobe bezpenho vybratia batrie uren pre kvalifikovanch odbornkov, navtvte http://www. lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling ROMN 78 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Eliminarea bateriilor uzate i acumulatorilor uzai (DOAR n cazul produselor cu baterie ncorporat) n cazul n care bateria este ncorporat n produs i nu poate fi ndeprtat de utilizatorul final, LG recomand ca bateria s fie ndeprtat doar de ctre un personal calificat; bateria astfel ndeprtat trebuie nlocuit i reciclat la sfritul duratei de via a produsului. Pentru a preveni deteriorarea produsului i producerea oricrui accident, utilizatorilor li se recomand s nu ndeprteze bateria, i s contacteze Serviciul de Asisten LG, sau orice alt unitate service individual. Eliminarea bateriei implic demontarea carcasei produsului, deconectarea cablurilor/racordurilor electrice i ndeprtarea cu atenie a bateriei, cu folosirea sculelor speciale. Pentru instruciunile de ndeprtare n condiii de siguran a bateriei, destinate personalului calificat, v rugm accesai http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling

, LG

, LG Service ,

, : http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling SVENSKA Kassering av frbrukade batterier och ackumulatorer (Endast produkt med inbyggt batteri) Om den hr produkten innehller ett batteri som sitter inbyggt i produkten och inte enkelt kan tas bort av anvndarna rekommenderar LG att endast behriga personer tar ur batteriet, antingen fr byte eller tervinning i slutet av produktens livslngd. Fr att frhindra skada p produkten och av skerhetsskl fr anvndarna inte frska ta ur batteriet och ska kontakta LG Service Helpline, eller en annan oberoende tjnsteleverantr fr att f hjlp. Borttagning av batteriet inkluderar demontering av produktens kpa, frnkoppling av elektriska kablar/kontakter och frsiktigt uttag av batteriet med specialverktyg. Vid behov av instruktioner frn behriga fackmn kring hur batteriet avlgsnas p ett skert stt, besk sidan http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling NORSK Instruction/Safety Information 79 Fjerning av brukte batterier og akkumulatorer (KUN produkt med integrert batteri) I tilfelle dette produktet inneholder et batteri innlemmet i produktet som ikke enkelt kan fjernes av sluttbrukere, anbefaler LG at kun kvalifisert fagpersonale fjerner batteriet, enten for bytte eller for resikr ved slutten av dette produktets brukstid. For unng skade p produktet, og for deres egen sikkerhet, br brukere ikke prve fjerne batteriet, og br kontakte LG Service Helpline, eller andre uavhengige serviceleverandrer for rd. Fjerning av batteriet vil involvere demontering av produktets deksel, frakobling av elektriske kabler/

kontakter, og forsiktig uttrekking av battericellen med spesialverkty. Hvis du trenger instruksjonene for kvalifisert fagpersonale om hvordan batteriet fjernes trygt, g til http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I DANSK Fjernelse af opbrugte batterier og akkumulatorer (KUN produkter med integreret batteri) Hvis produktet har et indbygget batteri, som ikke nemt kan fjernes af slutbrugere, anbefaler LG, at batteriet kun bliver fjernet af kvalificerede teknikere, bde hvis det er til udskiftning eller genbrug i slutning af produktets levetid. Med henblik p at forhindre skade p produktet og af hensyn til brugernes sikkerhed m sidstnvnte ikke selv forsge at fjerne batteriet, og de br kontakte LG Service Helpline eller en anden uafhngig serviceleverandr angende rd herom. Fjernelse af batteriet involverer demontering af produkthuset, afbrydelse af de elektriske kabler/

kontakter og forsigtig udtagning af battericellen ved hjlp af specialvrktjer. Hvis du har brug for vejledningen for kvalificerede teknikere om, hvordan batteriet sikkert skal fjernes, kan du besge http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SUOMI Kytettyjen paristojen/akkujen poisto (Tuote VAIN kiintell akulla) Tss tapauksessa tuote pit sislln akun joka on liitetty kiintesti tuotteeseen ja jota ei voida vlittmsti poistaa loppukyttjien toimesta, LG suosittelee ett vain ptevitetyt ammattilaiset poistavat akun, joko vaihtoa varten tai kierrtettvksi tmn tuotteen kyttin ptytty. Estkseen tuotteelle tapahtuvaa vahinkoa ja taatakseen oman turvallisuutensa, kyttjien ei pid yritt irrottaa akkua vaan ottaa yhteytt LG-palvelulinjaan tai muuhun itseniseen palvelutoimittajaan saadakseen ohjeistusta. Akun irrotus ksitt tuotteen kuoren purkamisen, shkjohtojen/-liitntjen irrotuksen, ja akkukennon irrotuksen erikoistykaluilla. Jos tarvitset ohjeita ptevitettyj ammattilaisia varten koskien akun turvallista irrotusta, vieraile osoitteessa http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/

environment/take-back-recycling EESTI 80 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Kasutatud patareide ja akude eemaldamine (AINULT kaetud akudega toote korral) Juhul, kui tootel on toote sisemuses asuv aku, mida lppkasutaja ei saa lihtsalt eemaldada, soovitab LG aku eemaldamiseks, nii vahetamise kui toote kasutusea lppedes hvitamiseks, kasutada ainult kvalifitseeritud personali abi. Selleks, et vltida toote kahjustusi ning tagada enda ohutus, ei tohi kasutaja akut ise eemaldada ning abi saamiseks tuleb hendust vtta LG teenuste kasutajatoega vi mistahes muu edasimjaga Aku eemaldamisel tuleb eemaldada toote korpus, katkestada elektrijuhtmete/-kontaktide hendus ning vastava triistaga eemaldada ettevaatlikult akuelement. Kui vajate aku ohutuks eemaldamiseks professionaalset abiinfot, klastage veebilehte http://www.lge.com/global/

sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling LIETUVI K. Baterij ir akumuliatori atliek paalinimas (TIK produktams su integruotu akumuliatoriumi) Jei iame produkte montuotas akumuliatorius, kurio tiesioginis naudotojas lengvai paalinti negali, LG rekomenduoja kad akumuliatori, jo keitimo atveju arba perdirbimo produkto tarnavimo laiko pabaigoje, paalint tik kvalifikuoti specialistai. Siekiant apsaugoti rengin nuo apgadinimo ir js pai saugumui, naudotojai neturt bandyti patys paalinti akumuliatoriaus ir nordami gauti patarim turt susisiekti su LG Paslaug pagalbos linija ar kitais nepriklausomais paslaug tiekjais. Akumuliatoriaus paalinimas apima produkto korpuso iardym, elektrini kabeli/kontakt atjungim ir atsarg akumuliatoriaus elemento imim naudojant specialius rankius. Jei jums reikia kvalifikuotiems specialistams skirt instrukcij kaip saugiai paalinti akumuliatori, praome apsilankyti http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling LATVIEU Nedergo bateriju un akumulatoru izemana (TIKAI produktiem ar iebvtu akumulatoru) Ja im produktam ir akumulators, kas iebvts produkt t, ka gala lietotjs to nevar vienkri izemt, LG iesaka akumulatora izemanu nomaias vai prstrdes nolkos produkta dzves cikla beigs uztict tikai kvalifictiem specilistiem. Lai nenodartu kaitjumu produktam un pasargtu sevi, lietotjiem nevajadztu mint izemt akumulatoru un vajadztu konsultties ar LG paldzbas dienestu vai kdu neatkargu pakalpojumu sniedzju. Lai izemtu produkta akumulatoru, ir jnoem produkta korpuss, jatvieno vadi un kontakti un ar paiem darbarkiem uzmangi jizem akumulators. Ja jums nepiecieamas kvalifictiem specilistiem paredzts nordes par akumulatora drou izemanu, dodieties uz http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling SLOVENINA Instruction/Safety Information 81 Odstranjevanje odpadnih baterij in akumulatorjev (SAMO izdelki z vgrajeno baterijo) e izdelek vsebuje v izdelek vgrajene baterije in jih konni uporabnik ne more zlahka odstraniti, vam LG priporoa, da poiete pomo usposobljenega strokovnjaka, bodisi za zamenjavo baterije ali za recikliranje ob koncu delovne dobe tega izdelka. Za prepreevanje pokodb na izdelku in varnost uporabnika, ne odstranjujte baterij sami, ampak si poiite pomo servisa LG Service Helpline, ali drugega neodvisnega servisa, ki nudi takne storitve. Odstranitev baterije bo vkljuevala, v primeru odstranitve izdelka, prekinitev elektrinih kablov/

kontaktov in previdno ostranitev baterije, z uporabo ustreznega specialnega orodja. e potrebujete navodila za kvalificirane strokovnjake o tem, kako varno odstraniti baterijo, obiite spletno stran http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling E N G L S H I SRPSKI Uklanjanje starih istroenih baterija i akumulatora (JEDINO proizvod sa ugraenom baterijom) U sluaju da ovaj proizvod sadri bateriju koju krajnji korisnik ne moe jednostavno da izvadi, LG preporuuje da to uradi samo kvalifikovana osoba, bilo da se radi o zameni ili recikliranju baterije nakon to se istroi. Kako bi se spreio nastanak bilo kakvog oteenja na proizvodu, a i zbog svoje line sigurnosti, korisnici nikako ne treba da pokuavaju da sami izvade bateriju, ve treba da pozovu LG pomoni servis ili nekog drugog nezavisnog provajdera za savet. Vaenje baterije e podrazumevati demontiranje kutije proizvoda, iskljuivanje elektrinih kablova i oprezno vaenje stanice baterije koristei posebne alate. Ako Vam je potrebna pomo kvalifikovane osobe da biste videli kako se to radi, molimo Vas da pogledate veb stranicu http://www.lge.com/

global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling HRVATSKI Uklanjanje potroenih baterija/akumulatora (SAMO ureaji s ugraenim baterijama/

akumulatorima) U sluaju kada ureaj sadri ugraenu bateriju/akumulator unutar proizvoda koju ne moe izvaditi krajni korisnik, LG preprouuje neka bateriju/akumulator izvadi samo kvalificirano osoblje, bilo radi zamjene ili recikliranja na kraju vijeka trajanja proizvoda. Radi sprjeavanja oteenja proizvoda i radi vlastite sigurnosti, korisnici ne smiju pokuavati izvaditi bateriju/akumulator i trebaju kontaktirati telefonsku liniju za pomo LG servisa ili druge nezavisne pruatelje servisa i zatraiti savjet. Uklanjanje baterije/akumulatora ukljuuje rastavljanje kuita proizvoda, odspajanje elektrinih kabela/prikljuaka i paljivo vaenje elije baterije pomou posebnog alata. Ako trebate upute kvalificiranih profesionalaca kako izvaditi bateriju na siguran nain, molimo posjetite http://www.lge. com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling TRKE 82 Instruction/Safety Information E N G L S H I Atk batarya ve aklerin karlmas (SADECE gml bataryal rnde) Bu rnde, nihai kullanclar tarafndan kolaylkla karlamayan bataryann rnle birleik konumda olmas halindeLG, ister batarya deiiminde ister bu rnn kullanm sresinin sonunda gerekleecek olan bataryann geri dnmnde bataryann sadece nitelikli ve uzman kiiler tarafndan karlmasntavsiye eder. Kullanclar, rnn zarar grmesini engellemek ve kendi gvenliklerini salamak iin bataryay karmaya kalkmamal ve neri konusunda LG Servis Yardm Hatt ya da dier bamsz servis salayclar ile iletiime gemelidir. Bataryaykarma ilemi,rn kasasnn sklmesini, elektrik kablo/balantlarnn kesilmesini ve zel aletler kullanlarak bataryann dikkatli bir ekilde karlmasn kapsar. Nitelikli ve uzman kiilerin bataryay gvenli bir ekilde karmalarna ynelik talimatlara ihtiya duymanz halinde ltfen http://

www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling balantsna gidiniz. AKEOHCK

, LG

, LG .

- http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling

, LG ,

. LG

, http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling Product Specifications PC Specifications Display 43.18 cm IPS LCD Instruction/Safety Information 83 E N G L S H I CPU GPU IntelCore i7 / i5 / i3 processor The CPU differs depending on model type and cannot be replaced by the user. IntelIris Xe Graphics or Intel UHD Graphics or NVIDIA GeForce RTX2050 with GDDR6 4GB (MS Hybrid Graphics) When processing large graphic data, it utilizes dynamically allocated system memory. The size of the allocated memory depends on the system memory size. The GPU differs depending on model type and cannot be replaced by the user. System Memory LPDDR5 Onboard Memory Memory of 3 GB or more is supported only in a 64-bit O/S. Memory size may differ depending on the model. The user must not arbitrarily replace or add the memory. Storage Device NVMe-type SSD (M.2 2280) Storage device format and capacity may differ depending on the model. Bluetooth Bluetooth 5.1 If you connect to Bluetooth device and wireless LAN at the same time, the system may become slow. In order to use Bluetooth 5.1, the device you want to connect to should support Bluetooth 5.1. Wireless LAN Intel AX211D2W Wireless function S/W Webcam LAN Version 22 or Version 23 (Europe Only) FHD IR Webcam 10/100 Megabit or Gigabit To use a wired LAN, you need to have a LAN adapter installed separately. The performance of the provided adapter depends on the model. Product Weight Approx. 1400 g (the model with integrated graphics, including battery) /

Approx. 1450 g (the model with external graphics, including battery) Weight varies by configuration and manufacturing process. The product dimensions and specifications differ by model type and cannot be replaced by the user. 84 Instruction/Safety Information Wireless LAN Specifications (Europe Only) E N G L S H I Frequency Range Output Power (Max)

(2400 2483.5 MHz) IEEE802.11 b/g/n/ax mode 20 dBm EIRP max (100 mW)

(5150 5725 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac/ax mode

(5745 5875 MHz) IEEE802.11 a/n/ac/ax mode

(5925 6425 MHz) Wi-Fi 6E mode

(2400 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth Power Supply and Environments AC Adapter (Free Voltage) Battery 23 dBm EIRP max (200 mW) The Low band 5.15-5.35 GHz is for in-door use only. 13.98 dBm EIRP max (25 mW) 23 dBm EIRP max (200 mW) 13 dBm EIRP max (20 mW) Power Rating: Up to 65.0 W Input: AC 100 V to 240 V, 1.6 A 50 / 60 Hz Output: DC 5.0 V, 3.0 A / 9.0 V, 3.0 A / 15.0 V, 3.0 A / 20.0 V, 3.25 A Lithium Ion battery Charging Hours: 3.0 hours Charging hours may be longer if the battery is not used for a long time or the system is on. When temperature is outside the operating temperature specification, the battery may not be charged or charging hours may be longer. Operating temperature may be different from the actual room temperature. Operating and Storage Conditions Operating Temperature: 10 C to 35 C Operating Humidity: 20 % RH to 80 % RH Storage Temperature: - 5 C to 40 C Storage Humidity: 5 % RH to 90 % RH Instruction/Safety Information 85 Power Consumption Power consumption of this product during operation standby, sleep mode, and manual off modes may differ depending on the product specifications and the adapter type. Even when the system is turned off, it consumes a minute amount of power, if supplied. To cut off the power supply completely, disconnect the power cord from the power outlet. E N G L S H I To deactivate the Wireless network connection(ports) completely, shut down the system (select the Start button [

] > [Power] > [Shut down]). When you turn on the system (by pressing the power button), it connects to the Wireless network connection(ports) again. Networked Standby: 2.0 W (Europe Only) 86 Using Windows 11 Using Windows 11 E N G L S H I Starting Windows 11 Screen Layout The taskbar in Windows 11 has been changed so you can use Windows quickly and easily. 1 Widget: It displays weather and news in the form of widgets. 2 Start Button: It can run apps installed on your PC or use user accounts, power menu, etc. 3 Search: It can use apps, documents, and web search functions. 4 Task View: It can show and switch running apps or add/switch a new desktop. 5 Chat: You can use functions such as chat, call, and contact synchronization. 6 File Explorer: File Explorer will run. 7 Microsoft Edge: Microsoft Edge will run. 8 Microsoft Store: Microsoft Store will run. 9 Quick Settings: It displays network, sound, and battery status, and enables you to easily change PC settings. 10 Notifications: It allows you to check notifications related to time or calendar, as well as system, and set Do Not Disturb and Focus sessions. Using Windows 11 87 Start Screen If you select the Start button [

] on the taskbar, the Start screen will appear. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 1 All apps: It shows all the apps installed on your PC. 2 Apps pinned on the Start screen: It shows the apps pinned on the Start screen. 3 Recommended: It displays the recommended apps. 4 User Account: Displays the current user's information. You can use functions such as Change Account Settings, Lock or Sign out. 5 Power: Sign-in options, Sleep, Shut down, and Restart menus are available. TIP Press [

] + [X] keys, and then the pop-up menu of the Start button [

] appears. You can use the pop-up menu to easily access the shortcuts such as Windows Explorer, Search, System Shutdown, and Desktop. 88 Using Windows 11 Desktop Apps and Windows Apps E N G L S H I The Desktop apps remain unchanged from the previous Windows apps, but Windows apps have been changed to include various functions. The Windows apps provide easy-to-use menus according to the window size and a variety of convenient functions such as Update and Alarm. Using Windows 11 89 Using Apps Running and Exiting Apps Run apps that were not pinned to the Start screen or apps that were installed on the system using the following method. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 90 Using Windows 11 2 Select and run an app. E N G L S H I 3 To close the app, select the Close button [

] at the top of the app screen. Deleting Apps It can delete apps pinned to the Start Screen or delete desired apps in [All apps]. TIP The basic Windows apps that are required may not be deleted. If you are deleting a desktop app, the [Programs and Features] window appears. Right-click the app you want to delete and select [Uninstall/Change] to delete the app. Using Windows 11 91 1 Select the Start button [

] and right-click the app you want to delete from the Start screen or

[All apps] to select [Uninstall]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. E N G L S H I 2 When prompted to confirm the deletion, select [Uninstall] to delete the app. Adding Apps to Start Screen/Taskbar You can add frequently used apps on the Start screen and taskbar for easy and quick access. 92 Using Windows 11 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps]. E N G L S H I TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Right-click the app you want to add and then click [Pin to Start] or [More] > [Pin to taskbar]. 3 The app is added to the Start Screen or taskbar. Using Windows 11 93 E N G L S H I 94 Using Windows 11 Toggling and Adding Apps/Desktops E N G L S H I In Windows 11, you can toggle the running apps easily and quickly, and add desktops to use them like multiple PCs. TIP For an app that does not allow multitasking, you may be switched to the desktop where the app was executed, or you may have an error message. 1 If you select [

] on the taskbar, running apps and desktops are displayed as previews. TIP If you select the Close button [

] of the app displayed as preview, you can close the app. Using Windows 11 95 2 Select [New desktop] to create [Desktop 2]. TIP In the desktop preview, press the Close button [

running apps to another desktop.

] to delete the desktop and move E N G L S H I 3 Select an app in the preview or desktop. 96 Using Windows 11 4 The screen is toggled to the selected app or desktop. E N G L S H I Using Shortcut Keys Use the shortcut keys to quickly toggle between apps and desktops. Shortcut Keys Description

[Alt] + [Tab]

Hold down the [Alt] key and press the [Tab] key to view the running apps in the preview. Press [Tab] repeatedly to select the app you wish to switch to and then release the [Alt] key.

[Alt] + [Ctrl] + [Tab]

The running apps on the screen are displayed in the preview. Select and switch to an app.

] + [Tab]

If the desktop toggling screen appears, select an app or desktop you wish to switch to. Using Windows 11 97 Using the Store You can purchase a variety of apps or get free apps from Microsoft Store. TIP If a local account is being used, a window to switch to a Microsoft account appears while using Windows Store. Follow the instructions on the screen to switch the local account to a Microsoft account. You can also switch to Microsoft account by selecting Start button [

] > [User Account] >

[Change account settings]. If you switch to a Microsoft account, your PC settings (background, user settings, etc.) may be changed to the previous settings. E N G L S H I 1 Select [

] on the taskbar to run [Microsoft Store]. 2 Select the app or use the search function on the store screen to install the desired app when the

[Microsoft Store] screen appears. 98 Using Windows 11 Unlocking the Screen E N G L S H I If the PC is not used for an extended period, it goes into a locked state. When the PC is used again, a lock screen appears for security purposes and may be unlocked by using the following method. 1 Press any key in the keyboard or left-click the mouse on the lock screen. 2 If the login screen appears, enter the password.

(If no password is set, the screen will be released when you select the login.) Setting the PC Windows 11 supports various functions so that the user can change the PC setting easily and quickly. Using Windows 11 99 E N G L S H I Using the Setting Menu 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. 100 Using Windows 11 2 When the Settings screen appears, select and change the settings as needed. E N G L S H I Using the Quick Settings Quick Settings allows users to change the PC settings quickly and easily. 1 Select [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar. 2 Select the desired setting from [Quick Settings] and change. Using Windows 11 101 E N G L S H I TIP Selecting the [

] icon allows you to add/remove the Quick Settings menu. Select the [

] icon to run the [Settings] menu. 102 Using Windows 11 Windows Shutdown Option E N G L S H I In Windows 11, you can use the Windows shutdown option by following these steps:

1 Select the Start button [

] > [Power] and select the desired Windows shutdown option. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. TIP On the Desktop screen, press [Alt] + [F4] to use the Windows shutdown option.

(Pressing [Alt] + [F4] on a running app may end the app.) Using the PC Using an AC Adapter and a Battery Connect the AC adapter to power and charge the product. TIP Using the PC 103 E N G L S H I The power cable and the AC adapter type may differ per model type and country and there is no difference in functionality. This product has a built-in battery pack. The internal battery should not be arbitrarily disassembled or replaced. Arbitrarily disassembling the product may void the warranty. If you need to disassemble or replace the battery, please visit the designated LG Electronics Service Center. We charge a fee for removing or replacing the battery. Using an AC Adapter The AC Adapter can be used from 100 V to 240 V. 1 Connect an end of the cable to the AC adapter and the other end to a power outlet. 104 Using the PC 2 Connect the AC adapter jack to the PC USB-C port. E N G L S H I 3 Adjust the LCD to the most comfortable angle. 4 Press the PC's power button to turn on the system. TIP If you want to use the Intel Type-C fast-charging function, please purchase and use a USB-C AC adapter with a USB PD certification of 80 W or higher through the e-

commerce site. CAUTION Do not leave a liquid container on the PC. The system may be short-circuited and damaged. WARNING Please use an AC adapter certified by LG Electronics Inc. Uncertified batteries may explode. It may cause a problem in battery charging or system operation. When you use an AC adapter, follow the below directions. Using the PC 105 E N G L S H I 60 C or more high-humidity spaces, for example, inside cars or saunas, should be avoided when you use or store it. Do not disassemble or modify the AC adapter. Do not twist the AC adapter plug. When you connect the AC adapter, do not forcefully push the plug. Checking the Battery State Connect the AC adapter to the USB-C port of the PC and check the AC adapter lamp. On: When the AC adapter is connected and charging is complete Blinking: When the AC adapter is connected and is charging Off: When the AC adapter is not connected If you try to turn on the system that has entered the Hibernate mode or been turned off after a low-battery alarm, the system will not be turned on but the lamp will blink three times. If this is the case, connect the AC adapter and charge the battery sufficiently before using it. 106 Using the PC CAUTION Use batteries certified and acknowledged by LG Electronics Inc. Uncertified batteries may explode. E N G L S H I WARNING The battery may explode due to excessive heat, causing fire. For a safe and efficient use of battery, follow the below directions. Do not short-circuit the battery. Keep the battery out of reach of children. A visible swelling of the battery pack indicates a possible danger. When this occurs, contact your local vendor or service center immediately. Use only a certified and designated recharger. Keep the battery pack away from heat. (Never put it in a microwave.) Do not leave inside a car under the summer heat. Do not leave or use at a hot and humid place like a sauna. Do not use the machine placed on a heating blanket or other heat reserving materials. Do not leave the machine turned on inside a closed space. Make sure that the battery ports are not touched by any metallic objects like a key, coin, necklace, and watch. Use only a lithium secondary battery certified and guaranteed by mobile device manufactures. Do not disassemble or modify the battery. Do not compress or pierce the battery. Do not apply shock to the battery. For example, do not drop the battery from a high place. Keep the room temperature between -5 C and 40 C. Do not expose the PC to heat hotter than 60 C. Keep the machine dry. Do not discard the battery arbitrarily as you are requested to follow the local procedure for discarding the battery. Before using this machine, read this guide carefully. E N G L S H I Using the PC 107 TIP When the PC is not to be used for a long period of time, refer to the following:

Check the battery charge level on a regular basis and keep it at 50 %. This allows you to extend the battery life. If the battery is left fully charged for an extended period of time, the battery capacity and battery running time may be reduced. If the battery is left fully discharged for an extended period of time, it may become over-

discharged and cannot be charged again. For more efficient use of the battery, read the following carefully. The battery runs low naturally even if it is kept unused. To increase battery lifespan, use the battery for a while before charging it rather than keeping the battery completely charged. If you don't use the product for a long time with the battery completely discharged, the battery lifespan may decrease. The battery capacity may change due to chemical reactions during charge and discharge. LG Notebook frequently checks the charge level of its battery based on usage conditions, and then calculates and correctly indicates the actual remaining level of the battery. The battery is wearable goods and thus the life span may become shorter with use. The battery running time may also become shorter accordingly. When the battery is fully charged, the machine stops recharging. It resumes recharging when the battery charge rate drops below 95 %. This feature secures the safe and efficient use of the battery. When the temperature of the battery drops below 10 C, it is charged in a low current to protect the battery cells. In this case, charging time may stretch to up to 32 hours. If you use the system at a low temperature, refer to the following:

The battery capacity may be reduced depending on the chemical characteristics of the battery and the system may not be turned on after it freezes or it is turned off. If the system freezes or if it is not turned on, connect the AC adapter to the system and charge the battery fully before use. If there is any error in the indication of the battery capacity, charge and discharge the battery two or three times at room temperature to return to the normal operation. 108 Using the PC Operation Status Lamps E N G L S H I 1 AC Adapter Lamp On: When the AC adapter is connected and charging is complete Blinking: When the AC adapter is connected and is charging Off: When the AC adapter is not connected If you try to turn on the system that has entered the Hibernate mode or been turned off after a low-battery alarm, the system will not be turned on but the lamp will blink three times. If this is the case, connect the AC adapter and charge the battery sufficiently before using it. 2 Caps Lock Lamp On: When the Caps Lock is activated Off: When the Caps Lock is deactivated 3 Power Lamp On: When the system is on and running by the AC adapter or battery Off: When the system is turned off or in Hibernate mode Blinking: When the system is in the standby mode 4 Webcam Operation Status Lamp On: When the webcam is operating Off: When the webcam is not operating Keyboard The keyboard allows the user to input data or give commands. The keyboard may differ in appearance and color depending on your country. Using the PC 109 E N G L S H I CAUTION Spilling a watery substance like coffee or juice on the keyboard may cause a fault, malfunction, or electric shock. Some of the keys may not work properly when you use several keys at the same time while playing a PC game. Please change the key combination settings according to the combinations necessary for the game play or use an external keyboard dedicated for gameplay. Using Hot Keys Hot Keys are shortcut keys that can run some functions and software of the PC, and using them allows you to use the PC more easily. Fn + F1 Fn + F2 Fn + F3 Fn + F4 Fn + F5 Fn + F6 Fn + F7 Fn + F8 Executes LG Smart Assistant. Adjusts screen brightness (brightness decreases in 11 levels). Adjusts screen brightness (brightness increases in 11 levels). Switches to the Secure Mode Each time you press the [Fn] + [F4] keys, it switches in the order of Secure Mode On (webcam, microphone unavailable) and Secure Mode Off (webcam, microphone available). Switches to using the Touchpad Mode Each time you press the [Fn] + [F5] keys, the mode switches between Touchpad Off (touchpad disabled) and Touchpad On (touchpad enabled). To set Touchpad Auto (disables automatic use of touchpad when inserting an external USB mouse), select the Start button [

] > [Settings] > [Bluetooth &

devices] > [Touchpad] and uncheck [Leave touchpad on when a mouse is connected] in [Touchpad]. Each time you press the [Fn] + [F5] keys, the mode switches between Touchpad Off and Touchpad Auto. Since it takes about 1 to 2 seconds to initialize after switching to the touchpad function, we recommend you to use the device after initialization is completed. Airplane Mode ON/OFF (Wireless LAN and Bluetooth OFF/ON) Switches to the monitor (projector). Switch to the Keyboard Backlight Mode. 110 Using the PC Fn + F9 Switches to the Reader Mode. E N G L S H I Fn + F10 Mute Fn + F11 Adjust the volume (lower) Fn + F12 Adjust the volume (louder) Fn + Prt Sc Works as the Scroll Lock [Scr Lk] key. Fn + PgUp Works as the [Home] key. Fn + PgDn Works as the [End] key. Fn + S Switches to the Sleep Mode (runs in the mode set in Windows. (Example: Sleep Mode, Hibernate Mode)). Fn + Ctrl Works as the [Pop-up Window] key. Shortcut Keys TIP To change the input mode temporarily, you can press the [Shift] key together with the letter you want to enter. By doing so, you can enter an uppercase letter when the Caps Lock key is not pressed and a lowercase letter when it is pressed. To use Windows more conveniently, remember the following Windows key combinations:

+ R Displays an input window for program execution.

+ Tab Displays the running desktop in the preview.

+ M Minimizes the current window. Using the PC 111 Keyboard Backlight You can set the Keyboard Backlight function to use the product in a dark environment. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. OPTION This only applies to the products that have the Keyboard Backlight function. E N G L S H I Configuring Keyboard Backlight TIP You can use hot keys to use the Keyboard Backlight function more conveniently. Each time you press the [Fn] + [F8] keys, the status changes to KBD Backlight Off, KBD Backlight Low, and then KBD Backlight High in the specified order. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 2 Select [Keyboard Setting] and set the keyboard lighting and its off time. 112 Using the PC Adjusting Screen Brightness and Volume E N G L S H I LG PC allows you to use the hot keys to easily adjust the screen brightness and volume. TIP According to the model type, a button for volume control (mute, volume up / down, etc.) may be available. Function Hot Keys Description

[Fn] + [F2], [F3]

Screen Bright-

ness Press the [Fn] + [F2] keys to darken the screen and the [Fn]

+ [F3] keys to brighten the screen. The screen brightness adjustment bar in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar allows you to adjust the system brightness. Volume

[Fn] + [F11], [F12]

Press the [Fn] + [F11] to lower the volume and [Fn] + [F12]

to increase the volume. The volume adjustment bar in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar allows you to adjust the volume. Mute

[Fn] + [F10]

Whenever you press [Fn] + [F10], it operates as mute/

unmute. If you select the [

] icon in [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar, you can enable or disable the mute function. Using the PC 113 Hearing Protection Feature The product is equipped with a hearing protection feature to protect your ears from pressurized sound while using earphones or headphones. The feature is set to off by default and can be manually turned on as follows:

E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] > [Realtek Audio Console]. 2 Connect an earphone or headphone and select the [Headphones] menu. 114 Using the PC 3 Set [Ear Protection] to [On] to activate the hearing protection feature. TIP A warning message will be displayed if the volume is high while this feature is on. E N G L S H I Using the Touchpad The built-in touchpad provides the same functionality as an external mouse. You can use the touchpad and USB mouse simultaneously. E N G L S H I Using the PC 115 1 Touchpad Moves the cursor. 2 Left button Use to select or execute programs. 3 Right button Functions as the right button of a mouse in most cases. However, the usage may differ depending on programs. 116 Using the PC TIP E N G L S H I The scroll function is provided as a gesture. Please refer to the Touchpad Gesture section of this document. Precautions for Using the Touchpad If you are using a touchpad, use the area marked with a red line shown below. Touching an edge or border of the touchpad may not work. (The functioning touch area may differ depending on the product.) Moving the Cursor (Pointer) on the Screen Place a finger on the touchpad and glide the finger. Click (Select) Press and release the left button swiftly with a finger. (Or tap the touchpad once.) Do this, for example, to select a menu or icon and to place the cursor to type on a word processor file. Using the PC 117 E N G L S H I Double-click (Execute) Press the left button twice consecutively and release the button. (Or tap the touchpad twice.) Do this, for example, to run a program after selecting its execution file (or icon). CAUTION Notes on Using the Touchpad Do not use a sharp object such as a pen on the pad nor peel the cover. It may cause an impairment. Do not place more than one finger, and do not use while wearing a glove or when the hand is wet. The Touchpad will not work properly. Oil or dirt at the fingertip can also cause an impairment. The touchpad is sensitive. Do not impose excessive force or maintain an uncomfortable position. Otherwise, it may result in a finger or wrist injury. Right button Press and release the right button swiftly. Functions as the right button of a mouse, but the usage may differ depending on programs. 118 Using the PC E N G L S H I Drag & Drop To drag, click and hold an icon, and move it to another location. To drop, release the dragged icon in the location you want. To move a file icon to another folder or to Recycle Bin, place the cursor (or the pointer) on the icon, press and hold the left button, and glide another finger on the touchpad until the icon reaches the aimed location. After reaching the destination, release the left button. 1 Drag Glide one finger on the pad with another finger pressing and holding the left button. 2 Drop Release the left button to drop it into the Recycle Bin. (By using this, you can drop a file into the Recycle Bin at will.) ClickLock When activated, this feature allows you to drag/scroll without pressing and holding the left button. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. Using the PC 119 E N G L S H I 2 Select [Bluetooth & devices] > [Mouse] > [Additional mouse settings]. 120 Using the PC 3 Check [Turn on ClickLock] and select [Settings]. E N G L S H I 4 Set the duration of ClickLock operation. 5 Press the left button of the touchpad and release it to change the button into the pressed state. Using the PC 121 E N G L S H I 6 Move on the touchpad to use the drag/scroll feature. 7 Press the left mouse button to turn off the ClickLock. Touchpad Gesture The touchpad gesture feature allows you to use Windows programs more easily by utilizing multi-

touch functions. Windows 11 Touchpad Gestures allow you to use the PC more easily. The touchpad gesture feature may not be supported in some models. 122 Using the PC Place two fingers on the touchpad and move up/down/left/right to scroll the screen.

(It operates only on an app or screen which scrolling is available.) E N G L S H I Place two fingers on the touchpad and widen or narrow them to zoom out or in. Using the PC 123 Setting Touchpad You can change the touchpad features or enable/disable the gesture feature. The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select the [Bluetooth & devices] > [Touchpad]. 124 Using the PC 3 Change the settings as needed on the [Touchpad] item. E N G L S H I Connecting to External Display Connecting to the HDMI Port HDMI is a multimedia interface that can integrate and transmit video and audio signals. TIP Ensure the monitor power is off before connecting the external monitor to the PC. Use HDMI to VGA Gender' to connect to VGA port. Using the PC 125 E N G L S H I 1 Connect the HDMI cable to the PC and the external device (TV, monitor) that supports HDMI. HDMI port transfers both video and audio simultaneously. Hence, there is no need for a separate audio connection. 2 On the PC, press [Fn] + [F7] to display monitor (projector) toggling screen. Select the desired screen output. TIP Everytime [

] + [P] keys are pressed, the screen output option changes. Release the keys to display the selected screen output. 126 Using the PC CAUTION E N G L S H I If you do not set Speaker as the default value after disconnecting the HDMI cable, the system may not produce any sound. If a program was running already, you must exit and restart the program to produce sound. Using the PC 127 Connecting to Wireless Display The wireless display feature connects the PC screen and sound to a display (TV, projector, etc.). OPTION To use the wireless display feature, the display device must support this feature. To connect to the display device that does not support wireless display, you must separately purchase a wireless display connection device. Once the wireless display connection is established, no additional procedures and searching are necessary the next time you try to connect. E N G L S H I Connecting to Wireless Display 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 128 Using the PC 2 Select [Connect] under the [System] > [Display] > [Multiple displays] > [Connect to a wireless display] menu. E N G L S H I 3 If the device search screen appears, it will search for nearby wireless display devices. 4 Select an available device and connect the device. 5 Once the wireless display device is connected, it outputs the PC screen and its sound. Using the PC 129 E N G L S H I 130 Using the PC Connecting an External USB-C (Thunderbolt) Device E N G L S H I The USB-C port mounted on this product supports USB 4.0 Gen 3x2 standards. Use the USB-C port to connect USB devices or to output a screen to an external display. TIP The names of USB versions have changed from USB 3.0 (or USB 3.1 Gen 1) and USB 3.1 (or USB 3.1 Gen 2) to USB 3.2 Gen 1x1 and USB 3.2 Gen 2x1. Connecting a USB Device If a USB device is connected to a USB-C port, the port works as an ordinary USB port. TIP To use a conventional USB device, a separate conversion adapter should be used.

(Conversion adapters may be purchased separately.) Outputting to an External Display By connecting a display that supports USB-C Alternate Mode, you can use the USB-C port to output a screen to an external display. TIP The Alternate mode allows you to use the DP (DisplayPort) and HDMI outputs through the USB-C port. We support DP (DisplayPort) interface standards. CAUTION You must use a cable that supports Alternate Mode to output a screen to another display. If you use USB-C accessories (cables, interface adapters, etc.) that are used for other products, you may have compatibility problems (no screen output or a malfunction). Connecting a Thunderbolt Device You can connect to the USB-C port an external display or a high-performance data device that support the Thunderbolt specifications. Depending on the specifications of the device connected to the USB-C port, it acts as a USB or Thunderbolt device. Using the PC 131 TIP The Thunderbolt cable is not provided with the product. Make sure that you use a certified cable. Some functions may not be available depending on the product. For more information, refer to the user manual provided with the device to be connected. E N G L S H I Connecting two notebook PCs that support Thunderbolt Use Thunderbolt to connect two PCs easily and quickly and send and receive data between them. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] > [Windows Tools]. 2 Select [Control Panel] > [Network and Sharing Center] > [Change advanced sharing settings]. 132 Using the PC 3 Enable [Change sharing options for different network profiles] and save the changes. E N G L S H I 4 Use the Thunderbolt cable to connect two notebook PCs. 5 A while later, an icon of the connected computer appears on the desktops of the two notebook PCs. Using the PC 133 6 Double-click the connected computer icon to open the authentication screen. 7 Input the user name and password to connect to the other PC. TIP If there is no shared folder in the connected PC, nothing may appear on the screen. E N G L S H I 134 Using the PC Using USB-C (Thunderbolt) Charging Function E N G L S H I You can connect the USB-C device to charge a notebook PC battery or an external device, and the operation mode is automatically selected depending the charge settings of the connected device. To charge a notebook PC battery, the external device (USB PD Charger, notebook PC, etc.) should support USB Power Delivery 10 W (5 V / 2 A) or higher profile. The external devices that use the USB-C port support 10 W (5 V / 2 A) and 15 W (5 V / 3 A). A USB device compatible with USB PD (Power Delivery) supports charging at 15 W (5 V / 3 A), whereas a regular USB device supports charging at 10 W (5 V / 2 A). USB PD batteries cannot be charged using the USB-C port of the notebook PC. Always-On Charging is supported only with USB-C ports, but not with the regular USB ports. If you connect an adapter with a lower output than the rated adapter, it may take more time to charge the notebook PC. 1 When the connected device is set to Automatic (charging the notebook PC or a connected device. Charging the notebook PC by using the mobile phone is not supported.) 2 When the connected device is set to Source (the notebook PC is charged.) 3 When the connected device is set to Sink (the connected device is charged.) Using the PC 135 E N G L S H I TIP The charging status of the external device being charged is not displayed on the notebook PC. If you connected a smartphone, you should select "Charge mobile phone" on the smartphone screen to charge the phone battery. CAUTION If the power consumption of the notebook PC is larger than the power supply from the external device, the battery may be consumed gradually. 136 Using the PC Bluetooth E N G L S H I Bluetooth allows the user to access wirelessly various devices such as camera, cell phone, headset, printer, and GPS receiver that support Bluetooth

. It can also establish a network and exchange data with other Bluetooth

-enabled PC or smartphone. OPTION The Bluetooth device is optional, and it may not be available in some models. The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. For details on connecting a Bluetooth device, refer to the user manual provided with the Bluetooth device. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [Bluetooth & devices] > [Add device]. Using the PC 137 E N G L S H I 138 Using the PC 3 Select the Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth devices automatically. E N G L S H I 4 After selecting the device you want to connect, complete the Bluetooth connection as guided. Using the PC 139 Wired LAN LAN is the network environment that users can connect to by using a cable to connect to their internet providers or the company's network. E N G L S H I Using Wired LAN LAN is installed with an automatic IP (DHCP) as default value. Please refer to the following instructions for details on setting up an automatic IP (DHCP) or manual IP. 1 Connect the LAN adapter to the USB-C port on the PC. TIP The recommended network cable for the optimal network environment is CAT5 or higher. The network (LAN) cable may be connected when the LAN adapter is used. 140 Using the PC 2 Connect the wired LAN cable to the LAN port. E N G L S H I 3 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. Using the PC 141 E N G L S H I 4 Select [Edit] in [Network & Internet] > [Ethernet] > [IP assignment]. 142 Using the PC 5 To use an automatic IP (DHCP), select [Automatic]. If you wish to use a static IP, set [Manual] >

[IPv4] to [On] and enter the necessary item. Contact the network service provider or administrator to use a static IP. E N G L S H I 6 Select [Save] to complete the network setup. 7 Click the Web Browser icon to check whether the internet is operating normally. Using the PC 143 Wireless LAN The wireless network (Wireless LAN) is the network environment that connects a PC with the internet provider or company network through an Access Point (wireless or regular router). OPTION Wireless LAN is optional. Hence, it may not be installed in some models. E N G L S H I Turning On/Off Airplane Mode Prior to using the wireless LAN, press [Fn] + [F6] to turn off Airplane Mode. Pressing [Fn] + [F6] keys will turn on or off the Airplane Mode. If you are not going to use the product for a while, keep the Airplane Mode turned on to reduce the battery power consumption. Using the Wireless LAN If an Access Point (wired or wireless router) is in the vicinity of the PC, the wireless LAN can easily be accessed. When searching for a wireless LAN, multiple Access Points may be discovered depending on the location of use. In case no accessible wireless LAN is near the PC, no Access Point might be found. A password-protected Access Point cannot be accessed without the correct password. 1 Select [Quick Settings] on the right side of the taskbar. TIP The displayed icons may differ from the figures herein. 144 Using the PC 2 Select Manage Wi-Fi Connections [

] to search for near Access Point. E N G L S H I TIP When Wi-Fi is turned off, set [Wi-Fi] to On. 3 Select the Access Point you want to connect to and press [Connect]. Using the PC 145 E N G L S H I 4 If a connection is established, [Connected] appears below the Access Point name. 5 Click the Web Browser icon to check whether the internet is operating normally. 146 Using the PC Using a Wired/Wireless Router E N G L S H I A wireless/regular router connects several PCs and mobile devices to one internet line and enables the use of internet and the network. A wireless/regular router has to be bought separately. Refer to the manual provided by the manufacturer for instructions. Connecting a Wireless or Regular Router If one internet line is used with a wired/wireless router and several devices are connected, this may result in a slower connection. In case of a wireless LAN, it is recommended to change the network name and security settings for a more secure connection. Network speed can differ according to operation environment and specifications. 1 Connect the internet cable of the modem that was provided by your internet provider to the router's WAN port. 2 Connect all devices (PC, IPTV, internet phone, etc.) with a LAN cable to LAN ports 1 to 4 of the router. The number of LAN ports can vary for each router model. 3 Please refer to the manual provided by the router manufacturer for setup of the network and internet. microSD Slot Checking Available Memory Card This model supports microSD memory cards. Directly applicable memory cards Using the PC 147 E N G L S H I Mounting and Using Memory Card This product has one microSD slot. Check the insertion direction of the memory card and push the microSD memory in until it is fully seated. 148 Using the PC TIP E N G L S H I When the memory card is formatted, the data stored in the memory card will be deleted. Check whether there are important data before formatting the memory stick. To format a memory card, right-click the memory card drive and select Format. When the Format window appears, press Start to continue. If the write protection tab of memory card is locked, the user cannot format the memory stick nor write or delete the data. microSD memory cards can be used only as storage devices and do not support the copyright protection feature. Removing Memory Card Push the card with your finger to make the card spring out of the slot. Remove the memory card. Using Software LG Smart Assistant Using Software 149 E N G L S H I LG Smart Assistant allows you to easily change the settings of your PC according to your needs. TIP LG Smart Assistant can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. Please update the program to the latest version through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running LG Smart Assistant Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window, or exits the software. 3 Dashboard: Allows you to specify PC settings suitable for the purpose of use and apply them at once, or to set key PC functions easily. 150 Using Software 4 Keyboard Setting: Allows you to set keyboard lighting settings, Fn key lock settings, NumLock key status indicator and your own hot keys. E N G L S H I 5 Power Setting: Allows you to check the battery status and extend the battery life, set the power and sleep settings, and set the USB-C port charging function. 6 Display Setting: Allows you to set the color temperature of the display or use the reader mode. 7 AI Noise Canceling: Allows you to set the noise canceling function for the microphone input and the speaker output. 8 Go to LG Software: Allows you to run LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) and LG PC Manuals directly. Dashboard 1 User Mode: Allows you to set the user mode according to the PC environment. 2 Quick Setting: Allows you to set the PC settings easily. Security Mode: Allows you to turn off the webcam and the microphone. Webcam: Allows you to turn off or on the webcam. Microphone: Allows you to turn off or on the microphone. Instant Booting: Allows you to set the system to turn on automatically when you open the cover of the notebook PC. Touchpad: Allows you to turn off or on the touchpad. Using Software 151 3 Cooling Mode: Allows you to set the fan mode of the PC according to the PC environment. No Noise Mode: Limits the PC performance so that the PC does not generate fan noise. (The PC surface temperature may rise when the function is used for a long time. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Low Mode: Minimizes fan speed so that you can use the PC in a quiet environment. (This may degrade your PC performance. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Normal Mode: Optimizes PC performance, heat and noise. High Mode: Sets to the tasks that require high performance. (This may result in increased PC surface temperature and noise, and shorter battery life. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) E N G L S H I CAUTION When using for a long term, use Normal Mode. 4 Current Display Color Temperature: Go to the [Display Setting] menu. 5 AI Noise Canceling: Go to the [AI Noise Canceling] menu. 152 Using Software Keyboard Setting E N G L S H I 1 Keyboard Lighting: Allows you to set the keyboard lighting and brightness. 2 Turn off the keyboard lighting automatically: Allows you to set the keyboard light to turn off automatically after a specified amount of time. 3 Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. 4 Display NumLock Key Status: Allows you to set the screen to display the status change when you press the NumLock key. Using Software 153 5 Set custom Hot Keys: Allows you to register an app or internet address to a custom hot key. On the Hot Keys Settings List, select the navigation icon [

] or the internet icon [

] to register the desired app or Internet address to a hot key. E N G L S H I TIP Some abnormal program files (exes) and Internet addresses (links) may not be linked. Hot keys can be set from 1 to 5, and the [Fn] + [S] Sleep Mode cannot be changed. 154 Using Software After selecting the app-running file, right-click the mouse and use the [Show more options] > [Set functions to use with user Hot keys] menu to register the app quickly. E N G L S H I Power Setting Using Software 155 E N G L S H I 1 Battery Life Status: Displays the battery status so that you can replace the battery timely. 2 Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. 3 Power & Sleep: Displays the screen off time and the sleep mode entry time. You can go to Windows settings and set the time. 4 Turn off the screen automatically when AFK: Allows you to set the screen to automatically turn off when you are away from the keyboard for a certain amount of time. 5 USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C port even when the PC is turned off. 156 Using Software Display Setting E N G L S H I 1 Color Temperature Settings: Allows you to adjust the screen color temperature to cool (bluish screen color) or warm (reddish screen color) or use the automatic color temperature function. 2 Reader Mode: Allows you to set the Reader Mode to reduce eye fatigue when reading documents. CAUTION Using the Reader Mode and the Night light at the same time can cause color distortion. When you use the Reader Mode, turn off the Night light. You can turn [Night light] on or off in the Start button [

] > [Settings] >

[System] > [Display]. TIP You can use hot keys to use the Reader Mode function more conveniently. Press the [Fn] + [F9] keys to switch the PC screen to Reader Mode. Press them again to turn off Reader Mode. 3 Professional Mode: Provides a more extended color gamut to the display and enhances the content color reproduction. TIP Professional Mode uses an ICC profile and works only in some programs. AI Noise Canceling Using Software 157 E N G L S H I 1 AI Microphone Optimization: Cancels out the noise input to the microphone to deliver clear sound. 2 AI Speaker Optimization: Cancels the noise output from the speakers to deliver clear sound. 158 Using Software LG Update & Recovery E N G L S H I LG Update & Recovery performs updates to keep the system in an optimal state, and backs up and recovers data in case a problem occurs so that you can safely use your PC. TIP For some models without the Recovery function, only the LG Update function is provided. Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. It may not work properly depending on user environment (security tools, etc.) and the network status. You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window, or exits the software. Using Software 159 3 Update: Allows you to install various PC drivers, applications and Windows patches easily and quickly. 4 Backup: Allows you to back up Windows, disk environment, and data safely. 5 Recovery: Allows you to recover backup data or reset your PC. 6 Tools: Partitions the disk installed with Windows or the data disks. TIP For details on backup and recovery, see [Recovering the System]. LG Update does not support [Backup], [Recovery], and [Tools] menus. E N G L S H I Update If an item that needs updating is displayed, you can select it and update it. 1 Select [Required Updates] or [Update list] from the [Update] menu. 160 Using Software 2 After selecting the items to update, select [Installation]. E N G L S H I Disk Partitioning Partitions the disk installed with Windows or the data disks. TIP LG Update does not support the disk partitioning function. The data disk partitioning function is only available on models with two or more storage devices. CAUTION You are encouraged to back up your personal files to avoid data loss when partitioning. 1 Select [Partitioning the Windows disk] or [Partitioning the data disk] from the [Tools] menu. Using Software 161 E N G L S H I 2 If you select the desired disk partition, the [Partitionable minimum volume] menu appears. 162 Using Software 3 Set the capacity of the disk to be partitioned and select [OK]. E N G L S H I 4 The disk will be partitioned. Using Software 163 LG Glance by Mirametrix LG Glance by Mirametrix uses AI-based attention detection technology to improve PC productivity and enhance security. TIP LG Glance by Mirametrix can be re-installed by searching LG Glance by Mirametrix in Microsoft Store. LG Glance by Mirametrix basically operates with the power connected, and connecting an external monitor makes it possible to utilize various functions more efficiently. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Running LG Glance by Mirametrix 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Glance by Mirametrix]. 2 The tutorial (help on how-to-use) for LG Glance by Mirametrix appears. Exploring LG Glance by Mirametrix Select the [

] (Show hidden icons) icon on the right side of the taskbar, and then select the [

] icon to run LG Glance by Mirametrix. TIP To always display the LG Glance by Mirametrix icon [

] on the taskbar, right-click on the taskbar, select [Taskbar settings] > [Other system tray icons], and set [Glance.exe] to [On]. 164 Using Software E N G L S H I 1 Presence Detection: If the user does not look at the screen or leaves the screen for a certain period of time, the screen is locked or darkened. 2 Snap Window: (When an external monitor is connected) Click and hold the title bar of the desired window, move your head to the external monitor or the notebook PC screen to move the window to the screen you are looking at. 3 Smart Pointer: (When an external monitor is connected) Move your head to the external monitor or the notebook PC screen to move the mouse pointer to the screen you are looking at. 4 Smart Display: Dims the screen of an external monitor or the notebook PC screen that the user is not looking at. 5 Privacy Guard: Blurs the notebook PC screen if someone is looking at your screen from behind. 6 Privacy Alert: Alerts you with an icon if someone is looking at your screen from behind. 7 Smart Player: Pauses the audio or video playback of a specific app when the user is away and automatically resumes playback when the user returns. 8 Digital Wellness: Tells you to look at an object far away for 20 seconds every 20 minutes to protect your eyesight. If you crouch too close to the screen, it tells you to correct your posture. 9 Video Conferencing: (During video conferencing) Displays a video of the presenter on the Desktop or automatically mutes the microphone when the user moves away from the screen. Virtual Camera hides the background of the camera or automatically adjusts the frame of the camera Using Software 165 according to the user's movement and compensates the face or the lighting to make your face look more beautiful. 10 Settings: Provides the settings menu and tutorial (help on how to use) of LG Glance by Mirametrix. TIP For [Snap Window] and [Smart Pointer], an external monitor should be connected through Expansion, and they cannot be used if the monitor placement in [Display settings] is different from the actual monitor placement. Right-click the mouse on Desktop > In [Display settings], change monitor placement according to the environment in use. For more information on how to connect the external monitor, refer to the details of

[Connecting to External Display] in [Using the PC]. E N G L S H I 166 Using Software PCmover Professional E N G L S H I PCmover Professional transfers applications, files (pictures, music, videos, and documents) and settings from your old PC to your new PC. TIP PCmover Professional can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The old and new PCs must be connected under the same network. For details on how to use PCmover Professional, see the [User Guide] of PCmover Professional. The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. Running PCmover Professional Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] > [Laplink PCmover Professional] and run [PCmover Professional]. PCmover Professional Tour Using Software 167 E N G L S H I 1 User Guide: You can find out more about how to use PCmover Professional. 2 TRANSFER BETWEEN PCs: Starts the process of transferring data (apps, files, settings, etc.) between the old PC and the new PC. 3 Advanced Options: Allows you to create a transfer file on an external media (USB disk, etc.) and transfer it to a new PC, or to transfer it to a new PC using a disk image backed up from the old PC. Also, you can transfer apps, files and settings between user accounts of the same PC. 168 Recovering the System Recovering the System E N G L S H I Backing up/Recovering My Windows You can back up and recover the disk partition where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Partitions other than the disk partition where Windows is installed are not backed up. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). My Windows Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. Recovering the System 169 E N G L S H I 5 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 170 Recovering the System 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. My Windows Recovery CAUTION E N G L S H I All user data on the partition where Windows is installed will be deleted, so you must backup all important data in advance. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 171 E N G L S H I 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. 172 Recovering the System Backing up/Recovering Disk E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the entire disk (all partitions) where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). Disk Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [Disk Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Backup] > [Disk Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 173 E N G L S H I 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. Disk Recovery CAUTION All user data on the disk to be recovered will be deleted, so you must back up all important data in advance. Recovering a disk other than the one where Windows is installed will result in the deletion of user data on all disks. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [Disk Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 174 Recovering the System 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. E N G L S H I 5 Select [Recovery] > [Disk Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and the disk to recover, and click [OK]. 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. Recovering the System 175 E N G L S H I 176 Recovering the System Backing up/Recovering Data E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the data in the Downloads, Videos, Documents, Desktop, Photos and Music folders in Windows. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Any data other than those in these folders are not backed up/recovered. All user data on the disk to be recovered may be deleted, so you must back up all important data in advance. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). Data Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [Data Backup]. 4 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 5 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. Data Recovery 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [User Data Recovery]. 4 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. Recovering the System 177 E N G L S H I 5 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 178 Recovering the System Factory Reset E N G L S H I This function resets your PC to the factory default state at the time of purchase. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION All data is lost during the initialization so you must backup all critical data in advance. For factory reset, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 2 Select [Recovery] > [Factory Reset] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 3 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 4 Select [Recovery] > [Factory Reset] > [Next] to execute the factory reset. Recovering the System 179 E N G L S H I 5 When the factory reset is complete, click [OK] to reboot the PC. 180 Recovering the System Creating Recovery Disk E N G L S H I Once you create a recovery disk, you can use LG Recovery to recover the system even when the system fails to boot due to a problem. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Creating a recovery disk will delete all data on the external disk, so please back up important data in advance. TIP You can create the recovery disk only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 2 Select [Recovery] > [Create Recovery Disk]. 3 Select the external disk and click [OK]. 4 Once the recovery disk has been created, click [OK]. Recovering the System 181 Recovering from a Boot Failure If the system cannot boot due to a serious error with the system, you can recover the system using the method shown below. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. E N G L S H I CAUTION All data is lost during the initialization so you must backup all critical data in advance. For recovery, the AC adapter must be connected. If you have deleted the recovery data in the protected area of the hard disk, the recovery function may not work. TIP You can create the recovery disk only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). 1 Turn on the PC and press [F11] multiple times. 2 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 182 Recovering the System 3 In [Recovery], select the desired recovery method to recover the system. TIP

[My Windows Recovery] or [Disk Recovery] can be performed only when you have the backup data. If you have no backup data, you can recover it through [Factory Reset]. E N G L S H I Using Recovery Disk If you can't execute LG Recovery, you can recover your system with a recovery disk. 1 Connect the recovery disk to your PC. 2 Turn on the PC and press [F10] multiple times. 3 When the screen for selecting the boot device appears, select the connected recovery disk and press [Enter]. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. Recovering the System 183 E N G L S H I 184 Recovering the System 5 In [Recovery], select the desired recovery method to recover the system. TIP

[My Windows Recovery] or [Disk Recovery] can be performed only when you have the backup data. If you have no backup data, you can recover it through [Factory Reset]. E N G L S H I Setup and Upgrade Installing the Driver Setup and Upgrade 185 E N G L S H I The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. Using LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to Install the Drivers 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 2 Select [Required Updates] or [Update List] to install the driver. TIP You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. Downloading LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) You can download and install LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) from LG Electronics website

(www.lg.com). 186 Setup and Upgrade Starting System Setup E N G L S H I System setup means storing the hardware configuration information of the PC in the flash memory. Through system setup, the PC retrieves various information including current date and time, memory capacity, and storage device (HDD, SSD, eMMC) capacity and type. You setup the system when you set passwords, change the boot order, and add new peripheral devices to the machine. Items displayed on the Setup screen may differ by model type and specification. TIP To use the system setup (F2), booting device selection (F10), or recovery (F11), you need to restart the system (click [Restart] in the system power menu) and then immediately press the corresponding function key due to the fast booting speed. CAUTION Do not change the system setup unless necessary. Incorrect system setup may cause errors during system operation. Use caution when changing the system setup. For performance improvement, the system setup menu configuration and the initial setup status may be changed and may become different from images included in the user manual. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. 2 In a few moments, the system setup screen appears. Setup and Upgrade 187 E N G L S H I Keys Used in System Setup Keys Enter Esc Function Selects the current item. To deselect the current item or to move to the previous screen.

, , , (Arrow keys) Moves the cursor up, down, left, and right.

+, F10 Increases or decreases the item value. Saves the new settings or exits the system setup. 188 Setup and Upgrade Setting the Boot Password E N G L S H I This process is to set a password so that other people cannot use the computer or change the settings. The user can set a password while booting the system or setting up the system. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. CAUTION Without the registered password, access to the system will be denied. Write down and keep the password in a safe place. Set Supervisor Password The password prevents unauthorized people from accessing the PC. By default, no password is set for the machine. If an unauthorized person changes the password in the System Setup, you will be unable to access the system. TIP With [Set Supervisor Password], you are authorized to set all items in the System Setup and to set [Password on boot]. In case other people also use the computer, it is recommended to set the [Set User Password]. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. Setup and Upgrade 189 E N G L S H I 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 190 Setup and Upgrade 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. E N G L S H I 4 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 5 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 6 The PC will restart. Set User Password The password set in [Set User Password] is of a lower level than the one set in [Set Supervisor Password], so you can set a user password only after setting a password in [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP

[Set User Password] allows limited access to the items in the System Setup screen compared to the [Set Supervisor Password] items. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Set User Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 191 E N G L S H I 2 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 3 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 192 Setup and Upgrade 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 5 The PC will restart. Password on boot

[Password on boot] protects your system by requiring during booting to enter the password set in

[Set Supervisor Password] or [Set User Password]. To set [Password on boot], you first need to set [Set Supervisor Password] or set both [Set Supervisor Password] and [Set User Password]. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Password on boot] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 2 Select [Enabled] and press the [Enter] key to complete the [Password on boot] setting. Setup and Upgrade 193 Storage Security Features The password for [Storage Security Features] is to set the password directly on the storage device separately from [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP Some models with built-in NVMe may not support the password setting function. For the models equipped with two storage devices, you can set a password for each device. If passwords are set for both devices, the password input window appears twice during the booting process. The order in which the password input windows appears is according to the [Boot Priority Order] of the [Boot] menu. E N G L S H I CAUTION If you lose the password for a storage device, you cannot recover the storage device. Please note that replacement of a storage device due to the loss of the password of the storage device is excluded from the product warranty. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 194 Setup and Upgrade 2 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 3 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 4 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 195 E N G L S H I 7 The PC will restart. 196 Setup and Upgrade Deleting/Changing the Boot Password E N G L S H I You can delete or change the password only after entering the current password. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. Changing the Boot Password 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 Change the password in the same way as setting one. Deleting the Boot Password 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 197 E N G L S H I 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter the current password in the [Enter Current Password] field. 198 Setup and Upgrade 4 Press the [Enter] key in [Enter New Password] and again in [Confirm New Password]. E N G L S H I 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 7 The PC will restart. Deleting the Boot Password (Storage Security Features) 1 Execute the System Setup screen, enter the password, and press the [Enter] key. 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 199 E N G L S H I 3 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. 4 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 200 Setup and Upgrade 5 When the Password change screen appears, enter the current password in the [Enter Current Password] field. E N G L S H I 6 Press the [Enter] key in [Enter New Password] and again in [Confirm New Password]. 7 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 8 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 9 The PC will restart. Setup and Upgrade 201 E N G L S H I 202 Setup and Upgrade Initializing System Setup E N G L S H I If you have changed the system setup by mistake, you can restore the default settings. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Exit] > [Load Setup Defaults] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. TIP You can press the [F9] key to use the [Load Setup Defaults] item. 2 When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes] and press the [Enter] key. The settings will be reset to the factory default. 3 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. Setup and Upgrade 203 E N G L S H I 4 The PC will restart. 204 Setup and Upgrade Changing the Boot Order E N G L S H I The user can change the boot order according to his or her needs, or select a boot device The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. TIP To use the system setup (F2), booting device selection (F10), or recovery (F11), you need to restart the system (click [Restart] in the system power menu) and then immediately press the corresponding function key due to the fast booting speed. Changing the Boot Order 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. 2 Go to the [Boot] menu using the arrow keys when the system setup screen appears. 3 Go to [Boot Priority Order] and press [F5] or [F6] to change the booting order. Setup and Upgrade 205 E N G L S H I 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 5 The PC will restart. 206 Setup and Upgrade Selecting a Booting Device to Use 1 Reboot the system and press [F10] multiple times. E N G L S H I 2 When the Select Boot Device screen appears, go to the desired device using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 3 Boots using the selected device. Setup and Upgrade 207 E N G L S H I 208 Setup and Upgrade Setting Auto Scaling E N G L S H I The Windows Auto Scaling feature for user's convenience may partially blur the screen or display some icons and texts larger. Refer to the following information to change the DPI scaling to suit your needs. 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [System] > [Display]. 3 Changing the [Scale] item value changes the auto scaling settings. Setup and Upgrade 209 E N G L S H I TIP After changing the Auto Scaling settings, some apps must be shut down and restarted for the scaling and layout to take effect. 210 Setup and Upgrade Using Instant Booting Instant Booting allows the system to boot automatically when the notebook PC cover is opened, so that you can use the system without pressing the power button. E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 2 Turn on [Instant Booting]. 3 Shutdown the system and close the notebook PC cover. 4 When the cover is opened, the notebook PC turns on and the system starts to boot automatically. FAQ Using USB-C (Thunderbolt) Charging Function FAQ 211 E N G L S H I You can connect the USB-C device to charge a notebook PC battery or an external device, and the operation mode is automatically selected depending the charge settings of the connected device. To charge a notebook PC battery, the external device (USB PD Charger, notebook PC, etc.) should support USB Power Delivery 10 W (5 V / 2 A) or higher profile. The external devices that use the USB-C port support 10 W (5 V / 2 A) and 15 W (5 V / 3 A). A USB device compatible with USB PD (Power Delivery) supports charging at 15 W (5 V / 3 A), whereas a regular USB device supports charging at 10 W (5 V / 2 A). USB PD batteries cannot be charged using the USB-C port of the notebook PC. Always-On Charging is supported only with USB-C ports, but not with the regular USB ports. If you connect an adapter with a lower output than the rated adapter, it may take more time to charge the notebook PC. 1 When the connected device is set to Automatic (charging the notebook PC or a connected device. Charging the notebook PC by using the mobile phone is not supported.) 2 When the connected device is set to Source (the notebook PC is charged.) 212 FAQ 3 When the connected device is set to Sink (the connected device is charged.) E N G L S H I TIP The charging status of the external device being charged is not displayed on the notebook PC. If you connected a smartphone, you should select "Charge mobile phone" on the smartphone screen to charge the phone battery. CAUTION If the power consumption of the notebook PC is larger than the power supply from the external device, the battery may be consumed gradually. FAQ 213 LG Smart Assistant LG Smart Assistant allows you to easily change the settings of your PC according to your needs. TIP LG Smart Assistant can be re-installed through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). Menus and supported functions may differ depending on the model. Please update the program to the latest version through LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update). The figures herein are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Running LG Smart Assistant Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Smart Assistant]. 1 Information Button: Runs Help or displays information about the software. 2 Minimize/Exit Button: Minimizes the size of the window, or exits the software. 3 Dashboard: Allows you to specify PC settings suitable for the purpose of use and apply them at once, or to set key PC functions easily. 4 Keyboard Setting: Allows you to set keyboard lighting settings, Fn key lock settings, NumLock key status indicator and your own hot keys. 214 FAQ 5 Power Setting: Allows you to check the battery status and extend the battery life, set the power and sleep settings, and set the USB-C port charging function. 6 Display Setting: Allows you to set the color temperature of the display or use the reader mode. 7 AI Noise Canceling: Allows you to set the noise canceling function for the microphone input and the speaker output. E N G L S H I 8 Go to LG Software: Allows you to run LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) and LG PC Manuals directly. Dashboard 1 User Mode: Allows you to set the user mode according to the PC environment. 2 Quick Setting: Allows you to set the PC settings easily. Security Mode: Allows you to turn off the webcam and the microphone. Webcam: Allows you to turn off or on the webcam. Microphone: Allows you to turn off or on the microphone. Instant Booting: Allows you to set the system to turn on automatically when you open the cover of the notebook PC. Touchpad: Allows you to turn off or on the touchpad. FAQ 215 3 Cooling Mode: Allows you to set the fan mode of the PC according to the PC environment. No Noise Mode: Limits the PC performance so that the PC does not generate fan noise. (The PC surface temperature may rise when the function is used for a long time. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Low Mode: Minimizes fan speed so that you can use the PC in a quiet environment. (This may degrade your PC performance. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) Normal Mode: Optimizes PC performance, heat and noise. High Mode: Sets to the tasks that require high performance. (This may result in increased PC surface temperature and noise, and shorter battery life. It automatically changes to the Normal Mode upon reboot.) E N G L S H I CAUTION When using for a long term, use Normal Mode. 4 Current Display Color Temperature: Go to the [Display Setting] menu. 5 AI Noise Canceling: Go to the [AI Noise Canceling] menu. 216 FAQ Keyboard Setting E N G L S H I 1 Keyboard Lighting: Allows you to set the keyboard lighting and brightness. 2 Turn off the keyboard lighting automatically: Allows you to set the keyboard light to turn off automatically after a specified amount of time. 3 Lock Fn Key: Allows you to set the hot keys (F1 - F12) to operate even without pressing Fn. 4 Display NumLock Key Status: Allows you to set the screen to display the status change when you press the NumLock key. 5 Set custom Hot Keys: Allows you to register an app or internet address to a custom hot key. On the Hot Keys Settings List, select the navigation icon [

] or the internet icon [

] to register the desired app or Internet address to a hot key. E N G L S H I FAQ 217 TIP Some abnormal program files (exes) and Internet addresses (links) may not be linked. Hot keys can be set from 1 to 5, and the [Fn] + [S] Sleep Mode cannot be changed. 218 FAQ After selecting the app-running file, right-click the mouse and use the [Show more options] > [Set functions to use with user Hot keys] menu to register the app quickly. E N G L S H I Power Setting FAQ 219 E N G L S H I 1 Battery Life Status: Displays the battery status so that you can replace the battery timely. 2 Extend Battery Life: Allows you to lower the max. battery charge level to 80% to extend the battery lifespan. 3 Power & Sleep: Displays the screen off time and the sleep mode entry time. You can go to Windows settings and set the time. 4 Turn off the screen automatically when AFK: Allows you to set the screen to automatically turn off when you are away from the keyboard for a certain amount of time. 5 USB-C Offline Charging: Allows you to set the PC to charge external devices via the USB-C port even when the PC is turned off. 220 FAQ Display Setting E N G L S H I 1 Color Temperature Settings: Allows you to adjust the screen color temperature to cool (bluish screen color) or warm (reddish screen color) or use the automatic color temperature function. 2 Reader Mode: Allows you to set the Reader Mode to reduce eye fatigue when reading documents. CAUTION Using the Reader Mode and the Night light at the same time can cause color distortion. When you use the Reader Mode, turn off the Night light. You can turn [Night light] on or off in the Start button [

] > [Settings] >

[System] > [Display]. TIP You can use hot keys to use the Reader Mode function more conveniently. Press the [Fn] + [F9] keys to switch the PC screen to Reader Mode. Press them again to turn off Reader Mode. 3 Professional Mode: Provides a more extended color gamut to the display and enhances the content color reproduction. TIP Professional Mode uses an ICC profile and works only in some programs. AI Noise Canceling FAQ 221 E N G L S H I 1 AI Microphone Optimization: Cancels out the noise input to the microphone to deliver clear sound. 2 AI Speaker Optimization: Cancels the noise output from the speakers to deliver clear sound. 222 FAQ Backing up/Recovering My Windows E N G L S H I You can back up and recover the disk partition where Windows is installed. This content only applies to the models provided with LG Update & Recovery. CAUTION Partitions other than the disk partition where Windows is installed are not backed up. For backup or recovery, the AC adapter must be connected to the PC. TIP You can perform backup only on an external disk (USB memory, HDD, etc.). My Windows Backup 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file will be saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. 5 Select [Backup] > [My Windows Backup]. 6 Select the external disk and click [OK]. FAQ 223 E N G L S H I 7 When the backup is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. My Windows Recovery CAUTION All user data on the partition where Windows is installed will be deleted, so you must backup all important data in advance. 1 Connect the external disk where the backup file is saved to the PC. 2 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery]. 3 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery] > [OK] to reboot the PC. 224 FAQ 4 When the [LG Recovery] screen appears, check the language you want to use and select [Next]. E N G L S H I 5 Select [Recovery] > [My Windows Recovery]. 6 Select the backup file on the external disk and click [OK]. 7 When the recovery is complete, click [OK]. 8 Select the Exit button [

] to reboot the PC. FAQ 225 E N G L S H I 226 FAQ Setting the Boot Password E N G L S H I This process is to set a password so that other people cannot use the computer or change the settings. The user can set a password while booting the system or setting up the system. The model in the example can differ from actual models and is subject to change for performance improvements, without prior notice. CAUTION Without the registered password, access to the system will be denied. Write down and keep the password in a safe place. Set Supervisor Password The password prevents unauthorized people from accessing the PC. By default, no password is set for the machine. If an unauthorized person changes the password in the System Setup, you will be unable to access the system. TIP With [Set Supervisor Password], you are authorized to set all items in the System Setup and to set [Password on boot]. In case other people also use the computer, it is recommended to set the [Set User Password]. 1 Reboot the system and press [F2] multiple times. FAQ 227 E N G L S H I 2 When the System Setup screen appears, go to [Security] > [Set Supervisor Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 228 FAQ 3 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. E N G L S H I 4 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 5 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. 6 The PC will restart. Set User Password The password set in [Set User Password] is of a lower level than the one set in [Set Supervisor Password], so you can set a user password only after setting a password in [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP

[Set User Password] allows limited access to the items in the System Setup screen compared to the [Set Supervisor Password] items. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Set User Password] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. FAQ 229 E N G L S H I 2 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 3 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 230 FAQ 4 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 5 The PC will restart. Password on boot

[Password on boot] protects your system by requiring during booting to enter the password set in

[Set Supervisor Password] or [Set User Password]. To set [Password on boot], you first need to set [Set Supervisor Password] or set both [Set Supervisor Password] and [Set User Password]. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Password on boot] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 2 Select [Enabled] and press the [Enter] key to complete the [Password on boot] setting. FAQ 231 Storage Security Features The password for [Storage Security Features] is to set the password directly on the storage device separately from [Set Supervisor Password]. TIP Some models with built-in NVMe may not support the password setting function. For the models equipped with two storage devices, you can set a password for each device. If passwords are set for both devices, the password input window appears twice during the booting process. The order in which the password input windows appears is according to the [Boot Priority Order] of the [Boot] menu. E N G L S H I CAUTION If you lose the password for a storage device, you cannot recover the storage device. Please note that replacement of a storage device due to the loss of the password of the storage device is excluded from the product warranty. 1 Execute the System Setup screen, go to [Security] > [Storage Security Features] using the arrow keys and press the [Enter] key. 232 FAQ 2 Go to the desired device and press the [Enter] key. E N G L S H I 3 Press the [Enter] key in [Set Password]. 4 When the Password Setting screen appears, enter a password and press the [Enter] key. The password should not exceed 12 characters and should consist of English letters (A - Z), numbers (0 - 9), and special characters or a combination of them. 5 When a pop-up window appears, press the [Enter] key. 6 To save the changes in system setup, press [F10]. When a pop-up window appears, select [Yes]

and press the [Enter] key. FAQ 233 E N G L S H I 7 The PC will restart. 234 FAQ Installing the Driver The figures herein may differ by language selection and are subject to change without prior notice. E N G L S H I Using LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to Install the Drivers 1 Select the Start button [

] > [All apps] and run [LG Update & Recovery] or [LG Update]. 2 Select [Required Updates] or [Update List] to install the driver. TIP You can use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to install the deleted drivers or the latest drivers easily and quickly. Use LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) to keep your system current and optimized. Downloading LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) You can download and install LG Update & Recovery (or LG Update) from LG Electronics website

(www.lg.com). FAQ 235 Setting Auto Scaling The Windows Auto Scaling feature for user's convenience may partially blur the screen or display some icons and texts larger. Refer to the following information to change the DPI scaling to suit your needs. E N G L S H I 1 Select the Start button [

] > [Settings]. TIP Press the [

] key or [Ctrl] + [Esc] on the keyboard to display the Start screen. 2 Select [System] > [Display]. 236 FAQ 3 Changing the [Scale] item value changes the auto scaling settings. E N G L S H I TIP After changing the Auto Scaling settings, some apps must be shut down and restarted for the scaling and layout to take effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LG Electronics Inc. Notebook Computer Model : 17Z90R Series Label Location Label Placement Location FCC ID Label Placement Location (EUT Bottom View) Label Format LG Electronics Inc. Notebook Computer Model : 17Z90R Series LG Electronics Inc. Notebook Computer Model : 17Z90R Series

 

 

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division ATTESTATION FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R Product description: Notebook Computer Date: October 20, 2023 We, LG Electronics USA attest that this device under FCC ID: BEJNT-16U75R complies with device protocol requirements and operational restrictions for Indoor Client 6XD :

1. Device Protocol Attestation Statement:

a. Contention-Based Protocol, as demonstrated in the test report, is permanently embedded in the module and is not host-dependent. b. The device will only associate and connect with a low-power indoor access point or subordinate device and never directly connect to other client devices. c. This device will always initiate transmission under the control of a low-power indoor AP or subordinate except for brief transmissions before joining a network. These short messages will only occur if the client has detected an indoor AP or subordinate operating on a channel. These brief messages will have a time-out mechanism such that if it does not receive a response from an AP it will not continually repeat the request. d. Transmissions will be lower or equal to the power advertised by the indoor low-

power access point or subordinate and never above the maximum output power allowed by the FCC grant for equipment class 6XD. e. Contention-based protocol as demonstrated in the test report is permanently embedded in the module and is not host-dependent. This device is prohibited for control of or communications with unmanned aircraft systems, including drones. Best regards _______________________________________ Heejae Cho Director, Regulatory and Environmental Affairs LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Date: July 7, 2023 ATTESTATION FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R IC:2703H-17Z90R Product descriotion: Notebook Computer We,LG Electronics USA hereby declare that the [Notebook Computer, 17Z90R, 17ZB90R, 17ZD90R, 17ZG90R; Configuration (HVIN): 17Z90R-K, 17Z90R-N, 17Z90R-A, 17Z90R-R, 17Z90R-Q, 17Z90R-H, 17Z90R-T] for being in compliance with KDB 594280 is disabled following bands/ functions by software 1. Ad-hoc and Wi-Fi Direct are disabled. 2. When the client in non-associated mode,This device is client software and associated drivers will not initate any transmissionon DFS frequencies without initiation by a master.without DFS detection function capability. This includes transmissions for beacon ad-hoc peer-to-peer modes. 3. This device is not able to operate in non-US/IC frequencies, and without country code selection function. Best regards _______________________________________ Heejae Cho Director, Regulatory and Environmental Affairs LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

Letter of Permissive Change Date: July 20, 2023 Subject: Permissive Change for FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R To whom it may concern:

This is to request Permissive Change for FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R, Originally Granted on 01/24/2023 (DSS/DTS/UNII) and 01/24/2023 (6XD) for adding new HVIN with new components , except to the differences listed below table, otherwise includes RF schematic are identical. Configuration(HVIN) Original Permissive Change Difference 17Z90R-A 17Z90R-R 17Z90R-K 17Z90R-N 17Z90R-Q 17Z90R-H 17Z90R-T TPM

(Trusted Platform Module) Not Support CPU Antenna LCD Panel

(Include Touch Board) Main Board Support Not Support Support Support Support Support i7-1360P, i5-1340P i7-1370P i5-1350P i7-1360P, i5-1340P WA-P-LELE-04-011, L1LRF009-CS-H WA-P-LBLB-04-108 Without With ROYAL NVIDIA MAIN B/D Note: Main Board (PM) GPU NVIDIA GeForce RTX 3050 ROYAL MAIN B/D Note: Main Board (GM) Intel Iris Xe Graphics Battery LBY122CM(90 Wh) LBV7227E (80 Wh) Note: 1. The EUT is an addition version with original FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R is as following.

(a) To add new Configuration (HVIN) 17Z90R-Q, 17Z90R-H and 17Z90R-T.

(b) To add Touch Board for Panel and new Antenna for Main Board (GM) for new Configuration (HVIN) 17Z90R-H and 17Z90R-T.

(c) To decrease power for WIFI 2.4GHz Only. Other BT/BLE/UNII/6XD power does not change. Note: 2. The Configuration 17Z90R-A, 17Z90R-K, 17Z90R-N, 17Z90R-Q with original components were measured in the original application. Note: 3. The Configuration 17Z90R-H, 17Z90R-T with new components was measured in this Permissive Change application. Antenna Gain Values Comparison Table please sees as below:

Original WA-P-LELE-04-011 Original L1LRF009-CS-H Permissive Change WA-P-LBLB-04-108 Frequency Aux Main 2400-2500 1.60 3.00 5150*

3.80 4.10 5400 5850 5925*

6525*

3.70 4.00 3.30 3.70 3.20 3.50 2.50 2.70 Directional Gain 2.36 Frequency Aux Main 2400-2500 2.89

-1.45 Directional Gain 1.24 Frequency Aux Main 2400-2500 2.90 3.10 Directional Gain 3.00 3.95 3.85 3.50 3.35 2.60 5150*

3.64 5.24 4.51 5150-5350*

2.80

-2.10 5400 5850 5925*

6525*

1.11 0.55 2.88 4.96 0.84 4.04 5470-5725 5.70 2.50 5725-5850 5.30 5.20 2.48 5.85 4.49 5925-6425*

3.70 4.80 1.38 1.19 1.29 6425-6525*

-1.00 1.00 7125*

2.10 2.50 2.30 7125*

1.89 3.99 3.07 6525-6875*

2.80 1.60 6875-7125*

-1.40 2.90 1.01 4.39 5.25 4.28 0.11 2.24 1.26 Assessment:

The new gain is higher than original. The new gain is lower than original. Note:

RF Power Full Test RSE Full Test Band-edge Full Test SAR & PD Full Test Full Test Perform the worst case Full Test Full Test CBP Full Test Full Test For 6XD grant, the "New" antenna gain is less than original expect the U-NII band 5:

We did spot check for output power and all output power values keep identical thus other conducted items are exempt. The test items mentioned above are documented in the reports. For DSS/NII grants, the "New" antenna gain is less than original expect the U-NII band 2C&3:

We did spot check for output power and all output power values keep identical thus other conducted items are exempt. The test items mentioned above are documented in the reports. For the DTS grant, the "New" antenna gain is higher than original:

We did spot check for output power and all output power values keep identical or lower thus other conducted items are exempt. The test items mentioned above are documented in the reports. Best regards _______________________________________ Heejae Cho Director, Regulatory and Environmental Affairs e LG Electronics USA

 

 

Date: July 7, 2023 Request for Confidentiality Subject: Confidentiality Request for: FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R and IC: 2703H-17Z90R Pursuant to FCC 47 CFR 0.457(d) and 0.459 and IC RSP-100, Section 12.4, the applicant requests that a part of the subject FCC application be held confidential. Type of Confidentiality Requested Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Permanent Permanent *1 Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent *3 Exhibit Block Diagrams External Photos Internal Photos Operation Description/Theory of Operation Parts List & Placement/BOM Tune-Up Procedure Schematics Test Setup Photos Users Manual ______ LG Electronics Inc. ______ has spent substantial effort in developing this product and it is one of the first of its kind in industry. Having the subject information easily available to "competition" would negate the advantage they have achieved by developing this product. Not protecting the details of the design will result in financial hardship. Permanent Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits listed above as permanently confidential be permanently withheld from public review due to materials that contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. Short-Term Confidentiality for FCC Applications:

The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view for a period of --- days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization and prior to marketing. This is to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public. Applicant is also aware that they are responsible to notify ACB in the event information regarding the product or the product is made available to the public before the requested period has expired. ACB will then release the documents listed above for public disclosure pursuant to FCC Public Notice DA 04-1705. Short Term Confidentiality for Industry Canada Applications:

Starting May 2022, ISED will recognize short term confidentiality on certain exhibits until the intended date of marketing. The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view until: --- days Sincerely, By:

(Signature/Title2) _______Heejae Cho__________________

(Print name) 1 - The asterisked items (*) require further information to be provided to ACB before permanent confidentiality will beextended to these exhibits. Please refer to FCC KDB 726920 and the specific Document link for D01 found at:

https://apps.fcc.gov/oetcf/kdb/forms/FTSSearchResultPage.cfm?switch=P&id=41731 and review section II, 3) regarding specific information that must accompany these requests. 2 - Must be signed by applicant contact given for applicant on the FCC site, or by the authorized agent if an appropriate authorized agent letter has been provided. Letters should be placed on appropriate letterhead. 050222-31a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: December 16, 2022 Subject: Family model declaration letter Model No.: 17Z90R, 17ZB90R, 17ZD90R, 17ZG90R FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R We hereby state that these models are identical in interior structure, electrical circuits and RF schematic, except to sales customers. The model 17Z90R has following different configuration and components, and the details are as follows:

Difference Configuration 17Z90R-K 17Z90R-N 17Z90R-A 17Z90R-R Main Board GPU Battery ROYAL MAIN B/D ROYAL NVIDIA MAIN B/D Intel Iris Xe Graphics NVIDIA GeForce RTX 3050 LBV7227E

(80 Wh) LBY122CM

(90 Wh) TPM

(Trusted Platform Module) Not Support Support Not Support Support Note: The configuration can be identified as label. Best regards _______________________________________ Sung Soo Kim Director, Regulatory and Environmental Affairs LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

Request for adding equipment class 6XD To: Federal Communications Commission 45 L Street NE Washington, DC 20554 Date: December 16, 2022 Subject: To add equipment class 6XD for FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R To whom it may concern:

According to 178919 D01 V) E) and Q7 of 178919 D02, we hereby request to add the additional equipment class 6XD to the existing FCC ID: FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R granted on 12/14/2022. There is no change in hardware and RF circuit. Best regards _______________________________________ Sung Soo Kim Director, Regulatory and Environmental Affairs e LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

Request for Confidentiality Date: December 16, 2022 Subject: Confidentiality Request for: ______FCC ID: BEJNT-17Z90R _____ Pursuant to FCC 47 CFR 0.457(d) and 0.459 and IC RSP-100, Section 12.4, the applicant requests that a part of the subject FCC application be held confidential. Type of Confidentiality Requested Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Exhibit Permanent Block Diagrams

--------------------------- External Photos Permanent *1 Internal Photos Permanent Operation Description/Theory of Operation Permanent Parts List & Placement/BOM Permanent Tune-Up Procedure Permanent Schematics

--------------------------- Test Setup Photos Permanent *3 Users Manual ______ LG Electronics USA ______ has spent substantial effort in developing this product and it is one of the first of its kind in industry. Having the subject information easily available to "competition" would negate the advantage they have achieved by developing this product. Not protecting the details of the design will result in financial hardship. Permanent Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits listed above as permanently confidential be permanently withheld from public review due to materials that contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. Short-Term Confidentiality for FCC Applications:

The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view for a period of __ 2023/04/202___ days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization and prior to marketing. This is to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public. Applicant is also aware that they are responsible to notify ACB in the event information regarding the product or the product is made available to the public before the requested period has expired. ACB will then release the documents listed above for public disclosure pursuant to FCC Public Notice DA 04-1705. Short Term Confidentiality for Industry Canada Applications:

Starting May 2022, ISED will recognize short term confidentiality on certain exhibits until the intended date of marketing. The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view until: . Sincerely, By:

(Signature/Title3) _______Sung Soo Kim __________________

(Print name) 1 - The asterisked items (*) require further information to be provided to ACB before permanent confidentiality will be extended to these exhibits. Please refer to FCC KDB 726920 and the specific Document link for D01 found at:

https://apps.fcc.gov/oetcf/kdb/forms/FTSSearchResultPage.cfm?switch=P&id=41731 and review section II, 3) regarding specific information that must accompany these requests. 2 - Please refer to https://acbcert.com/documents/misc-docs/Memo-Short-Term-Vs-Standard-Confidentiality.pdf for complete details. 3 - Must be signed by applicant contact given for applicant on the FCC site, or by the authorized agent if an appropriate authorized agent letter has been provided. Letters should be placed on appropriate letterhead. 050222-31a